Content 1. INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................... 1

1.1. History of the company ............................................................................................... 2

1.2. Environmental protection ............................................................................................ 3

2. DESCRIPTION OF THE LOCATION................................................................................. 4

2.1. Macrolocation ............................................................................................................. 4

2.2. Microlocation .............................................................................................................. 5

2.3. The review of geomorphological, pedological, geological, hydrogeological and

seismological characteristics ............................................................................................. 6

2.4. Review of climate characteristics with appropriate meteorological indicators ............ 13

2.5. The review of natural values, protected areas and public natural resources ............. 23

2.5.1. Flora and fauna .................................................................................................. 23

2.5.2. The review of the basic characteristics of the landscape ................................... 24

2.6. Information on population, concentration of population and demographic

characteristics ................................................................................................................. 27

2.7. Information on the existing commercial, residential and infrastructural objects in the

environment..................................................................................................................... 28

2.7.1. Business objects ................................................................................................ 28

2.7.2. Residential objects ............................................................................................. 29

2.7.3. Infrastructural objects ......................................................................................... 29

2.7.4. Waterpower infrastructure .................................................................................. 31

2.7.5. Electro-energetic infrastructure .......................................................................... 32

2.7.6. Thermo-energetic infrastructure ......................................................................... 32

2.8. The review of the immovable cultural property .......................................................... 32

2.9. Information on the usage of location in the previous period ...................................... 34

3. THE DESCRIPTION OF PLANTS ................................................................................... 36

3.1. Microlocation of HIP-Petrohemija a.d. ....................................................................... 36

3.2.1. Ethylene – Ethylene plant ................................................................................... 38

3.2.2. HDPE – High Density Polyethylene Plant ........................................................... 39

3.2.3. LDPE – Low density polyethylene plant ............................................................. 40

3.2.4. Electrolysis – Chlor-Alkali Electrolysis Plant ....................................................... 40

3.2.5. FOV - Waste Water Treatment Plant .................................................................. 41

3.2.6. Utilities – Plant for productiion and distribution of energy fluids .......................... 42

3.3. Description of the technology process in HIP-Petrohemija a.d. ................................. 42

3.3.1. Description of the technological process in Ethylene Plant ................................. 43

3.3.2 Description of the technological processes in HDPE plant .................................. 63

3.3.3. Description of technological process in LDPE plant ............................................ 67

4. Effect of the planned activities on the environment.......................................................... 87

4.1. The program for monitoring the impact on the environment ...................................... 87

4.2.1. Air Monitoring ..................................................................................................... 87

4.2.2. Presentation of the status of the quality of the air on location ........................... 120

4.2.3. Description of possible effect on air quality on the location ............................... 124

4.2.4. Description of estimated measures for preventing, decreasing and, where

possible, eliminating every significant adverse effect on air in the environment ......... 128

4.3. Effect of planned activites on water ........................................................................ 132

4.3.1. Water monitoring .............................................................................................. 132

4.3.2. The review of the water quality on the location ................................................. 155

4.3.3. Description of estimated measures for preventing, decreasing and, where

possible, eliminating every significant adverse effect on water in the environment ..... 161

4.4. Waste management................................................................................................ 164

4.4.1 Special waste streams ...................................................................................... 167

4.4.2. Managing of packaging and packing waste ...................................................... 167

5. EMERGENCY PROTECTION ....................................................................................... 171

5.1. Goals and principles of preventing chemical emergency ........................................ 171

5.1.1. Information on the activities and measures for the realization defined goals and

work according to the defined principles .................................................................... 172

5.2. Protection plans in the case of danger .................................................................... 173

5.3. List and characteristics of hazardous materials....................................................... 174

5.4. Measures of prevention .......................................................................................... 209

5.4.1. Systems of protection in HIP-Petrohemija ........................................................ 210

5.4.2. Prevention measures of fire protection ............................................................. 211

5.4.3. Techical means for preventive acting and response to an accident .................. 215

6. MANAGEMENT OF CHEMICALS ................................................................................. 221

1

1. INTRODUCTION

HIP-Petrohemija is the largest producer of petrochemicals in the Republic of Serbia,

with a tradition that covers a long period of almost three decades. Our location, in

total, occupies 247 hectars in the industrial zone of Pancevo, in Elemir near

Zrenjanin and Crepaja near Pančevo. Annually, we produce nearly seven hundred

thousand tons of petrochemicals.

Besides polymers - HIPLEX® (HDPE), HIPTEN®(LDPE), HIPREN®(SRB) and

polyethylene pipes, our assortiment includes also basic products – ethylene,

propylene, C4-fraction, pyrolytic oil, pyrolytic gasoline, 1,3-butadiene, MTBE and

products of chlor-alkali electrolysis.

The main complex of the factory is situated in Pancevo, in the South industrial zone

and it includes nine plants: Ethylene Plant, HDPE – High Density Polyethylene Plant,

LDPE – Low Density Polyethylene Plant, Chlor-Alcali Elecrolysis Plant, Utility Plant –

plant for production and distribution of energy fluids and WWT – Waste Water

Treatment Plant. Plants are partly joined in technological entity because the products

of one plant are used as raw materials or materials necessary in other plant.

2

1.1. History of the company

In the period from 1968-1969, during the economic development of Yugoslavia, on

the state level was recognizesed the need to build a petrochemical complex in order

to reduce the import of basic chemical products and improve the country’s payment

balance.

Available raw material base, already formed experienced personnel and highly

affordable transport options in all types of transport have led to the decision to build

this industry within the existing Chemical Industry (HIP) in Pančevo.

In the period from 1971 to 1980, after selecting the most advanced technology and

equipment originating mainly from the USA, six factories were built: HDPE, LDPE,

VCM, PVC, Ethylene and Chlor- Alkali Electrolysis. The entity was completed with

the construction of Utility Plant, as well as many specialized sectors. During the year

of 1991, HIP-Petrohemija became richer for two more production plants: Synthetic

rubber factory in Elemir, near Zrenjanin was associated to Petrohemija, and a factory

for the production of polyethylene pipes and fittings “Petroplast“ was put into

operation, as well as two more plants for waste water treatment.

In the period from 1992 to 1996, the work of the factory was completely blocked due

to the the sanctions, lack of raw materials, the impossibility of import and export and

the termination of preferential treatment, and the like, in the period from 1991 to

1995.

Plants were immediately conserved, properly maintained and prepared for the

restart, which followed in September 1996. In the year of 1997 the factory

“Panonijaplast“ from Crepaja was associated, with the product line of PVC and

HDPE compounds.

During the NATO bombing of The Federal Republic of Yugoslavia, in 1999, two

plants of HIP-Petrohemija were destroyed- Electrolysis and VCM, while the third

one- PVC, was put out off operation, by which the third of installed capacity was lost.

Also, eco-system was degraded in the wider area.

In September 1999, production was restarted in all plants not damaged by the

bombing.

3

1.2. Environmental protection

“HIP-Petrohemija” is committed to support the sustainable development through

systematic environmental management, as an integral part of the strategy for

efficient company management. We consider the consequences of environmental

pollution in the long term, we plan medium-term solutions, and we react to potential

pollutions in the short term, using the latest technology according to international

standards.

Commitment to reduction of environmental impact is a constant imperative.Given the

fact that HIP-Petrohemija produces polymers and performs processing and storage

of petroleum products, where these activities can have a significant impact to the

environment, this is a challenging task. By combining knowledge of our experts and

using the best available techniques, by strict compliance with statutory requirements,

our company successfully controls its impact on labor and general living

environment.

Monitoring of the impact on the quality of environment is done by Envirmontment

Protection Service. Activities practiced in order to monitor and control the impact on

environmental quality are aimed at:

air emission monitoring

waste water control before mixing with other waste water of the plants

water quality control before and after waste water treatment in Water

Treatment Plant

control of the groundwater quality

waste management

chemicals management

implementation of activities related to the Seveso II Directive

obtaining an integrated permit (IPPC permits)

implementation of laws and by-laws.

4

2. DESCRIPTION OF THE LOCATION

2.1. Macrolocation

The town of Pancevo is situated in the Republic of Serbia, on the south of the

Autonomous Province of Vojvodina and occupies the teritory of south-west Banan

near the Danube, Tamis and Nadel. On the north, it borders with municipalities

Opovo and Kovačica, on the north-east it borders with the municipality of Alibunar,

and on the east it borders with the municipality of Kovin. The rivers Tamiš and

Danube represent the southern and the western border. The Danube also represents

the border with the Serbia proper.

The town of Pančevo is of the irregular shape, with the long axis in the direction

north-south, and occupies the space between 44º 39” and 45 º 02“ of the north

latitude and 20º 32” and 20º 55“ of the east longitude. The teritory of the town

occupies 755 km2 which makes 3.51% of the area of Vojvodina. Out of the whole

area of the town of Pančevo, 63225 ha i.e. 83% is agricultural land, and 1085 ha i.e.

17% is covered in forest. A part of the teritiory consists of wetlands with distinctive

flora nad fauna. The area of the town of Pančevo is on the 70 – 78,45 metres of

altitude. According to the results of the census from 2002, 127, 162 residents live in

Pančevo ( That makes 6,25% of the residents of Vojvodina), i.d. 168 inhabitants per

square kilometre which puts it on the list of one of the most densely populated towns

in Vojvodina.

Although the town has peripheral geographical position in Vojvodina, it’s

geographical position is extremely good because it is only 17 kilometres away from

Belgrade. Besides the fact that it has direct exit on the Danube and Tamiš, more

highways ( Belgrade – Zrenjanin; Belgrade – Vršac; Pančevo – Kovin) and two

important railway lines (Belgrade – Kikinda and Belgrade - Bucharest) go through it.

5

2.2. Microlocation

Observed from the perspective of microlocation, “HIP-Petrohemija“ a.d. is located in

the industrial zone of Pančevo, on south-east outskirts of the town, in the zone of oil-

chemical industry. “HIP-Petrohemija“ is on the south of the right side of the road

Pančevo – Starčevo in the extension of the “HIP-Azotara“ comlex. The river Danube

is on the south side of the “HIP-Petrohemija“ complex. On the west side of the “HIP-

Petrohemija“ complex, there is a fairway and waste water canal which is directly

connected to the river Danube. On the east side of the “HIP-Petrohemija“ complex is

the marshy depression which goes from the south of the road Pančevo – Starčevo

from “HIP-Petrohemija“ to the settlement Starčevo and further along the river

Danube towards the settlements Omoljica and Ivanovo. The size of the complex

area is about 90 ha.

The “HIP-Petrohemija“ complex Pančevo was built on the nearly flat soil, reference

level is 75,15 metres of altitude near the left bank of the river Danube. It occupies the

area of about 170 ha. The plateau where the “HIP-Petrohemija“ complex was built

is the Danube sand in in layer from 4.50 to 6 metres. The surface of the poured

plateau is about 90 ha.

6

2.3. The review of geomorphological, pedological, geological, hydrogeological

and seismological characteristics

Geomorphological characteristics

The area of the town represents the integral part of the Pannonian basin, with the

basic characteristics which are typical for the biggest area of this morphostructural

unit of the relief.

Mainly plain appearance of the surface topography, gently sloping from north-east to

south-east and in the flow direction of Tamiš and Dunav, with a little differences in

height and the mutual influence of young geological structure of the surface, on the

first look gives the impression of the simplicity of morphogenesis of this area and

monogenetic character of the process and forms.

In this part of the Danube area in Banat, there are three parts of the relief: alluvial

flat, light terrace and loess plateau. The lowest geomorphological member of the

teritory of Pančevo are alluvial flats of Tamiš and Danube, which are formed by

these rivers and areas in the flow direction with the average altitude of 70 to 73

meters of altitude. Light terrace of Pančevo is part of the light terrace of Banat, and it

represents the lightly hilly plain sloping towards south-east, with the average altitude

of 75 to 80 meters of altitude. Loess plateau of South Banat, with its one part,

extends in the north-west part of the town.This is relatively low plateau, with the

altitude of 100 to 150 m, which was reduced on today’s level by the flow of Tamiš

and Danube.

Loess plateau is characterized by its lightly hilly ground with the presence of

characteristical morphological structures: loess dunes, loess sinkholes and loess

valleys.

Pedalogical characteristics

Pedalogical content of the soil was created with the effect of the pedogenetic

factors:geological content, relief,water, climate, vegetation, human and time factors.

Pedogenetic platform consists of mainly alluvial soil with different mechanical

content, and partly of humogley. From the types of soil, there are mainly: solonets,

solod, smonitza, and on the dry ground: humogley, alluvium and brown forest

soil.Concerning pedological characteristics it can be said that the whole Pančevo is

raised on chernozem with signs of gley in loess.

Chernozem is formed here on the light terrace, and the signs of gley occurs due to

change on backwaters-leoss which are caused by groundwaters periodically. The

occasional wetting of the lower parts of loess by groundwater creates the conditions

for reducing processes, so gley spots and stains are made.The frequency of gley

stains, in the profile, is in the accordance with the duration of reducing processes,

i.e. duration of the wetting of groundwater.

7

Accumulative- humis part of this soil is close to the typical chernozem creations.

Humus horizon “A“ is well developed with crossing (AC horizon) above the loess,

which started its transormation ( in contrast to C horizon at the first chernozem).

Due to the different water regimes, C horizon has sublayers which are in the different

levels of deformity. The original horizon is present only in traces.Transitional AC

horizon is in the upper part closer to A layer, and in the lower part of the loess

supstrate. It is dark grey and dark whitish colour, with small lumps and grain

structure.Porosity of this soil is very good, so the movement of water in all directions

is very good. Proportion of the total sand according to the quantity of powder and

clay is 45:55, but it varies in some way depending on parent material for this type of

loess.

This soil has weak alkaline and alkaline reactions, because pH in the water of humus

horizon is 7.20-8.40. Chernozem with the signs of gley on loess is between the

value of pure chernozem and meadow dark soil.

By its deep developed A horizon, suitable for mechanic content, with the great

structure, very good water and air regime, it represents highly-productive ground,

and with the apply of agrotechnical measures and irrigation, it gives the greatest

yields in agricultural production.

The ground, where Pančevo is situated, suffers greater effects. The ground in the

construction zone loses very fast its natural characteristics, many products of human

activities are present and it becomes anthropogenetic ground, i.e. ground, as a result

of the human impact. That ground is mainly adversely for processing and it can be

improved by regulating of humus layer for forming smaller cultivable surfaces- in the

town, there are usually public, green areas. The area of Pančevo is on the altitude of

70-78.45 m.

8

Geological characteristics

On the current area of Pannonian plain in the palaeozoic period an initial relief like

an enormous mountain range(in technical literature called Panonides or Pannonian

mass) was created. In the area of spacious Pannonian mass the Pannonian plain as

a valley, 35 million years ago. Under the influence of strong tectonic movements the

shape of Thetis (today it is the Mediterannean Sea) has changed. With further

tectonic movements, firstly in the Miocene period the connection between Thetis and

Parathetis was interrupted and Saramatic sea was created separately. In the second

half of the Pliocene period , the lake with brackish water became freshwater lake,

Levantic lake. By the end of Pliocene and the beginning Pleistocene, the lake

completely declined because the flow (forerunner of the Danube) cut deep into

Đerdap and directed the water into the adjacent basin. Instead of Levantic lake a

greater number of smaller lakes interconnected by flows which formed a river

network was created. In the Quaternary period, the youngest geological period, 4

stages can be destinguished:

lake;

swamp;

land;

river.

Lake stage began in the Pliocene period of the minderlic interglatiation. This stage is

characterized by palundic layers discovered on more locations in the municipality of

Kovin. Swamp stage is characterized by sand segments and swamp loess. Land

stage is characterized by accumulation of loess and creation of loess plateau and

Banat sands. River stage lasted in the virm or on the border od virm and holocene.

This stage is represented by two terraces of 3 to 5 metres and 8 to 16 metres above

today’s riverbeds of Banat rivers.

The teritory of Pančevo represents an integral part of the Pannonian basin, with

basic features characteristic for the greatest area of this morphostructural relief

entity. Mostly plain look of topographic area, lightly leaning from north-east to south-

west and in the direction of flowing of the Tamiš and Danube, with small height

differences and permeations of young geologic structure of the surface section, at

first creates thwe impression of morphogenesis simplicity of the area and

monogenetic character of processes and shapes. From the geological point of view

aluvial terrace consists of sand and over-accumulated loess. Surface layers consist

of smaller and the biggest sand forms, and with the further increase of depth over 6

metres, layers of sand are replaced by small pebbles with the transition to bigger

granulations.

Hydrogeological characteristics

Vojvodina is rich in surface (rivers, lakes, ponds, canals) and groundwater

(phreatic,artesian, thermo).

9

In larger navigable rivers fall into Dunav, Tisa and Sava, and in smaller: Stari Begej,

Tamiš, Karaš, Krivaja, Bosut and other, even less.

Lakes, natural and artificial, have several dozens. Some of the famous are:The lake

of Palić, accumulation in Krivaja at Bačka Topola, Provala at Vajska (the deepest

lake in Vojvodina: 19m), Borkovačko lake in Ruma and The Lakes of Bela Crkva.

Carska bara, Obedska bara, Ludoško lake, Slano Kopovo are natural reserves,

especially known by the richness of ornithofauna. The Lakes of Rusanda and Palić

have curative effect.

Canals, especially those in Hydrosystem Danube-Tisa-Danube, have big and

multiple significance. There are a lot of health, mineral and thermal water. Mainly,

they are discovered by drilling artesian wells and searching for oil and gas reservois.

Here should be mentioned at least one healing water, which is used for curing in the

stationary conditions, i.e. for health and spa tourism: in Kanjiža, Bezdan, near Apatin

(Banja Junaković), in Bečej, Melenci, Novi Sad, Vrdnik and Stari Slankamen.

The area of the town is rich in water, both surface and groundwater.

Surface water can be seen as natural (Danube, Tamiš,Nadela and Ponjavica) and

artificial (melioration canals and artificial lakes). The area is rich in water, both

surface and groundwater.

Hydrology of the area of Pančevo, can be considered through two aspects:

Surface water

Groundwater

Surface water

The most important watercourse of the town of Pančevo is the Danube which goes

through the town’s teritory by the length of 30 kilometres. On the very entrance to

Pančevo, it builds a distinctive meander towards north. There are two larger and two

smaller parallel flows there and river islands Forkontumac, Štefanac i Čakljanac are

positioned between them. The temperature of the water of the Danube is relatively

high, with annual average of 12.3ºC (the minimum in January is 1.6ºC and maximum

in July is 22.4ºC).During the winter months, ice appears on the Danube and, in the

sector of Pančevo, it stays there for about 6 to 7 days a year. The Danube, but the

Tamiš as well, have great impact on the groundwater. Namely, in the period of low

water level they represent some kind of drainage of groundwater. However, in the

period of high water level, flooding of great arable land which lays on lower altitude

than these watercourses, often occurs.

The source of the Tamiš is in Romania, on the mountain Semenik and it mouths into

the Danube near Pančevo. Its total length is 359 km and its length through Serbia is

118km. It is the second most important course in Banat, after the river Tisa. The

Tamiš is a typical example of a lowland river characterised by the presence of great

10

number of meanders, which is the consequence of a very low fall of the riverbed in

the lower course. The width of the Tamiš in the lower course is from 70 to 100

metres and is under the direct influence of the water level.

The water temperature is similar to the water temperature of the Danube – the

highest medium monhtly water temperature of the Tamiš occurs in July (23 ºC), the

lowest in January (0.7 ºC) while the medium annual temperture is 12.1 °C. Ice

appears, in average, every other year and lasts for 13.5 days. The longest period of

ice presence on the Tamiš was 63 days.

Nadel is a product of gathering of surface water and drainage of groundwater, in the

east of Crepaja. The course’s length is 36 km. It has all the characteristics of a

lowland river. Its course makes two bigger meanders, near Jabuka and and on the

east of Starčevo. The river is the deepest near Starčevo – 2.5 metres. At the same,

this is the nearest surface course to the planned location of the terminal in Pančevo

which is little more than 700 m away from the location. The town teritory is rimmed

with the rivers Danube and Tamiš and on the east side with the Nadel course that

emerged by collecting of surface water and drainage of groundwater.

The Danube is near Pančevo a real lowland river, where the width is 470 m and the

depth 17 m, in conditions of low water level. When the water level is medium and

high, the depth is increased from 2 to 7 m and the depth even up to 50 m. The

highest maximum water level is in April and May and the lowest in September and

October.

11

The river Tamiš is of secondary importance to Pančevo. The river’s width is from 30

to 35 m, and the depth is of only few metres. The Tamiš brings into the Danube

about 50m3/sec of water.

The Nadel’s riverbed is an abandoned riverbed of the Tamiš and it gets its water

from the loess terrace from more shallow dents. The valley of the river Nadel is 36

km long and the average width is 20 m. The river is the deepest near Starčevo – 2.5

metres. When the water level is high, it floods the alluvial plain while during the

drought almost dries up.

The water level of the Danube nad Tamiš is being observed daily on the water level

scale. Zero notch is on the elevation of 67.33. The absolute minimum of the water

level is on the elevation 66.03 and maximum is on 74.87 so the absolute amplitude is

8.84 m. In the period of low water level, they act as drainage of coastal area and in

the period of high (spring) water level the level is higher than coastala area and

creates a slow-down in the regime of groundwater.

Groundwater

Groundwater regime directly depend on morphological, geological and

hydrogeological characteristics of the obserdved area, climate conditions, vicinity of

river, the level of human factor effect through construction of hydraulic objects.

By the information analysis of several years observation, the following general

conclusions have been made:

Maximum level of water is in the period of spring and summer, and minimum

in the period of autmn/winter;

Periodically oscillation of the water level is observed, with the cycle repeating

of 5-8 years

In the area of low coastal, the level of the groundwater is under direct impact

of the river’s level

In the areas far from the rivers (loess terrace) the level of the ground water is

equal to the changes related to the hydrological characteristics of the year,

season and the phase of the multi-year cycle of the groundwater regime

For the groundwater regime of the town area itself, it can be said that it it

stable. Levels range from the elevation 70-74m, and they are directed towards

Danube and Tamiš.

Groundwater can be devided into shallow (phreatic) and deep (artesian) aquifers.

Phreatic aquifer represents upper, the lowest water-bearing horizon is formed in the

sediments of the first, clay layer. This aqiufer extends continuously on the whole

town teritory. The research shows that on the regime of the phreatic aquifer, the

most significant effect has the regime of the rivers. This effect is the strongest in the

zone of direct influence of rivers (for Danube it is 700 to 800m), and it lowers in the

transition zone (to 1,500 m), whereas it is negligible in the following zone (2,200 m

12

and higher). The depth of the phreatic aqiufer is the least in the alluvial plains and

marshes, where the depths are usual on one or two metres, whereas the deepest

are on the loess plateau (15 to 20 m, in some areas up to 30 m). The biggest area in

the town has got phreatic aquifer on three or four metres. In terms of regime, there

are two types- one in alluvial plains, where it suits the regime of the water level in

rivers, and the other on higher loess areas, which is conditioned by the regime of

rainfall and temerature conditions.

Artesian aquifer includes groundwater, which are under phreatic. They are, also, on

the loose sediments, but unlike the phreatic, the roof has waterproof layer, so they

are lined by the two clay layers. Pressures in this aqiufer horizons are different, so

they create artesian (with the positive piezometric pressure) and subartesian (with

the negative piezometric pressure) aqiufers.In the town area, there are usually

subartesian aquifers where waterproof layer is made of quarternary clay, and foot

wall of clay pliocene. Estimated subartesian water reserves are great, but the

pressures are small. Results of the chemical analysis show that the quality of water,

in many cases, is not for drink, because it has a great quantity of iron and increased

hardness, which shows the presence of great quantity of dissolved salts of calcium

and magnesium.

The real, artesian aquifer water quality are favorable for exploatation on the town

teritory are not found. Artesian water are found on the greater depths, so therefore

the significant part of the mineralization is increased, whereas on the greatest depths

is found thermal, i.e. thermomineral water. Less reserves of high quality artesian

water are found only on the rim of loess plateau and and sands.

Drinking water and supply to households are taken from the depth of 40 metres and

suppresses by pumps to the water treatment plant. The number of wells is 87. From

the source of “Sibnica”, water is suppressed through two pipelines, one with the

diameter of 500, and the other with 700 mm, both with the length of 2,125 metres,

and from the well “Gradska šuma”, water is transported from to the plant through the

pipeline of the diameter of 800 mm, length 1570.

Seismological characteristics

According to the seizmological map of Serbia and on the base of certain measures, it

is estimated that on this teritory can happen earthquakes VII degrees of on the

Mercalli Scale.

The earthquake with the intensity of VII ºMCS is separeted as very strong

earthquake and its appearance causes the moving of the furniture in buildings and

also, its capsize, falling of the objects from the shelves, seriously damaging on the

old buildings, demolition of chimneys, smaller landsides.

13

In to order to suffer, as little damages as possible, on the seismic areas, it is

necessary to observe the following principles of construction:

in the area threatened by earthquakes, it is recommended to build lighter

buildings

in the building it should be embedded the materials which will accept the

energy of seismic waves (reinforced concrete,steel, wood and light materials)

buildings must be in accordance, symmetrical, with skeletal structures, which

can withstand huge vibrations and significant moving of the surface.

2.4. Review of climate characteristics with appropriate meteorological

indicators

Climate and meteorological conditions are relevant factor in determining the state of

the environment and the evaluation of influence of planned objects and activities on

the observed area.

These conditions are, most often, defined by the area and weather variations, drifts,

temperatures and humidity, as well as the intensity of radiation. Vojvodina has

14

characteristics of sub-Danube variant of continental climate. In average, the

warmest month is July, with mean air temperature of 21.4 ºC and mean temperature

in summer is 20.8 ºC. January is the coldest month, with the average temperature of

-1.20 ºC and the average temperature in winter is 0.3 ºC. Autumn, with mean

temperature of 11.8 ºC, is warmer than spring (11.1 ºC). Mean annual air

temperature is 11.0 ºC. The absolute maximum of air temperature is 44. 0 ºC and the

absolute minimum is -32.6 ºC. Mean annual cloudiness is 56%: it is the highest in

winter (70%), and the lowest in summer (43%). The average annual amount of direct

insolation is 2,068.7 hours: 226.1 hours in winter; 580.6 in spring; 822.3 in summer

and 439.4 hours during autumn. The daily average of duration of insolation is 5.7

hours. In average, 611 mm of atmospheric residue falls per year: 145 mm in winter,

148 mm in spring, 189 mm in summer and 129 mm in autumn. The absolute annual

maximum of the atmospheric residue fall (1,202 mm) occured in Hrtkovci(1960),

whereas the absolute annual minimum of only 244 mm was recorded in Hajdučica

(1951). Strong winds blow from the direction of southeast (košava), mostly in colder

half of the year and in spring and summer they blow from the direction of northwest.

Of course, windy and “calm“ periods take turns.

Vojvodina has temperate continental climate with certain distinctions. In Vojvodina,

summers are warm and winters are cold, and spring and autumn do not last for long.

The average temperature in summer is between 21 ºC and 23 º, and in winter about

-2 ºC. However, extreme temperatures can be very high so the differences between

the highest and the lowest temperatures are sometimes even 70 ºC and higher.

Spring and autumn are characterised by the versatile weather. Summer is marked by

relatively stable weather with periodical short local showers. The annual average

amount of precipitation is about 618 mm and during the year, the distribution of

precipitation is quite even. Minimum is in the period from January to February, and

maximum in the period from May to June. More than half of the total amount of

precipitation goes to the growing season from April to September (320 mm in

average).

The town of Pančevo belongs to area with temperate continental climate marked by

long and hot summer and autumn, mild winter and short spring. Košava, strong and

dry wind lasting for even three weeks, is a special feature of the climate. Most

commonly blows in early spring and late autumn, and it can reach the speed of 100

km per hour. In cold period, there are winter norther and northwest wind which

brings long periods of rain and in summer, it brings sudden showers. Local

conditions in this area are determined by the vicinity of great water area of the river

Danube and the possibility for free horizontal air circulation, due to the plain terrain.

Air temperature

The average annual air temperature in Pančevo is 11.3 ºC. The warmest month is

July, with the average temperature of 21.8 ºC, and then is August with 21.5 ºC and

15

June with 20.2 ºC. The coldest month is January, with the average – 0.4 ºC, and that

is the only month in the year when the monthly temperature is negative. Annual

amplitude of average monthly temperature in Pančevo is 22.2 ºC.

In average, per year, there are 86.7 or 23.8 % of frosty days. Maximum frequency of

frosty days in January are on average 25.2 days, and the period of appearance is

from October to April, with the earliest appearance of October 1, and the latest on

April 27. The frequency of the frosty days on this teritory is on average 22.6 or 6.2%,

with the period of appearance from November to March, with the greatest frequency

in January of 9.6 days.

The average period when there is a need for heating (heating season) is 183 days or

50 % annually and it lasts from October 15, to April 15.The frequency of the warm

and very hot days is on average annually 10.2 % or 36 days with the period of

appearance from March to November.

Tabel 1 : Mean monthly and annual air temperature in Pančevo in the period 1961-2002

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC ANN

Average -0.4 2.0 6.3 11.7 17.1 20.2 21.8 21.5 17.2 11.7 6.0 1.2 11.3

MAX 3.7 7.3 10.7 15.5 19.7 22.8 24.8 26.4 21.2 16.3 11.3 5.0 13.4

Annual max

1983 2002 2001 2000 2002 2000 1988 1992 1994 1966 1963 1985 2000

MIN -6.7 -4.0 0.6 7.5 13.8 18.1 19.3 17.7 13.6 8.5 0.8 -3.0 10.2

Annual min

1964 1985 1987 1997 1991 1974 1979 1976 1996 1974 1988 2001 1978

Tabel 2 : Mean monthly and annual air temperature in Pančevo (average, maximum and minimum

temperatures for the period 1961-2002)

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC ANN

Average 88,1 84,3 76,1 72,0 71,4 73,0 72,7 72,1 75,6 78,1 84,3 88,0 78,0

MAX 98 94 93 81 83 86 84 86 85 91 94 97 85,5

Annual max

1971 1971 1962 1966 1961 2002 2002 1975 1975 1975 1975 1970 1970

MIN 81 75 62 65 61 56 61 56 63 66 71 79 71,2

Annual min

1985 1998 1972 1968 1992 2000 2000 2000 1961 1961 1963 1989 2000

Tabel 3 : Mean temperatures for the certain periods

Winter (December – February) +0.3 ºC

Spring (March - May) +11.2 ºC

Summer (June – August) +21.5 ºC

Autmn (September – November) +11.9 ºC

Growing season (April – September) +18.5 ºC

Whole year +11.3 ºC

16

Relative humidity

The average annual relative humidity in Pančevo is 78%. The biggest values are in

the winter period, from 84.3 to 88.1 %, whereas the smallest value is in May, 71.4%.

In table 2, there are given average monthly and annual values of the humidity in

Pančevo for the period of 1961-2002.

The increase of the relative humidity in May and June is characteristic for this area

and is in the relation with the increased cyclonic activity in the spring and early

summer. Related to this is the huge difference in change of relative humidity going

from spring to the early summer. In the period from March to May there is decrease

of the average values of 5%, whereas the increase in the period from September to

May is 13% . From all seasons, winter shows the greatest relative humidity of 88%,

then autmn 73.3%, and in the summer it is the lowest, 69.3%.

Tabel 4 :Mean monthly and annual humid values in Pančevo(average, maximum and minimum

temperatures for the period 1961-2002)

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC ANN

Average 88.1 84.3 76.1 72.0 71.4 73.0 72.7 72.1 75.6 78.1 84.3 88.0 78.0

MAX 98 94 93 81 83 86 84 86 85 91 94 97 85.5

Annual max

1971 1971 1962 1966 1961 2002 2002 1975 1975 1975 1975 1970 1970

MIN 81 75 62 65 61 56 61 56 63 66 71 79 71.2

Annual min

1985 1998 1972 1968 1992 2000 2000 2000 1961 1961 1963 1989 2000

Precipitation

Average annual precipitation in Pančevo is 622.5 mm. Annual distribution of rainfall

is that the maximum is in June (84.6 mm), and minimum in February (35.0 mm). In

the whole line of information during one month, the biggest amount of rain was in

July 1999 (227.7mm), whereas in the months from July to October, there were some

years without precipitation. In the table 3, there are some information for the average

monthly and annually values of the amount of precipitation (mm) in Pančevo, for the

period from 1962-2002.

The biggest amount for the area of Pančevo is in the summer 178.7 mm, and the

least in autmn -132.2 mm.

The average on the area of Pančevo there are the greatest precipitation per day in

June, 30.5 mm, and the least in February 10.9 mm. Absolute maximum is recorded

in July 15, 1955 and it was 94 mm.

The amount of precipitation in the growing seson (april-september) is 337 mm, which

can be considered as very favourable.

17

Snow

Average annual number of days with snow cover is 42.6, and maximum of 80 days is

registered in 1962. During the year, the most of the days with snow cover, in

average, is in January 15.5. Precipitation in the form of snow averagely appears in

the area of Pančevo 22.8 days, i.e. 6.3%, a year, and 18.8 % of the total number of

the days with the precipitation. Averagely, the first day with precipitation, in the form

of snow, is on December 3, and the last March 18. So, the average duration of this

period is 105 days.

Tabel 5 : Average number of days with the snow cover

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC ANN

Average 15.5 10.1 3.8 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 2.4 10.7 42.6

MAX 31 27 18 4 - - - - - 2 18 31 80

Annual max

1964 1965 1962 1997 - - - - - 1974 1993 1969 1962

MIN 0 0 0 0 - - - - - 0 0 0 7

Annual min

1978 1974 1961 1961 - - - - - 1961 1961 1972 1989

Fog

For the analysis of the number of days, there are used the information of fog

occurance on the weather station Belgrade- Vračar, considering the fact the same

were not available from the station in Pančevo. One should take into consideration

that Pančevo is in the plain, that it is industrial town and that it is close to the big

river, which all together influence on formaing the fog. For that reason, it can be

expected, that there are more foggy days in Pančevo than in Belgrade.

18

Tabel 6: Number of days with fog in Belgrade (average, maximum and minimum temperatures for the

period 1961-2002) JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC ANN

Average 5,2 2,7 1,2 0,2 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,1 0,5 1,6 3,9 5,7 21,8

MAX 16 12 5 3 2 2 2 2 5 6 9 17 47

Annual max

1962 1965 1962 1972 1986 2001 1991 1969 2002 1985 1986 1963 1965

MIN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3

Annual min

1968 1968 1966 1961 1961 1961 1961 1961 1961 1961 1979 1981 1981

Average annual frequency of days with the appearance of fog in Pančevo is 25.1

days, which is 6.9 % a year, and the period of appearance considers all months

except June and with the most frequent appearance in December and January,

where the average is 5.6 and 5.2 days with the possibility of 17 and 18, i.e. every 10

days 1.7-1.8 days of the fog. The possibility of the appearance of fog in November is

11%, and in February 13%. Frequency of the fog is greater in spring than in autmn

7.5- 8.2%, according to 2.8- 3.8%, whereas in the growing period the average

participation 2.3 days or 13% of the duration of the growing period.

Cloudiness

Average daily cloudiness ( expressed in tenths of sky coverage) in Belgrade, during the year is 5.4. The greatest cloudiness is in December (7.1) and the least in August (3.7). During the observed period of month with the biggest cloudiness, it was December 1969 (9.4), and with the least in August 1992 (1.7). In table 7, it is given the display of the monthly and annually values of cloudiness.

Tabel 7: Monthly and annual values of fog (in dozens of sky coverage) in Belgrade(average,maximum

and minimal) for the period 1961-2002

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC ANN

Average 6,8 6,5 5,8 5,9 5,4 5,0 3,9 3,7 4,2 4,5 6,4 7,1 5,4

MAX 8,6 8,6 8,0 7,1 7,4 6,3 6,1 5,7 7,4 7,1 8,9 9,4 6,1

Annual max

1997 1986 1962 1980 1980 1975 1972 1975 1996 1974 1978 1969 1980

MIN 4,5 2,9 4,0 4,3 3,5 2,5 2,0 1,7 1,8 1,9 4,2 5,3 4,6

Annual min

1975 1990 1992 1968 2000 2000 1987 1992 1961 1965 1984 1989 1993

Cloudiness in the area of Pančevo is 52% of the sky coverage. The most clear

month is July, with the average of 316 hours, and the cloudiest is December, with

63.7 hours. Annual amount of insolation is 2.181 hours.

19

Insolation

The information on the movement of the Sun, duration of the sunny period and insolation, are given in the following pictures:

Dark Dawn Sunny Dusk

Sunny days, kWh/m²/day

1.31 2.15 3.27 4.36 5.46 5.95 6.03 5.41 3.80 2.49 1.46 1.10

Sky clearness, 0 - 1

0.40 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.51 0.52 0.54 0.55 0.49 0.45 0.39 0.38

Temperat, °C -0.28 0.70 5.17 11.03 16.76 19.91 22.43 22.65 17.78 12.29 5.53 0.63

Wind speed, m/s

4.08 4.34 4.28 4.22 3.77 3.62 3.58 3.52 3.76 3.86 4.00 4.16

Precipitation, mm

43 41 42 53 67 88 64 51 48 43 53 56

Rainy days, d 11.2 11.0 11.1 12.0 12.1 12.4 9.7 8.9 8.2 8.3 11.8 12.1

Pančevo, Movement of the Sun

Winds

In the south Banat there are the most frequent winds from the southeast. These

winds blow in the winter part of the year. There are, at the same time, the strongest

20

winds, with the average speed of 4.6 m/s. On the second place are the winds from

the northwest. They are also very strong and they are slightly behind southeast.

They blow in the warmer part of the year and their speed is 4.3 m/s. On the third

place, there are winds from the west. They appear most frequently in the summer

part of the year, and sometimes during the winter. On the forth place, there are east

winds. Other winds are not very significant for economic activity and the life of

people. Northwest and west winds, regularly bring precipitation. Southeast (košava)

is dry. It has adversely effect on autmn and spring crops.Norther, wind from northern

quadrant, regularly announce cold and dry weather.In the south Banat, during the

summer half of the year, there are some sudden strong winds, storms,which strenght

is between 7 and 12 level of Beaufort Scale. Those winds regularly cause material

damage.

Weather station in Pančevo do not possess anemograph, so the all information

which are used about wind, are from Belgrade observatory. Pančevo belongs to the

area of košava, so the common wind direction in almost every months is east-

southeast. In June and July, the most common is the wind from west- northwest.

The greatest number of days without the wind, i.e. the calm period is noticed in

September, and at least in March. The distribution of mean wind speed, according to

directions, follows the distribution of the frequency of wind direction. In all months,

the highest mean speed is of the wind which blows from southeast quadrant. In July,

the highest mean speed is from northwest quadrant. In all seasons, as on the annual

level, the highest speed of the wind are related to the direction of east-southeast.

Tabel 8: Frequency of the wind directions and calm periods in % in Belgrade,in the period 1975-2000

Pravci

Months N

NN

E

NE

EN

E

E

ES

E

SE

SS

E

S

SS

W

SW

WS

W

W

WN

W

NW

NN

W

Calm

period

I 24 37 22 21 23 161 148 66 33 32 23 81 89 108 56 32 44

II 27 42 22 23 28 164 146 74 36 36 26 73 83 95 67 38 28

III 28 41 21 21 21 182 152 82 40 40 27 61 77 76 65 53 26

IV 33 44 23 26 33 144 118 81 30 30 26 85 84 86 62 51 39

V 27 46 28 22 21 117 123 81 35 35 37 95 88 96 71 43 42

VI 34 49 19 21 17 80 90 69 27 27 28 102 114 121 83 49 63

VII 37 44 28 23 20 79 80 59 28 28 28 105 121 129 81 55 54

VIII 34 51 23 25 31 131 109 65 23 23 29 84 98 100 72 45 59

IX 22 36 23 22 28 143 139 80 32 32 26 82 96 92 54 36 65

X 24 32 17 16 33 197 161 105 36 36 19 62 66 72 48 38 51

XI 21 47 17 17 34 158 150 120 32 32 20 69 71 85 53 31 48

XII 22 35 20 23 24 148 157 81 30 30 23 83 89 104 55 33 49

Spring 29 44 24 23 25 148 131 81 35 35 30 80 83 86 66 49 36

Summer 35 48 23 23 23 97 93 64 26 26 28 97 111 117 79 50 59

Autmn 22 38 19 18 32 166 150 102 33 33 22 71 78 83 52 35 55

Winter 24 38 21 22 25 158 150 74 33 33 24 79 87 102 59 34 40

Year 28 42 22 22 26 142 131 80 32 32 26 82 90 97 64 42 47

Tabel 9: Wind speed in the area of Pančevo

N NE E SE S SW W NW Mean annual

v, m/s 2.7 2.1 3.9 2.9 2.0 2.0 2.8 2.4 2.3

21

Analysis of the atmosphere stability

The atmosphere stability has direct impact on spacial distribution of pollutants

emissioned in the underground layer of the atmosphere.

Dispersion of pollutants emissioned happens in unstable layer of the atmosphere.

The height in which the increment occurs varies, depending on time of day, season

and terrain features. The increase of the height of mixing layer has positive effect on

reduction of pollutants concentration. The atmosphere stability can be determined by

the analysis of the vertical structure of temperature and wind. When the results by

discontinuous measurings of temperature and wind on the meteorological pole, by

microprobing or probing exist, then the stability is determined by the analysis of

appropriate gradients or from the standard deviation of change of horizontal and

vertical wind direction.

One of the methods that uses the results of ground measurings and observations for

determination of the atmosphere stability is Pascal – Tarner’s method.

22

According to that classification, and depending on the temperature that changes with

the height, there are 7 classes of the atmosphere stability:

A. Very unstable

B. Moderately unstable

C. Weakly unstable

D. Neutral

E. Weakly stable

F. Moderately stable

G. Very stable

For stability determination, the wind on aneometric height , insolation and cloudiness

during the night are used.

Tabel 10: Atmospheric stability class according to Paskal-Tarneru

Daily insolation Night conditions

Ground-level wind m/s Strong Moderately Weak Cloudiness>4/8 Cloudiness <3/8

<2 A A-B B

2 A-B B C E F-G

4 B B-C C D E

6 C C-D D D D

>6 C D D D D

The stability classes from A to C represent unstable stratification, D class is neutral

stratification, and classes E and F are stable stratifications of the atmosphere.

Vacant postions represent the class G which is very stable stratification, that occurs

during very mild winds.

For the needs of the preliminary analysis of the atmosphere stability in Serbia by the

Republic Hydrometeorological Service of Serbia (RHMZ), the stability of the

atmosphere was determined on GMS Beograd, Negotin, Niš, Peć, Priština and

Loznica and specialized meteorological stations Tamnava and Bor.

When the atmosphere is neutral stratificated, the emissioned gas has the same

density and temperature as surrounding air on the height given and it has no

tendency of any kind of vertical motion and therefore stays on the same height.

Pollutants emissioned near the earth surface tend to stay there, conditioning very

low ground concentrations.

At the same type of stratification with low expressed field of flow (mechanical

turbulency dominates), pollutants are spread quite distantly upwind before they

reach ground in significant amounts. In the largest period of the year, the

atmosphere on wider area is neutral stratificated. This type of stratification most

commonly occurs in winter period, and spacial arrangement of pollutants primarily

depends on thewind speed and emitter height.

23

2.5. The review of natural values, protected areas and public natural resources

2.5.1. Flora and fauna

Flora

Flora on the teritory of Pančevo consists of wild and cultivated plants. As on the

whole teritory of Vojvodina, flora is changing with the development of the agriculture.

First native vegetation retained only in the small areas, mainly on those not sutable

for cultivating. From the wild areas there are: forests, meadows and shrubbery.

From the crops there are: various kinds of grains, mainly corn, wheat and barley,

then sunflower, as an industrial plant and others. Huge areas of agricultural ground

are endangered by the raising of the groundwater level and by the periodically

flooding.

The area under forests are less, mainly limited to two, three or less km², unevenly

distributed. According to the last information of the Republic Bureau of Statistics

(March 2003), forests include around 5,5%, meadows and pastures around 4.9% of

the town territory. In the forest are dominating Euro-American poplar and white

willows, and one can see also acacia, American ash, white and black poplars, oak

and elm.

On the meadows, the most common plants are: foxglove, popovac, burdock,

pigweed, mustard, dandelion and yarrow.On the inundation surface, which is flooded

by any higher water level of Danube and Tamiš, there exists marsh vegetation, with

the representatives such as: water lily, cane, cattail, troskot and other plants.

Fauna

Wildlife is adjusted to flora and is similar to those present in other plain parts of

Vojvodina. Large marshes, which we see in the area are very suitable habitat for a

huge number of animal species, and therefore those hunting places are attractive.

Under the influence of anthropogenic factor, putting some crops on the surface, then

usage of pesticides and pollution enlargement (especially air and water) with the

great development of the chemical industry on the territory of Pančevo, living

conditions have deteriorated very much. Therefore, the number of animal species,

especially thoroughbred game, has been decreased.

In the forests, on the territory of Pančevo, one can see deer, roe deer, wild boar,

foxes, and rarely wolf. From small animals can be seen: badger, hamster, rabbit,

skunk, hedgehog, mole, field mouse, muskrat (which is artificially bred) and others.

From birds, there are pheasants ( which are hatched in pheasanteries and released

in the area, because of great isolation), partridges, quails, turtledoves, woodpackers,

swallows, black and white storks, wild ducks, wild goose, grey and white herons,

owls, colonies of rooks, sparrows, starlings and crows, and also hawk and goshawk.

In Tamiš, Danube and ponds in the river basin, there are present various kinds of

24

fish, such as: carp fish, tench, pike, perch, catfish,sturgeon, river carp and white fish.

Huge number of insects and other small animals provide food for frogs, snakes,

lizards, snails and othes.

2.5.2. The review of the basic characteristics of the landscape

Landscape features of analysed spatial unit represent one of the elements for

consideration of overall relation of complex to environment. Besides, everyone has

to bare in mind that it is about specific phsychological affective category, which is

shown through the total synergistic effect of the whole surrounding to the observer,

where cultural, social and subjective implications are inevitably present. In addition,

one should bare in mind that the subjective evaluation on values of the landscape,

equally depend on its characteristics as the characteristics of the observer.

In order to perform quantification of the certain occurances related to this

phenomenon, there is a possibility of devision of the landscape into two basic

characteristics: physical, i.e. material and affective, i.e. psychological.

In the category of material characteristics of the landscape there are: physical

characteristics, which can be natural and created. Natural physical characteristics of

the landscape are firstly:morphology of the terrain, vegetation, water surface and

sky, and created are: development and processing. Psychological- affective

characteristics are defined firstly as: diversity, specialty, beauty, harmony, intactness

and so on. Morphology of the terrain is the most significant element of the

landscape, so it is quite justified that the effect in the domain of the change of

morphology of the terrain, because the construction, considers as the most

significant. Taking into account spatial framework where the analysed location is

situated, it is possible, in morphological sense, divide only the class of the plain

terrain.

Valorization of the present vegetation as the material category of the landscape

includes its visual and biological quality. When it comes to visual, and also to

biological characteristics of the present vegetation, it is for certain that about these

characteristics cannot be spoken on the respective location.

Water surface, as the landscape element, has not the significance in the given

conditions.

Construction, as the element of the present landscape, includes all present objects

on the analysed location. In the area of wider surrounding, subject location does not

have dominant building.

Psychological and affective characteristics of the landscape are not expressed in the

framework of the analysed area.

25

Relief

The territory of Vojvodina, with its mainly part is the bottomof the formar Pannonian

Sea.Therefore, the relief of Vojvodina is very plain and on the low altitude. It is

characteristic according to its spatial elevated stepped surfaces- loess plains, sands,

loess terrace and lower land- alluvial plains.There are, also, low mountains, Friška

gora, in the north part of Srem and the Vršac mountains in the southeast of Banat. In

south of Banat, between Tamiš, Danube and Bela Crkva valley, there is Deliblato

Sands. Towards Hungary and on the south towards Telečka is Subotica Sands.The

Gudurica Peak (641m) is the highest peak in Vojvodina and it is situated on the in

Vojvodina, on the Vršac mountains, whereas Crveni Čot (539 m) is the highest peak

on Fruška gora. Plain of Vojvodina is lowering in the form of stepped surfaces do the

river. During the millennium, the wind blew dust into drifts and in that way big part of

Vojvodina was covered with thick loess deposits. In the plain landscape, on many

parts, there are distinguished, loess plateaus, where the biggest are Titel Hill and

Telečka in Bačka, Banat loess plateau, south from Zrenjanin in Banat and Srem

loess plateau, around Danube and under the south slopes of Fruška gora in Srem.

Deliblato Sands (Banat Sands) in the south of Banat includes the surface of 300

square kilometres, whereas Subotička Sands is less, and is situated on the North of

Subotica and towards east to Tisa. Alluvial plains, known as marshes, in which rivers

carve their wide and shallow riverbed, are ten metres lower than loess terrace- their

altitude is from 66 to 85 metres.

Due to the fact that Vojvodina is covered by loess, mostly spred types of land are

chernozem and meadow fertile soil, and in the wet areas humogley and marshy

terrains. Chernozems, which are 60% of cultivable soil, is determined by great

fertility, and on them, as on the meadow fertile soil, the greatest areas are used for

wheat, corn, sugar beets, sunflower, soybeans and other industrial and fodder crops.

26

Protected areas

On the territory of Pančevo there are situated the following protected areas:

Nature park “Ponjavica“, surface 193,6 ha, declared in 1994. Park consists of the

flow of Ponjavica (7,2 km), with the protective zone of 60,8 ha, which is part of this

protective area. Protected area begins at flood defence in Omoljica and follows the

flow of Ponjavica, including coastal area on the left and right, in the span from 5 to

50m, depending on the configuration of the terrain.

Three trees of the white ash- monument of the nature in Dolovo, was established in

1999. The monument of the nature includes the rest of the former row of trees on the

enterance to Dolovo from the direction of Pančevo, the age of tree is between 200

and 250 years. This monument of nature includes the area of 1050 m², with the

protective area of 5 m, from the edge of the projected treetops, total area of 2035 m².

From the protected species on the town territory, on the location of the Town forest,

there is one of the greatest colony of herons and cormorant in Serbia, which has 800

pairs.There are three species protected as natural rarity:

Grey heron (Ardea cinerea)

Night heron (Nycticorax nycticorax) and

Little white heron (Egretta garzetta)

On the territory of Pančevo there are following protected species:

Great cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo)

White stork (Ciconia ciconia)

Black stork (Ciconia nigra) and

White-tailed Eagle (Haliaeetus albicilla)

Public natural resources

From the aspect of the natural resources very significant are:

Danube coast at Pančevo (Forkontumac, Štefanac i Čakljanac)

Ivanovo island i Brestovac island

lower flow of Tamiš with the remain of Jabučki rit and Glogonjski rit

The Folk Garden

The Folk Garden, the biggest and the most beautiful park in Pancevo, was created in

south-eastern part of the town by order of a brigadier Mihovil Mihajlovic in 1829.

Actually, a small wood was transformed into park. The planners arranged this area

according to the so-called German parks, which were, by definition, the synthesis of

the elements of French and English parks: wide and straight lines in combination

with winding alleys and romantic ambiences.

27

2.6. Information on population, concentration of population and demographic

characteristics

One of the relevant features of the area analyzed, in the sense of determining

possible effects on the environment is the population characteristic and population.

These facts have their full meaning primariliy because it is necessary to investigate,

in detail, negative impacts on the population living in the analyzed area.

The town of Pančevo covers the area of 755 km2 (partaking in total area of Serbia

with 0.9%), in which lives 127,162 inhabitants (partaking in total population of Serbia

with 0.7%) or 168 inhabitants per km2, which is almost double than the republic

average. In the last three dacades, slight trend of increase of the population density

(In 1971, there were 147 inhabitants per km2; in 1981, there were 164 inhabitants

per km2; and in 2002, there were 168 inhabitants per km2 ).

Basic economic performances of population living in Pančevo are:

town potential represents dominant work-capable contigent of the

population(88,821 inhabitant), but its rate of utilization is 66.6% and it is a bit

lower than the republic average (67.5);

Observing the period after the census from 1991, decrease of dependants of 6% has

been recorded whereas active people and people with personal income increased

their participation (2.6% and 5.5%, respectively) concerning total population of the

town. Mentioned tendencies of the town population heading towards the activation

are best illustrated by the coefficient of economic dependency that shows the

tendency of decrease in the observed period (from 122.2 in 1991 to 114.5 in 2002).

The participation of agricultural population in total population is 7.3% whereas the

participation of its active part in total active population is 3.4%.

Tabel 11: Statistic information on the population in the municipality of Pančevo

Total population under 7 years 8087

Total population from 7 to 14 years 11495

Total population from 65 years and more 17675

Working age population (total) 88821

Working age male population (from 15 to 64 years) 4394

Female population (from 15 to 49 years) 32334

The population growth, 2006 - on 1000 p -2.8

Total number of employees, 2006. – annual average 37700.5

Proportion of women in the employment (%), 2006 – annual average 41.9

Mainstream primary schools, 2005/2006 19

Primary school pupils, 2005/2006 – the end of the school year 10563

Secondary school, 2005/2006 – the end of the school year 8

Secondary school pupils, 2005/2006 – the end of the school year 5409

28

According to the results of census from 2002, 127,162 inhabitants has lived in the

municipality of Pančevo as well as over 20 different nations which tells enough about

the turbulent history and demographic motion of people in this area.

According to the data from 2002, 127,162 inhabitants lived in the town of Pančevo.

According to the data from 2004, population growth was -3% and the number of

those employed in the town is 35,533. In the town, there are 19 primary and

secondary schools.

In the proximity of the HIP-Petrohemija complex, there is no habitation except in the

direction of northeast, about 800 m from the respective location, there is a housing

estate called Vojlovica and on the opposite side, on southeast, there is a village

Starčevo.

According to the census from 2004, the local community Vojlovica had 5,015

inhabitants ( Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia).

Including residential buildings on the area of 6 km2 , there are about 800 objects of

individual type of housing facility with ground floor and first floor in it.

There are 304 children of preschool age. In Vojlovica, there is a nursery school with

the capacity of about 100 children, and a primary school for children which has

between 550 and 600 children of school age. There are 200 inhabitants older than

75 years.

2.7. Information on the existing commercial, residential and infrastructural

objects in the environment

2.7.1. Business objects

In Pančevo are developed many business areas and they are: industry, agriculture,

construction, building materials industry, transportation and communications,

residential and communal service, as well as financial and other services. Bearers of

the economic development of Pančevo are: industry and agriculture, whereas in the

following period the priority will be on the development and improvement of the

tourism.

Decades-long leader in the development, world famous companies such as: “HIP

Petrohemija“ a.d. Pančevo in restructuring, NIS-Rafinerija nafte Pančevo, “HIP-

Azotara“ D.O.O.Pančevo, fertilizer factory “Panonija“ Pančevo, plant for chemical’s

production for the household.

Industrial complex of HIP-Petrohemija Pančevo a.d. is located on the right side of the

road Pančevo-Starčevo, in Spoljnostarčevačka Street No.82, in the extension of the

industrial complex of HIP-Azotara, whereas the complex of NIS RNP is a little

farther, on the left side of the road Pančevo-Starčevo.

29

2.7.2. Residential objects

When heading out on Spoljnostarčevačka Street, the industrial complex of HIP-

Petrohemija is, on southeast, connected to settlements Starčevo, Omoljica, Ivanovo,

Banatski Brestovac, and on northwest, it is connected with the involvement in the

international road E-70 (Prvomajska Street), and through it, towards west, it is

connected to Belgrade, on east towards Kovin and Smederevo, and through the

network of city roads, it has access to other access roads of Pančevo ( towards

Vršac and Zrenjanin). In the immediate vicinity of HIP- Petrohemija complex, there

is a residential zone – Vojlovica. In the central part of Vojlovica, there is a market

place and health center. On the other side, towards south – southeast and west

there is a group of individual family houses that is , at least 1,000 m away from HIP-

Petrohemija.

The industrial complex is about 4 km away from the town centre and about 22 km

away from Belgrade, measured from the access road.

2.7.3. Infrastructural objects

Transport infrastructure

Traffic and geographical position of Pančevo is characterized by the position of the

settlement which islocated on the confluence of Tamiš into Danube, whose territory

is crossed by important international and main roads: road,railway and river traffic.

General relief-morphological structure of the south Banat terrain enabled the

construction of the communicative and infrastructural systems, with its origin in

Pančevo, as the most suitable place for the transition across Danube to Belgrade

and other parts of Serbia.

Industrial zone is located on the southeast rim of Pančevo, immediately after the

housing estate Vojlovica, on the move between Pančevo i.e. Vojlovica and Starčevo.

The factory complexes of the south industrial zone, are connected to the

surrounding and wider with the three basic means of transport: road, railway and

river. In the road traffic for the plants of south industrial zone main and basic line of

communication represents Spoljnostarčevačka Street, i.e. municipal road route (local

road) No.1 (Pančevo-Banatski Brestovac-border with the municipal Kovin).

By the mentioned line of communication, industrial zone is connected in the

southeast directio with the settlement in the south part of the town Pančevo, with

Kovin, and fartherer Smederevo with the south and wide Srbija.

In the northwest direction, wtih the given communication line, industrial zone is

connected with the state roads of the first line (highway roads) No.19 and No.24,

through which it makes the connection with Belgrade in the west direction, Zrenjanin

in the north direction, Kovin in the east direction and Vršac, in the northeast

direction. Industrial zone makes the good connection with the line of public and

inter-city bus traffic, which go through Spoljnostarčevačka Street and have the

30

stations immediately opposite the enterence of the fabric complexes. All fabrics of

the south zone possess parking lot for the stationary traffic of passenger and freight

vehicles. Parking spaces are located on the right and left side of the communication

line of Spoljnostarčevačka Street. All fabric complexes have the net of the inner road

lines based on the principal orthogonality. Primary longitudinal directions,

perpendicularly crosses transversal roads (system avenues and streets). Complex of

HIP Petrohemija and Rafinerija nafte Pančevo are connected by the service fire-

protection line of communication with the dock on the left side of Danube.

Position of the industrial complex of HIP-Petrohemija Pančevo a.d. related to the

traffic lines- immediately next to the road Pančevo- Starčevo, gives the opportunity

for the easier connection to the traffic flows.

Road traffic

The immediate vicinity of Corridor 10 ( “Corridor 10“ – Salzburg – Ljubljana –

Zagreb – Belgrade – Niš – Skopje – Thessaloniki), which is situated quite

near the town, with highway legs streaching from Belgrade to Horgos and

from Niš to Dimitrovgrad)

Corridor 7 - the Danube transversal. The position of Pančevo on the

confluence of the Tamiš into the Danube makes it more attractive for good

business because it directly connects the town to Central and Southeast

Europe.

Main road M-1/9 (E/70): Belgrade – Pančevo – Vršac - Rumunija

Main road M-24 connecting the town of Pančevo to the municipalities

Kovačica and Kovin

The local road network (147 km of length) connecting inhabitated areas and

the town of Pančevo

31

Train service

By the railway station “Pančevo-Varoš“ and “Vojlovica“, complexes are connected

by the industrial tracks with main rail routes: towards west to Belgrade, north to

Zrenjanin and Kikinda and northeast to Vršac. NIS Rafinerija nafte Pančevo possess

its own marshaling yard.

Belgrade-Pančevo-Vršac-Romania (to the east)

Pančevo-Zrenjanin-Kikinda (to the north)

Connection in Belgrade to Bar

Pančevo-Belgrade (it is an integral part of the town railways Belgrade-

Beovoz, with its four stations: Pančevo Vojlovica, Pančevo Strelište, Pančevo

Varoš i

Pančevo Main station)

River traffic

Pančevo port is the most upstream port in which the river-sea boats can port, with

the the gross capacity to 5000tones, by every water level.

Danube transverzal (Corridor 7)

Port transport (Port Danube)

Navigability of the river Tamiš, 2km upstream

Rafinerija nafte Pančevo possesses the dock on the left coast of Danube, whereas

HIP Azotara possess the fairway, which is connected to Danube. HIP Petrohemija

does not have its dock and the need in the river traffic performs through the dock of

NIS Rafinerija nafte Pančevo and fairway of HIP Azotara.

2.7.4. Waterpower infrastructure

Water system of the town Pančevo consists of:

source (Sibnica, Filter and Gradska Šuma, total capacity of 700 l/s)

treatment plant (Old plant from 1973 and New plant from 1986, total projected

capacity 740 l/s)

reservoirs (capacity 12 000 m3)

pumping station (Old pumping station from 1973 and New pumping station

from

1986);

main pipelines (for the settlement Starčevo, Omoljica, B.Brestovac and

Ivanovo); distribution networks and connections (in the town and settlements).

Water is taken from the wells from the depth of 40 meters and suppresses with the

well pumps on the water treatment plants. Total number of plants is 87. From the

well “ Sibnica“, water is suppressed through two pipelines, one with the diameter of

500 and the other of 700 mm, both with the length of 2 125 meters, and from the

32

well “Gradska šuma“ water is transported into wells through the pipelines of the

diameter of 800 mm and the length of 1570 meters.

2.7.5. Electro-energetic infrastructure

Electricity supply of Pančevo is in the authority of the Public Company

Elekrtovojvodina Novi Sad- Elektrodistribucija Pančevo. In the following tables are

shown the information on electrodistributive network, as well as the structure of the

consumers of the electricity on the territory of south Banat and the town Pančevo,

which is covered by this company.

The capacity of the network is not totally used and it has the space for the

connection of the new and greater users. The greatest power which can be achieved

is 2 MW in the town and 5 MW in the villages.

2.7.6. Thermo-energetic infrastructure

Vapor and hot water supply of the town Pančevo is done by the Public Utility

Company “Grejanje“, which possesses two heating plants:

Heating Plant “Sodara“, with the installed power of 26,5 MW and pumping

plants of the capacity 940 m³/h. Final heating consumption of this heating

plant is 60 MW.

Heating Plant “Kotež“ with the installed power of 53,6 MW and pumping

plants of the capacity 1600 m³/h. Final heating consumtion of this heating

plant is 100MW.

Hot water is distributed to the users by the two Hot water lines:

Hot water line “Sodara-Centar“ with the length of 1.8km, and diameter of

DN350,

Hot water line “Kotež-Strelište“ with the length of 5.7km and diameter of

DN400.

Water temperature, which is distributed by this hot water line is: 130/75 °C.

Besides system for supplying heat from the heating plant, there is also a system of

the pipeline for the household supply with the natural gas, which is used in the

individual furnaces.

2.8. The review of the immovable cultural property

The municipality of PančevoCultural monument Tanacković house, Pančevo

Cultural monument Tamiš station, Pančevo

Cultural monument house in Petra Drapšina Street 8, Pančevo

Cultural monument Duda Bošković house, Pančevo

Cultural monument Provijant warehouse, Pančevo

Cultural monument house in Ivo Lola Ribar Street 4, Pančevo

Cultural monument St. Anna church – Vajfert’s chappel, Pančevo

33

Cultural monument “Kragujevac“ building, Pančevo

Cultural monument Kaćurin printing office, Pančevo

Archeological site „Grad“, Starčevo

Cultural monument Church of Holy Transfiguration, Pančevo

Cultural monument National Brewery buiding, Pančevo

Cultural monument monastery Vojlovica, Pančevo

Cultural monument Magistrate building, Pančevo

Cultural monument building in Nikola Tesla Street No. 3, Pančevo

Cultural monument the Church of the Assumption, Pančevo

Cultural monument building in JNA Street No. 2, Pančevo

Cultural monument building in Dimitrija Tucovića Street No. 2, Pančevo

Cultural monument building on the square Kralj Petar (B. Kidirča) No. 8-10,

Pančevo

Cultural monument building on the square Kralj Petar No. 11, Pančevo

Cultural monument Lighthouses of the confluence of Tamiš into Danube,

Pančevo

Cultural monument tombstone of the composer Mita Topalović, Pančevo

Cultural monument tombstone to the soldiers from The First World War and

victims of the fascist terror from the Second World War, Pančevo

Cultural monument monument to the executed patriots from Borča, Pančevo

Cultural monument monument to the founders of Pančevo Grammar School,

Pančevo

Cultural monument hotel „Vojvodina“, Pančevo

Cultural monument Red Warehouse, Pančevo

Cultural monument Grammar school building “Uroš Predić“, Pančevo

Cultural monument building in Braće Jovanović Street No.13, Pančevo

Marshy area, multilayer site, prehistoric and middle age period, Glogonj

Field of Mrčković Pere, prehistoric settlement, bronze age, Glogonj

Large mound, remains of the bronze period and antic settlement,Glogonj

Mound, prehistoric mound, Glogonj

Three mounds, tombs from the prehistoric period and prehistoric settlement

and antic period, Jabuka

Clover field, multilayer settlement of prehistoric and middle ages

period,Jabuka

Old vineyards, remains of middle ages graveyard, Jabuka

Watchtower, remains of the multilayer prehistoric settlement , Jabuka

Govedarovac, multilayer settlementNeolithic and ancient period, Jabuka

Lap, antic period, Sarmatian settlement, Pančevo

Podbilov pond, multilayer settlement, Pančevo

Naritak, prehistoric settlement, bronze period, Pančevo

Tamiš, middle ages settlement, Pančevo

Preki put I - Naritak, remains of Sarmatian settlement, Pančevo

34

Karaule, prehistoric settlement, Pančevo

Old coast of Tamiš, prehistoric and antic settlement, Pančevo

Mound, several mounds on the road to Jabuka on the high coast of

Tamiš, Pančevo

Coast Nadela, several localities in the row with layers from prehistory to the

late Middle Ages,Pančevo

Serbian field, multilayer settlement, prehistory, Pančevo

Geramn field, multilayer settlement with the findings of prehistoric, antic and

middle aged period, Pančevo

Notice of bricjs in the settlement Topola, multilayer finding from the prehistory

to the Middle Ages, Pančevo

Gornjovaroška brickyard, prehistoric period, Pančevo

Localties Slatina on the move of Dugo polje, multilayer settlement, Starčevo

Beli breg, settlement of the bronze period, Starčevo

Kopovo, settlement of the bronze period, Starčevo

Southeast perifery of the village Starčevo, remain of the old settlement,

Starčevo

Mound and remain of the prehistoric settlement in the Food Industrial

Complex Tamiš, Starčevo

Vinogradine, remains of the prehistoric settlement, neolithic and iron age,

Starčevo

Great mound, prehistoric mound on the road Starčevo - Dolovo

Meadow, multilayer settlement, prehistoric, antic and Middle Ages period,

Starčevo.

Among the most significant cultural-historic goods on the territory of Pančevo are:

Roman Catholic Church of St. Carlo Borromeo

Grammar school building

Church of the Assumption of the Holy Mother

Church of the Holy Transifiguration of Our Lord

Evangelistic Church

Manastery Vojlovica

The Folk Garden

2.9. Information on the usage of location in the previous period

1968 – 1969 As the part of economic development of Jugoslavija, on the state level

is recognized the need for construction of the petrochemical complex, in order to less

import of the basic chemicals and improve the country’s balance of payments.

Available raw material base, already formed expercienced persoannel, very

favourable transport possibilities in all transport aspects, led to decision on

construction of the industry, as a part of the already exsisting Chemical industry

(HIP) in Pančevo.

35

1971 – 1980 After the selection of the latest technology and equipment, mostly from

USA, six plants are built: HDPE, LDPE, VCM, PVC, Ethylene and Electrolysis,

technological connected among themselves by ethylene and chlorinated line, and

the whole is circled with the Plants Utilities and Waste Water Treatment, and many

other specialized sectors.

1988 All loans are paid, taken for the plants construction.

1991 HIP-Petrohemija a.d. is richer for the two manufacturing plants: Synthetic

rubber factory in Elemir near Zrenjanin was associated and A factory for the

production of polyethylene pipes and fittings “Petroplast” was put into operation, as

well as two more plants for wastewater treatment.

1992 – 1996 The sanctions, lack of raw materials, the impossibility of import and

export and the termination of preferential treatment, completely blocked the work of

the factory, in the period from 1991-1995. After stopping the production, plants were

conserved, properly maintained and prepared for the re-start.

1997 Factory Panonijaplast from Crepaja was associated to Petrohemija, with the

product line of PVC and HDPE compounds.

1998 Quality system sertification is done according to JUS ISO 9002: AND

laboratory accreditation for testing, according to the standard JUS EN 45001.

1999 In April, during the NATO bombing against FR Jugoslavija, two plants were

destroyed: Electrolysis and VCM, while the third one – PVC, was put out of

operation. Result was destruction of 40 percent of total production capacities. Eco-

system was degraded in the wider area. In September, production was re-started in

all plants not damaged by the bombing.

1999 In September, production was re-started in all plants not damaged by the

bombing.

2004 Due to the change of the capital structure the form of the company is changed

into joint-stock company, according to the solution of the Commercial Court in

Pančevo (July 20, 2004). The programm of the business- financial consolidation is

completed, during 2004, approved and partially implemented. Since October 2006,

HIP Petrohemija is registered as an open joint- stock company.

36

3. THE DESCRIPTION OF PLANTS

3.1. Microlocation of HIP-Petrohemija a.d.

The zone of oil chemical industry (South zone) of the Municipality of Pančevo in

which HIP-Petrohemija a.d. is located, in the southeast part of Pančevo by the

residential zone Vojlovica and Starčevo, and besides the local road Pančevo-

Starčevo. The company is situated between Local community Vojlovica, road

Pančevo-Starčevo, HIP “Azotara“ Pančevo, river Danube, and in the immediate

vicinity, at a distance of cca 1 km there is NIS Rafinerija nafte Pančevo. This zone

includes complex of HIP, Rafinerija nafte Pančevo and the area by the left side of the

Danube coast, from the canal of “Azotara“, on the north to border of the municipality

of Pančevo on the south, in width to two kilometers.

Industrial zone in which the company is situated, in the sense of transport, is directly

connected to the road Pančevo- Starčevo, across which in the direction of north-

west is connected to the international highway E-70 and across it towards the west

to Belgrade, towards east to Kovin and Smederevo, on the north Zrenjanin and Novi

Sad, and on the southeast to the settlements Starčevo, Omoljica, Ivanovo and

Banatski Brestovac. Across the marshalling yard, near HIP “Azotara“, the company

is connected to the rail ring around the town, and on the direction to Belgrade,

Zrenjanin and Vršac. Across the canals and docks of HIP “Azotara“, the company is

connected to the river Danube.

The terrain on which HIP-Petrohemija a.d. is situted is plain, and the factory area is

divided into blocks by the roads, which enable easy access and fast intervention of

the industrial fire brigades and connection to the town and the surrounding give good

conditions for intervention also for the municipal brigade of the town Pančevo. This

brigade is situated in the purpose-built facility in Žarka Zrenjanina Street and

according to the estimates of substance, they can come to the facilities in the

Company for the period of 10-15 minutes. According to the previously adopted

division of the Complex of HIP “Petrohemija“, Pančevo is divided into 13 units, called

“Blocks“. Some of the blocks (01,02,03 and 04) are divided into sub-blocks.

Borders of blocks coincide with the borders (of Batery Limit) and do not include the

main highways, in the Complex and product pipeline corridor, in the part where it

touches the blocks 09,10 and 11. (showed in the following Tabel)

Tabel 12. Location of plants according to blocks

Name of the plant – organizational units

There are in

block sub-block

Joint technical work 01

01/01

Joint work 01/02

Protection 01/01

37

Laboratory 01/04

Instrumentation and machine maintenance 02 02/02

Logistics 02/02/03/04

VCM (no longer in operation) 04

04/01

PVC 04/02

Electrolysis 05/06

Ethylene Plant 07/08 13/14

HDPE (High density polyethylene plant) 09 -

LDPE (Low density polyethylene plant) 10 -

Utility Plant - factory for production and distribution of energy fluids 11 13/02, 13/06

Electrical supply 12 -

Water treatment plant - 13/14

1,2,3 – Administrative building 16 – Plant LDPE (Low density polyethylene) 4 – Scales 17 – Utilities 5 – Fire center 18 – Substations 6 – Laboratory 19 – Pumping station 7 – Main warehouse 20 – Wastewater treatment 8 – Building migo (maintenance) 21 – Cooling towers 9 – Plant VCM 22 – Health center 13 – Warehouse Ethylene 23 – Fairway 14 – Plant Ethylene 24 – Wastewater canal 15 – Plant HDPE (High density polyethylene) 17 – Utilities

Arrangement of blocks

The main plant complex of HIP Petrohemija is situated in Pančevo, in the South

industrial zone.In that complex there are situated plants Ethylene, HDPE, LDPE,

Electrolysis, VCM, PVC, Utilities, Wastewater treatment and Electrical supply. Plants

38

are connected in the technological unit, by its one part, because the products of one

plant is used as raw materials or substances, neccesary in the other plant.

HIP-Perohemija Pančevo is located in the South zone of the Municipality of

Pančevo, on the right side of the road, next to HIP-Azotara.

The biggest part of plant complex of HIP Petrohemija is situated at a distance of 3,5

km on the southeast from the centre of Pančevo, in the south industrial zone, in

Spoljnostarčevačka Street No.82. In the immediate vicinity of the complex there are

built also fertilizer factory “HIP Azotara“ and “NIS rafinerija nafte Pančevo“, which is

connected with Petrohemija also functionally, in the sense of raw materials usage

and joint facility for the treatment of wastewater.

The total area of all company’s plants is around 70 ha. Petrohemija possesses 87 ha

more of undeveloped land on the location of the main complex.

Observed in the sense of microlocation, the main complex of Petrohemija is on the

north limited with the complex of HIP Azotara plant, through wastewater canals and

navigable canal, and farther on the distance of around 1 km, it is situated the

settlement Vojlovica with individually residential facilities.West from the complex is

undeveloped zone and farther, on the distance of 1 km is river Danube. On the south

side directly next to the complex is situated agricultural land with the irrigation

canals. Complex is on the east side borders with the company Tehnogas, and then

after the local road Pančevo-Starčevo, and with the complex of Rafinerija nafte

Pančevo, on the distance of 500m.

In the area of the main complex in Pančevo following plans are functioning:

Ethylene

High density polyethylene,

Low density polyethylene,

Electrolysis,

Wastewater treatment plant and

Utilities

3.2. Description of the HIP-Petrohemija a.d. plants on the microlocation

3.2.1. Ethylene – Ethylene plant

Within HIP-Petrohemija a.d. Ethylene Plant is bordered by:

Amoniac III plant ( HIP Azotara complex) on the north,

canal HIP-Azotara on the west, HPV Plant on the south and

HDPE Plant on the east

Ethylene production plant started its production in 1979. Design of the plant for

thermic degradation of raw material was done by Stone&Webster (USA), whereas

39

the project for plant for hidrogenation of pyrolytic gas was done by Institut Français

Du Pétrole (IFP), France.

Tabel 13. Projected annual capacities in tonnes in Ethylene plant

Ethylene 200.000

Propylene 85.000

C4-fraction to 60% butadiene 45.000

Fuel oil 38.000

Pyrolysis gasoline 138.000

Total 506.000

The use of products produced in Ethylene Plant:

Ethylene – for production of polyethylene, ethylene glicol, ethylene oxide,

ethylene cloride, ethyl-alcohol and others.

Propylene – for production of polypropylene, EPDM, propylene dichloride,

propylene oxide , propylene glicol, propyl alcohol, acrylonitrile and others.

C4-fraction – for production of synthetic rubber, latex, synthetic resins,

polybutadiene rubber, ABS, and others.

Fuel oil is used as a raw material for the production of industrial soot

Pyrolytic gas – for the production of aromates and motor gas

3.2.2. HDPE – High Density Polyethylene Plant

HDPE Plant is situated on the west part of the factory complex, in block 09 and block

13 sub-block 05 (torch). On the north, it is bordered by Amoniac III Plant of HIP

Azotara complex, on the west it is bordered by Ethylene production plant, whereas

on the east, there is LDPE Plant. On the south of the plant there is the torch.

HDPE Plant started its production in 1975, based on Philips Petroleum Co. (USA)

process technology, and according Crawford & Russell (USA) design.

Ethylene polymerization process is performed on two identical production lines, in

the loop type reactors under medium pressure, which ensures high operation

flexibility, resulting in production of large number of HDPE types in the form of pellets

and powder. Maximum achieved capacity on the two production lines is 76,000 tons

per year.

Trade name of HDPE is HIPLEX®, used for varios processing techniques.

High density polyethylene is processed by different techniques: blow molding,

injection molding, extrusion, pressing, where get the most diverse products - from

household items and technical parts and pipes for natural gas and water.

40

3.2.3. LDPE – Low density polyethylene plant

LDPE facilities are situated in the area of HIP Petrohemija Pančevo, in the south part

of the complex.

The whole area of Petrohemija is divided into so-called blocks. LDPE section is

situated in the 10th block and is divided on the other Petrohemija plants, by the

highway roads, signed by numbers 31,32,35 and 36. The surface of the block on

which is built LDPE is in dimension of 250 m x 150 m, which is actually 3 hectares

and 750 m2.

North from the plant LDPE (was) the plant for production of polyvinyl chloride (PVC),

which is destroyed during NATO bombing, on the south there are situated the parts

of the plant Utilities with its refrigirating machine halls and cooling towers. East of the

LDPE plant is situated Utilities , and on the west is located the High density

polyethylene plant (HDPE).

Access to all the facilities of LDPE is enabled by roads, which are categorised as

highway or access roads. On the south side of the LDPE plant is enabled access to

the rail vehicles accross the track.

Low density polyethylene plant- LDPE, is built and put into operation in 1979 on the

base of process technology of National Distillers Co (USA), and according to the

design of Foster Wheeler Co (USA).

Polymerization of ethylene takes place in autoclave reactor under high pressures of

up to 2,000 bars. Continuous production on one line, with annual capacity of 57,000

tons achieved so far, delivers pellet products. The process technology allows for

production of several products with different characteristics, intended for broad

spectrum of applications.

Trade name of LDPE is HIPTEN®. It is used for various processing techniques, for

film extrusion, sheet and plate, and for the blowing and injection molding products for

various purposes.

3.2.4. Electrolysis – Chlor-Alkali Electrolysis Plant

Electrolysis Plant is located in the blocks 05 and 06. Chloralkaline Electrolysis Plant

was designed by company Crawford & Russell under the Olin Corporation USA

license. Production process is based on mercury technology.

Table 14. Designed annual capacity in tons:

Chlorine 88.800

NaOH (100% Caustic) 100.000

NaClO (Sodium Hypochlorite) 8.000

Hydrogen 2.500

Total 199.300

41

After bombing in March 1999 and reconstruction later that year, the factory continued

operations with reduced annual production capacity (tons):

Table 15. Current annual capacity in tons:

NaOH (100% Caustic) 4.300

NaClO (Sodium Hypochlorite) 1.800

HCL ( Hydrochloric Acid) 11.000

Total 17.100

Products of the Chloralkaline Electrolysis Plant have wide application in chemical

industry:

NaOH - for production of cellulose, aluminum, detergents, organic paints,

pigments, varnishes, ceramics, in rubber and cosmetic industry

NaOCl - for chlorination of water, for bleaching of textile, cellulose and paper

HCl - in energy plants, in the chemical, textile, pharmaceutical and food

industries, metallurgy etc.

3.2.5. FOV - Waste Water Treatment Plant

The plant’s complex for the waste water treatment is located south from the waste

water canals of “Azotara”, on the far northwest complex of “Petrohemija”. The plant

is on the distance of 1 km from the closest residential zone (local community

Vojlovica), and from Danube (by the axis of the “Azotara” waste water canals)

around 1,2 km. Terrain on which it is located, is previously represented the part of

the alluvial plains at a level of 70-71,5 m, and later it is poured by the sand from

Danube, up to 5 m, i.e.at a level of 75,0 m on which are the facilities built. Total

complex of the area of the waste water treatment plant is around 3,16 ha.

Waste Water Treatment Plant (FOV) represents one of the most important links in

the environment protection chain in HIP-Petrohemija. It was designed to accept and

process waste waters, not only from all of the HIP-Petrohemija's production plants,

but also from the neighboring NIS Oil Refinery Pančevo. The plant started the

operation in 1980. The waste-waters-extracted sludge processing line was started up

in 1991.

A modern waste waters treatment system consists of closed sewage system in

overall petrochemical complex, pre-treatment in the production plants, special

treatment of caustic water flow from the Ethylene plant and central waste waters

treatment plant.

Waste Water Treatment Plant specially performs primary (equalization,

neutralization, flocculation and flotation) and secondary (two-stage biological

treatment through a bio-filter and active charcoal) waste water treatment, as well as

dehydratation and stabilization of the extracted sludge.

Processing capacity is 750 m3 of wastewater per hour.

42

The key parameters for verification of the efficiency of a waste water treatment

plant's operation are the reduction levels of the oil content, phenol content and

chemical and biological oxygen consumption. The water treatment in our plant

achieves reduction levels of over 90%, which indicates the high purification levels, as

well as efficiency and comparative advantages of the aerobic biological treatment

used within the secondary water treatment.

After the NATO bombing in 1999, in the period from 2001 to 2004, water processing

plant was rehabilitated (improved) in coordination with UNEP. The process of

neutralization was automated within the primary treatment, while in the secondary

treatment; bio-filter operation was improved by application of polypropylene stuffing

with large active surface and a more contemporary concept of bio-filter “hand”,

together with increased intake of oxygen.Also within the secondary treatment,

process of water purification by active sludge was improved by installation of the

bottom aerators and by introduction of the automation.

3.2.6. Utilities – Plant for productiion and distribution of energy fluids

Utility Plant - factory for production and distribution of energy fluids was designed by

USA company Foster Wheeler Co. It supplies all HIP-Petrohemija plants with the

necessary energy fluids and utilities. These are:

Steam, with pressures of 38 bar, 14.5 bar and 3.5 bar (maximum 240 t/h)

Instrumental and process air under 7 bar pressure, with the dew point of -40 oC (maximum 10,000 Nm3/h)

Demineralized water (maximum 400 m3/h)

Decarbonated water (maximum 1,590 m3/h)

Cooling water (maximum 26,000 m3/h)

Firefighting water (maximum 1,080 m3/h)

Continual operation of this factory, as well as the quality and quantity of its products

are preconditions for smooth and efficient operation of all other production plants

within HIP-Petrohemija.

Utility Plant also supplies the nearby Fertilizer Plant and NIS Oil Refinery Pančevo

with demineralized water and steam.

3.3. Description of the technology process in HIP-Petrohemija a.d.

Based on the raw materials used in production processes, HIP-Petrohemija a.d. is

devided into two virtually mutually independent lines: line for pyrolysis (ethylene line)

and salt electrolysis line(chlorine line).

Ethylene line starts with gasoline pyrolysis in Ethylene Plant and its end products

and semi-products such as ethylene, propylene, pyrolytic gas, fuel oil, fraction-C4

which represent raw materials for other plants in this line. From ethylene as a main

product of Ethylene Plant, we get low density polyethylene (LDPE), high density

43

polyethylene (HDPE), and until NATO bombing and destruction of the plant, we

produced vinyl chloride monomer (VCM) as well. For the time being, there is no

tendency towards reconstruction i.e. rebuilding of this plant and the equipment was

dismantled.

Chlorine line represents the electrolysis of industrial salt (NaCl) out of which we get

the main product, chlorine which was the raw material for the production of vinyl

chloride monomer out of which we got, through polymerization, polyvinyl chloride

(PVC). The by-products are hydrogen, natrium hydroxid and natrium hypochloride

and they represent raw materials for other chemical industries. Currently, the

production in this line is multiply reduced and the chlorine produced is used for the

production of hydrochloric acid.

3.3.1. Description of the technological process in Ethylene Plant

The plant is designed in order to produce 200,000 tons of ethylene with the purity of

99,9 mol.% for 8,000 working hours (333 working days). Starting raw in the

production of “Ethylene“ is raw material, stored in the three identical reservoirs,

signed Tk-1101 A,B,C, with the total capacity of 30,000 tons.

Block scheme of Ethylene Plant

Besides raw material in the process of cracking enters recycled ethane, got in the

process of raw material cracking, which is not burnt, but is transformed in the

pyrolytic furnace into ethylene. In the process of cracking enters also the recycle of

the stream from HDPE and LDPE, as well as vent reservoir of ethylene Tk-1107 and

propylene Tk-1106.

44

In the technological process in the Ethylene plant are present the following-

operations:

Steam boilers and production of saturated and superheated steam oh the high

pressure

This plant has its own installations for production and overheat of the high pressure

steam (105 bars). High density saturated steam is obtained in the boilers B-1001

A/B, from boiler’s water and condensate. Boilers as fuel use the mixture of fuel oil

and heating oil- middle from the Oil refinary and natural gas. Capacity of one boiler is

79,380 kg/h of the saturated pressure steam of 105 bars and temperature of 314 ºC.

The remain of the saturated steam to 195,320 kg/h, is produced in gas and ethanoic

furnaces.

Current high density saturated steam from the boilers and pyrolytic furnaces, are

connected and go to the steam superheated B-1002 A/B, where the saturated water

vapour is heated to the temperatre of 440 ºC. Superheater as fuel use the mixture of

fuel oil and heating oil- middle and natural gas.

Produced overheated high pressure water steam of 95 bars and temperature of 440

ºC, serve for the operation of the tubine compressor of the crack gas, R-1T

propylene refrigiration compressor turbine, R-2T and ethylene refrigiration

compressor turbine, R-3T.

Cracking of raw material and ethane – pyrolytic furnaces

Pyrolysis or cracking of the raw material is conducted in 7 parallel pyrolytic furnaces

(one of them is spare one) which are heated by fuel gas (RG-separated, residual gas

from demetanizer section) in the presence of water steam used for dilution. Vacuum

in the furnace stove is created by a fan on convection section top. Furnaces consist

of rectangular radiational section where vertical radiational heating coils and

convection sections with horizontal tube bundles for utilization of flue gas heat are

located. Heated fluids are BFW, DS (dilution vapor) and DS/C-H (mixture of dilution

vapour and hydrocarbon). In the stove there are 96 side flaming breners (48 on

each side). and 16 on the furnace floor. Breners are directed towards the furnace

walls so that radiational pipes could be equally heated by radiation of covering and

not directly by the brener flame, and in that way the local overheating of the pipes is

avoided. The temperature of the furnaces in radiation zone is about 1,093 ºC and the

temperature of flue gases on entering the fan over 200 ºC.

The raw material is taken from the storage, tanks Tk-1101 A/B/C, and on ambient

conditions, by gas feed pump, P-1101 A/B, brought to the production part of

Ethylene plant, and there, in the exchanger T-3 A/B with quench oil, it is overheated

to 116 ºC and then introduced to cracking furnace.

45

In radiation heating coils (pipe reactors), for the purpose of cracking, overheated raw

material is mixed with dilution steam (DS), with 10.6 kg/cm2 of pressure in proportion

1 kg : 0.6 kg.

Steam addition is done because the yield of the reaction of ethylene production rises

with the increase of temperature and decrease of partial pressure of gas steam and

because of the regulation of cracking sharpness. Likewise, dilution steam decreases

the coke formation in the heating coils. By decreasing the partial pressure of the

hydrocarbon, the possibility of coke formation on the exchangers is also decreased

and by this, ethylene yield is also increased.

Still, after some time, the downfall of the pressure in radiational heating coils starts

rising over limitation due to the coke sediment on the pipe surface. Therefore, it is

necessary to approach the intoduction of the steam for decoking in the gas pipe in,

at least, 24 hours in order to remove the coke. After decoking, the pyrolytic furnace

is ready to be used again.

The projected gas temperature on exiting the furnace is 871 ºC ( in practice it goes

between 840 and 860 ºC) and the pressure is 0.84 kg/cm2. The other factor helping

the high ethylene yield is short period of keeping the gas cracking products on high

temerature for just 0.3 seconds. The reason for short period of keeping is to prevent

the free radicals to lead to the loss of olefine yield and coke forming, through

secondary reactions.

For that reason the crack gas cools quickly (quenches), at about 538 ºC on exiting

every heating coil going through Ultra Selective Exchangers (USX) (T-1 A-H, 16

pieces for every furnace), and then at 371 ºC in TLX (Transfer Line Exchangers) (T-2

A-H, one for each furnace), with boiling water (BFW) with the pressure of 105

kg/cm2, overheated on 260 ºC by gases from the furnace top. In this way, the

formed saturated water steam is of 105 ba and 314 ºC.

Ethane, formed through raw material cracking, and in the projected amount of 5.5

t/h, after going through the systems for compression, liquefaction and separation,

from the bottom of the ethylene columns, the A-11 goes to cracking in two ethane

furnaces, F-2 A/B. There are 56 burners, mounted on the side (on furnace walls).

Through the pressure regulator, ethane for furnace is maintained on 5,6 kg/cm2 and

probable excess can be sent to burner gas system or torch system.

Ethane furnace operates with projected outlet temperature of 832 ºC and the

pressure of 0.84 kg/cm2. The proportion between ethane and dilution steam is

smaller than the proportion for the raw material and it is 1 kg : 0.3 kg. At ethane

furnaces, there are USX exchangers (T-4 A/B, 4 pieces per furnace) and TLX

exchangers (T-85 A/B, one per furnace) that have the same purpose as those at raw

material furnaces. Ethane furnaces are occasionally decoked in the same way as

raw material furnaces.

46

The formed crack gas id cooled in the USX and TLX exchangers to 371 ºC, along

with the production of saturated steam of 105 ba. The crack gas cooled in this way is

merged with the stream of crack gas from the raw material furnaces and, together,

they go to Main fractionator or quench column A-1, (Quench Tower).

Block diagram of the steam system of the Ethylene Plant

Primary fractionation

In the column A-1, the further cooling of the gas crack from 371 ºC to 104 ºC and it is

by the direct contact (scrubing system) with cold quench oil, where comes to

condensation fraction with the high boiling point. This cooling in the column A-1 is

performing in the two segments. In the lower part of the column which has four wavy

floors, (Ripple trays), it is performed the cooling process of the hot gas crack by the

cold quench oil, by which the fractions are condensed with the high boiling point, gas

is cooled to 132 ºC.

From the lower segment of the column A-1, unfused gases, which consist of crack

gas (in which content are fractions of pyrolytic gasoline, the remains of quench oil,

heating oil and water vapour), they go into the upper segment of the column, which

consist of eight wavy floors, where is performed the rectification reflux in gasoline,

from the separator M-4 by the pumps P-3 A/B, for the purpose of removing present

heavier fractions, whereas gasoline and lighter fractions go to the top of the column.

47

In the line of the fraction from the top of the column on 104 ºC, mostly consisted of

gasoline, water vapour and some of the C4 products, there are dozed chemicals in

order to protect from the corrosion of pipings, exchangers, separators and gas

compression system crack.This fraction is then cooled on 38 ºC in the capacitor T-10

A/B/C/D (which is on the cooling water, CW), it condenses and separate as a liquid

phase in the container to separate M-3 due to the differences in specific weights they

are separated.Crack gas leaves the separator M-3 on 38 ºC and 0,12 bars and goes

to the vacuum vessel of the first degree crack-gas compressor M-51.

Block diagram of the primary fractianation

At the same time, quench oil, which condensed heavy fractions from the crack gas,

from the bottom of the column, temperature of 132 ºC, through filter G-10 A/B, by

pump P-2 A/B is taken into pressure filters G-10 C/D for the purpose of removing

particles of coke, and then into the system of the cooler for the quench gas heating

usage, where it is cooled to the temperature of 77 ºC and it goes back to the column

A-1.

Return side of the quench oil stream, is drained into oil stripper A-2, which has 5

floors. Oil is stripped by DS steam in order to remove the products of the lower

boiling point. Unfused gases and compound bellow boiling point, over the top of the

stripper, go to the bottom of the rectification section of the column A-1. Heating oil

from the bottom A-2 is by the filter for the removing of the coke and refrigirator,

whose role is to cool the oil from 141 ºC to 49 ºC, leads to the storage of the fuel oil

(Tk-1105 A/B) or in the system of recirculation of the heating oil.

48

System for producing steam for dilution

Besides usage of stripping, dilution steam (DS) is also used for the gas furnaces and

in the proportion of 0,6 kg steam/ 1kg gasoline, for gas furnaces, i.e. 0,33 kg steam/

1 kg ethane for ethanoic furnaces.Dilution steam decreases partial pressures of

hydrocarbons, increasing in that way their yield, and at the same time decreasing of

creating coke in tubes. Water used for production of DS steam, mostly is from the

capacitor T-10 A/B/C/D, i.e. from the container M-4 after the separation, 51,8 t/h,

whereas 3,23 t/h of water comes from the suction tank of the first degree

compression, M-51.

Stream from the top of the column A-1is condensed in the exchangers T-10 A/B/C/D

and enters the separational container M-3. Container M-3 consists of the net-

deminster which serves to keep the drops of liquid phase carried by the gas supply.

Vapour steam from the top of M-3 goes into the suction tank of the first degree

compression, M-51 and further for the compression. Liquid phase, which usually

consists of water and hydrocarbon, goes into the separation container M-4. This

container consists of horizontal partions- baflos, which speed up the process of

division of water and hydrocarbon.

Water flow is transported to generator of the steam by the pumps P-6 A/B. First, it is

important to remove from the water solid particles, for example rust from the pipes

and similar. This separation is achieved in filters G-5 A/B from which one is working

and the second is spare. By the toggles of the filters come when on the indicator

pressure falls, PDI-315, obviously maximum allowed value is around 1 bar.

After the removal of mechanical impurities in filters G-5 A/B, from the water is

important to remove also dispersed drops of hydrocarbon, which will lead to

contamination of the steam generator. This devision can be achieved in the

coalescer G-6. Hydrocarbon drops are return from the dome of coalescer into the

seapration container M-4 under the control of ILC-158. When the pressure drop read

on PDI-316 achieved the value of 1 bar, it is necessary to change the cartridge

filters.

From the pured water from the mechanical impurity and free drops of hydrocarbon is

necessary to divide dissolved hydrocarbons and styrene, which would also impure

the steam generator, column A-3. In ejectors G-4 water flow is mixed with the

gasoline, and then in the separation container M-5 comes to the separation of the

water from gasoline and styrene which are returning into the container M-4.

Final division of water and hydrocarbon is done in the water stripper, column A-4.

The column consists of 10 valve floors and works on the pressure of 0,7 barg.

Reboiling is done in exchanger T-9, low pressure steam heated.

Water which powers the generator vapour, A-3, is heated in the heater power supply

of the column T-8 (or T-8A) with 116 oC on 130 oC, and then enters above the last,

49

seventh floor. The column is working uder pressure of 10,7 barg. Reboiling is done in

the heat exchangers T-6 A/B/C/D, in which the heating medium, the medium

pressure steam. The column is equipped with the demister, and pick-up stream goes

through the separator G-7, whose role s to prevent from the passage of water drops.

Constant water level in the generator controls LC-156. In the case of water level

decrease, in the generator is introduced fresh boiler water under control LC-156 A.

Otherwise, excess water is ejected into the oil sewage cooling in the refrigirator T-7.

Flow stream goes to the sludge removal which is measured on FI-151 and around

10% from the steam production.

Scheme of the system for producing DS steam on the placesif additive dosing

Steam pressure in the generator is under control PIC-317.This is the regulation with

double effect PCV-317 A regulates reboiling and in the case of insufficient production

of DS steam, through the valve PCV-317 B, is introduced the medium pressure

steam in the system of dilution steam. In the case of excesivelly increasing of the

pressure in the column, the excess of DS steam is released under control of PIC-319

on the torch.

System for dispensing chemicals at the primary fraction

One of the requirements in the system for dilusion steam production and

maintenance of the relatively constant pH value and content of the iron in the

system. Namely, every decrease of the pH value brings to the increase of the iron

content, i.e. damage of pipes. Dilution steam should have the pH value in the interval

8-9. On the other hand, separation of gasoline and water in the container M-4 is

performed better in the acidic environment.

50

Tabel 16. Characteristics of Chemicals for dilution

Name of chemicals

CHIMEC 1237 Morfolin CHIMEC 1730 CHIMEC 3635 CHIMEC 1731

Dosing pump

P-108 P-108 P-4 C P-4 D P-44 A/B

Place for dosing

Vrh A-1 Vrh A-1 Column A-4 Column A-3 Column A-3

Effect on the

system

Inhibitor of corrosion of film type and pH adjuster

pH adjuster Inhibitor of

corrosion and pH adjuster

Dispersants (buffer)

Inhibitor of corrosion and

neutrolizer

Colour Amber Colourful Dark colour Bright yellow Colourless to light

yellow

Physical state

Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid

Specific weight on

20 o

C 1.01±0.01 1.00±1.02 1.01±0.01 1.085±0.01 1.00±0.01

pH 1 % solution

≥10.7 12.7±0.5 10.7±0.5 10±0.5

Flash point oC

23-61 31 23-61 Not available 46

Chemical content

Aliphatic aminis and azo derivatives in

aqueous solution

1,4-tetrahidrooksozin

Aliphatic aminis and azo derivatives in

aqueous solution

Phosphates, polyphosphates

and polycarboxylic acid

Mixture of aliphatic aminis

and their derivatives

Section of compression and caustic washing of crack gas

Crack gas is compressed in four levels of centrifugal compressors which runs steam

turbine extraction- condensation-type.

Cooled crack gas which leaves the container M-3 with approximetely 0,11 kg/cm2

and 38 ºC, enters the intake of first-degree compression M-51 where the water is

condensed with some oil and by the pumps is getting back into M-4 (water-oil

separator). Unfused gases in the first degree are compressed, cool, partly condense

on 35 ºC and enters the separator discharge of the first degree M-6.

The water separatio is done there, of condensed hydrocarbons and gases.

Separated water is bringing to the intake of the first-degree compression M-51, and

condensed hydrocarbons into the stripper of destillate.

The second and third compression degree ate similar to the first. All the condensates

from discharged separator of the second degree M-7, go to the discharged separator

of the first degree M-6, and condensate of the discharge of the third degree M-8 into

separator of discharge of the second degree M-7. On thi way is done the separation

of gas phase from water and heavier hydrocarbons.

Crack gases from the tower for caustic washing is cooling on 35 ºC and comes into

intake separator of the fourth degree M-9 where the condensed water is separated

and send to the discharged separatos of the second degree.

51

Gas from the top of the container, of the fourth degree compresses from 13,6 to 36,8

kg/cm2 and through refrigirator and supercooler (with the help of propylene

refrigirator) cools to 16 ºC and goes to the discharge separator of the fourth degree

M-10. However, as on this temperature and pressure of 36,2 kg/cm2, besides water

also condense and certain amounts of polypropylene, propane and C4 fraction, that

is recycled for the purpose of separation, into the intake separator of the fourth

degree. Water separated from the bottom of this container goes into discharge

separator of the second degree M-7. Separated hydrocarbons goes through the

heater T-18 and comes to the stripper condensate A-7. Exit gases from the top of the

column are recycled into pressure containers of the second degree M-7, and the

stream from the bottom of the column, is send by the pump P-12 A/B into

deproganizer stripper A-12 B. From the pressure of the third degree compression

from the container M-8 crack-gas goes into the column A-6 where are removed

acidic gases H2S and CO2, appeared during the cracking in the pyrolytic furnaces.

Here should be noted that amine washing of acid gases, i.e. their absorbtion on MEA

(mono tanol aminu), for the purpose of permanent problems in leading processes

and frequent delays, at the moment do not work, but these gases are neutralized by

solution of caustics.

Crack gas which consists acidic gases (H2S and CO2) is sent and goes to the

scrubber with the solution of caustics A-6. This scrubber is divided into three zones.

Crack gas with a hint of acid is entered into the bottom of the scrubber in which the

neutralizer does 1% leach liquor in circulation.From this segment gases go into the

middle part of the scrubber where is reaction performed by the circulation of 7%

leach liquor, whose concentration is maintained by 18% of the leach (sodium

hydroxide), from the reservoirs Q-7.

At the end , gases go to the top of the scrubber where they are cleaned by water

from the remains of the leach. Surplus of the spent leach from the bottom of the

scrubber, is brought to the reservoir M-43, from which desorbed gases go to the

torch system.

Drying of crack gas

After the fourth level of compression, with the pressure of 36.2 kg/cm2 and

temperature of 16 ºC and freed from the greater part of the water, crack gas goes

under the process of drying in drying chambers M–11 A/B on the fixed layer of

alumine desiccant. Layered molecule screens absorb the water from crack gas.

Analyser of desiccant saturation which stands between two layers, warns when

saturated desiccant should be changed and switched with the fresh one and start

with the regeneration of the worn one.

The used-up desiccant is regenerated by the residual gas from demethanization

system which is heated on 260 ºC in the heater for reactivation T–81 A/B, in which

the heating is done by saturated steam with the pressure of 105 kg/cm2. RG gas

52

from the drying chamber is cooled in T-22, to remove the desorbed water before this

gas is released into the system of burner gas. This residual gas is also used for

cooling the desiccant, in order to put it on normal operating temperature, of course,

after the regeneration is finished.

Demetanizer system

The main function of demetanizer system is extraction of methane and hydrogen out

of the whole crack gas stream after the compression likewise the later derivation of

hydrogen out of this mixture. This kind of fractionation system in Ethylene plant is

called front-end demetanizer. Products of this system are residual gas (RG), high

purity hydrogen and C2+ stream from the bottom of the column A-8, which is

simultaneously the power stream for deethanizer A-10. Residual gas is used as

burner gas in furnaces and as an agent for catalyst regeneration, whereas hydrogen

is used for hydrogenation reactions. Indicators of the quality of the system work are

passing of ethylene in residual gas, maximum 0.3 mol% and the hydrogen purity

towards metanator of minimum 95 mol%.

Basic equipment elements in demetanizer section are three columns: A-8, A-9A, A-

9B, containers: M-13, M-14, M-15, M-34, M-35, plate heat exchangers arranged in

the cold block: T-23, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, heat exchangers T-24, 25, 82, 27 and

pumps: P-13 A/B i P-39 A/B. The temperature needed for the separation of methane

form hydrogen is -163 ºC which is also the lowest temperature in the whole process

of ethylene production. This low temperature is achieved through cooling of the

entering stream, supported by evaporation of liquid cooling ethylene on teperatures

on -68 ºC and -100 ºC. That happens in T-23, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, so called cold

block.

After the compression and drying in the container M-11 (maximum 2 ppm of water),

crack stream gets to the demetanizer system with the pressure of 34.8 barg,

measured on the PR-343 and temperature of 15.6 ºC, with the flow of 61,767 kg/h,

measured on FR-82. Further on, the stream is divided into two streams, one that

goes to and is cooled in heat exchangers T-24, T-25 i T-82, whereas the other goes

to the exchanger T-23, through TCV-34, that maintains the temperature of the

residual gas towards the container M-12 at 5 ºC, with the flow of 8,152 kg/h,

measured on FR-83. In T-24 i T-25 the crack gas is cooled by evaporation of cooling

propylene to temperatures -12 ºC and -29 ºC, respectively, whereas in T-82 the

recycle is cooled by the ethane stream towards furnaces to -34 ºC. Regulator of this

temperature is TIC-32 which has cascade connection to the regulator of the cooling

propylene level in T-25, LCV-195. The regulator of the stream that goes to T-23,

TCV-34, regulates the themperature of the residual gas from the cold block on 5 ºC.

Filters MM-311A/B are put before the entrance in T-23 and their function is to keep

possible brought in desiccants from M-11. The crack gas streams are joined and

enter the column A-8. The capacity of the heat exchangers T-24 i T-25 is such that,

at the start of the section, they are capable of cooling the whole power stream of the

53

column A-8, when, due to the lack of ethane (column A-11 still does not work), T-82

is not functioning.

The column A-8 has 44 floors of valve type, it is 33 m high, the diameter of the upper

part which contains 4 floors, is 1.8 m and the diameter of the lower part is 2.7 m. The

stream power enters 40th floor, and the reverse flow from A-9 A enters above the

highest floor. Reboyler of this column is vertically set thermosiphonic heat exchanger

T-27, where the srteam goes through the pipes, whereas the propylene steams are

condensed in the shell (CEN type according to TEMA standard) and maintains the

temperature of the column bottom at 8.6 ºC. Regulation of the column temperature

profile is achieved by controlling the flow of propylene towards T-27 with the valve

FCV-128 which has cascade connection to TIC-33, which measures the temperature

on the 19th floor at -15 ºC. The product from the bottom of the column is sent

towards deethanizer, through FCV-84 valve, which receives the signal from the

regulator of the level A-8, LIC-198, with the flow of 46,453 kg/h and temperature of

8.6 ºC. The destillate exits at the temperature of -49.5 ºC, and then it is cooled down

to -64 ºC and it partly condenses in T-28 and goes to the column A-9A.

The column A-9A consists of six valve floors, the stream from A-8 enters above the

first floor and the reverse flow is from A-9 B above the highest floor. The stream from

the bottom is returned to the column A-8, by the pump P-13, through FCV-85 which

has cascade connection to LIC-199, with the flow of 31372 kg/h. The top stream of

temperature of -78 ºC is, in T-29, cooled down to -98 ºC and sent to the column A-9

B. The column A-9 B has same dimensions as A-9 A, and has 6 valve floors, as well.

Entrance from A-9 A is below the first floor, and the reverse flow from M-13 above

the sixth floor. The stream from the bottom is returned to the column A-9 A, by the

pump P-39, through FCV-86 with the flow of 13,879 kg/h which has cascade

connection to level regulator LIC-200. Product from the top, on temperature of -98

ºC through T-30 where it is cooled (and partly condensed) to -111 ºC, is sent to the

separation container M-13. Part of the product from the bottom of the column is,

through TCV-35, where it is cooled by expansion to -141 ºC, brought back through

heat exchangers T-30, 29, 28 and 23 on the suction container of the first degree of

compression, to optimize energy consumption. The flow of this stream is measured

on FR-87, and regulated by the temperature of the stream that enters M-13. Control

valve TCV-35 has solenoid valve that locks it in case of the crack gas compressor

falls out. The stream from the bottom of the M-13 is returned to A-9 B, through

gravitational flow, and the top stream on which the analyzer AR-1 stands returns to

the container M-14. The pressure in M-13 of 33 barg is regulated with PCV-348

which sends the part of the top stream to the residual gas stream. Simultaneously,

this regulator represents the regulator of discharge pressure of the fourth degree of

compression.

The top stream M-13 consists of methane, hydrogen, and maximum 0.3 mol% of

ethylene which represents the rate of the quality of the work of demetanizer.

Increase of the ethylene concentration in this flow is conditioned mostly by increased

54

temperature in M-13 and represents pure loss because all the ethylene will become

liquid in the containers M-14 and M-15 and end up in residual gas which is used as

burner gas for furnaces. Possible passing of ethylene towards methanator, which is

very unlikely to happen, would cause a very turbulent reaction and therefore the

fallout of methanator. The stream from the top M-13 is cooled in T-31 down to the -

134 ºC, partly condensed and lead into the container M-14 where comes to the

splitting of the liquid and gas phase. Low purity hydrogen stream represents the top,

and residual gas stream that goes to the flash container M-34 represents the bottom.

In the container with the expansion up to 6.5 barg the temperature is lowered down

to -155 ºC and it returns through the exchangers T- 31, 30, 29, 28 i 23, cooling the

incoming flow.

Low purity hydrogen is cooled down to -163 ºC and partly condensed in the heat

exchanger T-32 and then it goes to the separation container M-15. From the top of

this container we get high purity hydrogen, minimum 95 mol%, which goes through

T-32 i T-31giving over its coolness and it goes to methanation. There is a possibility

of sending the hydrogen to the stream that, from the bottom of A-9B, goes through

TCV-35, through MM-34 valve and by this additional cooling is achieved. The bottom

of M-15 is expanded up to 6.5 barg, due to the need for additional cooling, and in this

way the temperature is lowered to -168 ºC through Joule –Thomson effect and then

it goes further as residual gas through the cold block. Due to the need for additional

cooling, there is TCV-36 that regulates the temperature on entering M-15, by

sending high purity hydrogen to the residual gas stream.

The whole demethanizer system should be observed as one column where those 40

lower floors A-8 represent the lower i.e. stripper part, and four upper floors A-8 and

columns A-9A and A-9B represent the upper part, rectification zone, and the

container M-13 represents the reflux container. Main regulators of the system

temperature are TCV-35 i TCV-36 which maintain low temperatures necessary for

methane liquation by returning through the cold block of the A-9B bottom and

sending the high purity hydrogen stream to the residual gas. When these valves are

opened too much, the crack gas compressor is loaded i.e. the hydrogen is thrown

into the residual gas stream, which should be avoided because of the process

economization.

Methanation system

In the hydrogen stream of the high density there is also 0.38 mol% carbon

monoxyde, which must be removed in order not to get dirty catalysts by the reactors

of acetylene hydrogenation. CO , in the great amount, is absorbed on palladium

catalists, which are used in those reactors and in that way decrease its activity.

The hydrogen stream of high density which leaves T-31is heated by propylene in T-

91 to 29 ºC. By the uncontrolled increase of the temperature in L-1 there is an alarm

(TAH-104) with the set value of 343 oC and blockades (TSH-104) with the set of 400

55

ºC. In the case of failure of methanator, which can cause run-away, temperature,

because the reaction is very exothermic, the valve JV-26 closes the enterance, and

JV-27 opens and bypasses the reactor. Entering temperature stream in L-1 from 260

ºC provides the heating with the return current in T-34 and SH steam in T-35.

Regulators of this temperature are TCV-37A and TCV-37B, where the valve A is on

the entering stream of SH steam, and B three-way valve with one part of the stream

bypasses T-35. Methanator reactor L-1 consists of two containers, height of 6,40m,

filled with the layer of 4,57 m catalysts. Catalyst for this reaction is C13-4-04 is on

the base of nickel. Those are the sheres of the diameter 3-6mm, where nickel

molecules are active centres on the carriers from alumina. The lifetime of the

cataliysts are around five-eight years and they are not regenerated, but they change

when they lose their activity. The reaction is exothermic and expected increase of

the temperature is 28 ºC, i.e. temperature is increasing for 1 ºC for 128,6 reacted

mollar ppm carbon monoxide. Hydrogen comes on the bottom of the first, exits on

the top and enters on the top of the second reactor, after the exit from the bottom of

the second reactor it cools by the entering stream in T-34, and further with the water

in T-36 to 35 ºC.

Water is made by the reaction is roughly separated in the container M-52 after which

the stream is separated according to the reactor L-101 in which the reaction in done

in the liquid phase, whereas according to the reactors L-2,L-3 and L-4 hydrogen

must be additionally purified and that is performed in M-53 A/B. Drier of the hydrogen

are two containers which are automatically swiched over every four minutes and

regenerated with the already purified hydrogen. It is filled desiccant D-4, with the

sphere of 2,5 mm on the base of aluminosilicates molecular-sieve. Excess of

hydrogen can be send out of drive through the north battery limit, measured on FR-

194.

System of Deethanizer with hydrogenation of acetylene and ethylene column with

the destribution

Condensed fraction from demethanizer A-8, goes to the column of deethanizer A-10.

Fraction of the top of the column is consisted of mostly ethylene, ethane and C2

acethylene (which has to be transformed into ethylene and ethane), whereas the

bottom of the column consists of propylene and heavier fractions.

Condenser of the top stream of deethanizer T-38, has a role to perform only partial

condensation of the top stream, whereas the liquid phase goes back as reflux as a

column of deethanizer A-10. In this gaseous stream, on around 28,9 at and -11.1 ºC,

hydrogen is introduced, further is heated by the return stream in T-39 A/B/C and SL-

steam in T-40 and so heated gaseous mixture, in the temperature range from 37.8 to

93.3 ºC (depending on the age of the catalyst) is introduced into isothermal reactor

of the tube type L-2 A/B. Quantity of hydrogen must be little higher than

stoichiometric. As with the time the activity of catalyst decrease it is necessary to

56

increase the entering temperature of the reactor. That is also true for the other

reactors L-3 A/B/C, L-4 A/B/C and L-101 A/B.

Since the reaction of hydrogenation of acetylene, exothermic and the heat is taken

by the evaporation of the butane in the reactor jacket.Non-reacted acetylene is

removed into adiabatic reactor L–3 A/B/C, from which two works connected to the

row, where the first one is working and the second is protective. Catalyst is situated

in the layer, and the temperature increases along the layer, as the activity of the

catalyst decrease. In the exit stream L-2 A/B is entered the hydrogen, is heated in T-

43 changing the heat from the exit stream also in T-44 on 38-104 ºC (or it is cooled

with the cold water in T-44 on the same temperature which depends on the state of

wearing in which the catalyst in L-2 A/B and is introducing into the first adiabatic

(working) reactor L-3 A/B/C.

Effluents are on the exit from the working reactor cooling on T-43 and cooling water

in T-45 on the temperature 35-104 ºC and introduces the second adiabatic

(protective) reactor, of course by introducing the hydrogen.

The product of removing of acetylene (besides ethylene and ethane) is so- called

“green oil“ which consists of dimers and high polymers of acetylene and has clear

green colour. Bad work of this section will result in higher yield of oil.

Ethylene-ethane stream, which enters from the second protective reactors, will come

into separator M-18, where it will be removed some incurred “green oil“ which is

going back to the quench column. Gasous stream of remained „green oil“ is cleaned

in secondary dryings M-46 A/B filled by alumin. “Green oil“ must be removed from

the system, because, by creating the hydrants, it can block ethylene columns.

C-2 stream, which mostly consists of ethylene, ethane and some methane, entered

hydrogen, from the secondary dryer M-46 A/B, enters the ethylene column A-11.

Clean ethylene is carried laterally from 106th floor of the column (because the

stream from the top consists the traces od methane and hydrogen) in container M-

56, from which the ethylene is distributed according to the customers.

Easier components which are not flown into the top stream condenser T-47 A/B,

from the reflux container go to the suction container of the fourth degree of the gas

crack compression.

Fluent stream from the bottom of ethylene column A-11, consisting of ethane, go into

the ethane furnaces where comes to the cracking of ethane.

System of depropanizer with hydrogenation of MAP and propylene re-run column

System of depropazier consists of two columns, rectifier of depropanizer A-12 A,

which is powered by the stream from the bottom of deethanizer A-10 and stripper of

depropanizer A-12 B, which is powered by the stream from the bottom of the stripper

condensate A-7.Heavier evaporable compounds go to the bottom of the column A-

57

12A and to the top of the column A-12 B, from which with the reflux beside heating,

pumps, they come back, to the bottom A-12A. Heavier fraction from the bottom A-12

B, go to debutanizer A-13. Gases from the top A-12 A are condensed and cooled in

condenser of the top stream T-52. From the reflux container M-20 with the part of the

pumps are coming back as refluxes, and partly as well with the pumps through

heaters and evaporators, in the system C3- hydrogenation. By this system it is

predicted to move methylacethylene and propadiene- MAP and usage of three

catalytic reactor with the fixed layer, L–4 A/B/C. Two reactors work at the same time

in the serial connection, where the first is working and the second protective. System

should remove the concentration MAP with 40.000 ppm (4%) on bellow 40 ppm,

(look at the specification of propylene- products).In order to achieve this entering

concentration, in the stream flow in front of the evaporater T-83, is putting the part of

the products from the bottom A-14 as the stream for dillution. It is expected that 70 %

of MAP will remove from the reactor. Hydrogen is controlled injected in the both

reactors. The temperature in both reactors is moving from 57 to 121 0C , depending

on the catalyst activity. The exit stream from the second reactor will contain less than

40 ppm of MAP. When the catalyst during the work loses the activity, there should be

done the regeneration, whereas its role takes replacemnt reactor which is included in

the work.

Exit stream from C3-hydrogenation contains some hydrogen, methane and possibly

a small amount of C6- compound is enreached by the reaction of hydrating- green

oil.

These compounds can be removed in redestilation column A-14. Column A-14

contains two columns upper and lower. Condensation of gases from the top of the

column is done in T-57. Further it goes into M-21, from which the gasous hydrogen

and methan go to the suction of the fourth degree of crack gas compression into the

container M-9, and liquid phase is coming back as reflux and in the lower and upper

column. From the bottom of the column A-14 is derived propylene which is cooled in

the refrigirator system to – 33 ºC and goes into the warehouse of the finished

products in TK-1106.

Debutanizer

Column debutanizer, A-13, is powered by the stream from the bottom of the stripper

of depropanizer A-12 B.The reboiler heat T-58 A/B, comes through saturated low

pressure steam, SL. Condensation of the top stream of debutanizer is done in the

cooling water, CW in condenser T-59 and send in reflux container M-22. One part by

the pump P-19 A/B, as reflux comes back to the column, and the remain is sent on

storage of finished products as C4- products in the sphere Tk-1102 A/B. From the

bottom of the column go to the pyrolytic gasoline, which connects to the line from the

bottom of the stripper destillate A-5, cools on the temperature of 38 ºC and go to the

collecting container section GHU, M-101.

58

Hydrogenation section of pyrolitic gasolin(GHU)

Pyrolytic gasoline, got in the process of cracking of the raw material, by the

production of ethylene, for its instability and chemical content, must undergo some

hydro- processing, in order to be used in commercial purposes.

Selected procedure for preocessing ( stabilization) is hydrogenation of the pyrolytic

gasoline, stabilization and distillation to getting the finished product of the

commercial quality.

In the process enters around 24.228 kg/h untreated pyrolytic gasoline and around

285 kg/h hydrogen. Also, in rectifier stream of the reactor for hydrogenation of

untreated pyrolytic gasoline it is added a small amount (ppm value) of polymerization

inhibitor. As the finished product from the section GHU is obtained: 17.091kg/h

treated pyrolytic gasoline, 6.033 kg/h wash oil (oil which is recycled used for washing

rotor of the crack gas compressor), 329 kg/h of the gas in the export system of the

gas, whereas 1060 kg/h of the heavy destillate comes back into the quench column,

A-1.

Raw pyrolytic gasoline comes from the reservoir M-101, pumps P–101A/B. In this

stream are directly put hydrogen, which is mixed with the recycle gas from the

reactor, i.e. separator M-102, through the piston compressor R–101A/B. This mixture

is heated in T-101 and comes into reactors L–101 A/B.

Scheme of hydrogenation of pyrolytic gasoline (GHU)

In reactors there are catalyst LD–241, produced by the foreign firm

PROCATALIYSE, in the two immovable layers, with the stream for cooling between

them. Active component is nickel on the alumni, in the shape of particles 3-6 mm and

filled weight of 0,85 kg/l. The time of the work of catalyst is 8-16 months, when it

must be regenerated. Regeneration is done by the combustion of the rubber layers

59

on the catalyst, using a mixture of air and steam. Replacement of the catalyst is

done after five years of the total work.

Torch system

Torch system, generally speaking, can be divided into following sections:

safety valve system – hot

safety valve system – cold

liquid blow down system – hot

liquid blow down system – cold

torch container – hot

torch container – cold

torch (body)

acid torch system

Torch system is used for elimination of undesirable materials from the Ethylene

plant, in case of need. If the pressure in a container is above the normal value, the

safety valve will be opened to protect the container and it will discharge

hydrocarbons as long as the normal pressure in the container is re-established.

With starting, regular operating and stopping when needed,we do various drainage,

and take hydrocarbons towards the torch. These rejected hydrocarbons go through

the torch containers where liquid is separated from gas and that gas goes to the

torch to combust. Combustion is done in the presence of steam that enables safe

combustion on the torch top. Hydrocarbons coming to the cold container of the torch

(M-2003) evaporate in the steam heat exchanger and are taken towards the torch.

Hydrocarbons coming to the hot container of the torch (M-2004) are separated in a

way that gas phase goes towards the torch, and the liquid (usually the mixture of

gasoline and water) is sent to the slop system towards the column A-1.

The torch containers are usually found inside the plant so that operators can

regularly check whether the liquid is accumulated in the container. The torch is

located outside the plant so that hydrocarbons are combusted in a safe place.

Basis of the process

Capacity

Torch system is projected in that way so that it can accept the maximum quantity of

products that can be sent to the torch for the purpose of controlled combustion, in

case the plant stops operating(falls out); in case of shortage of the majority of

additional fluids, stopping of the compressor or in other cases.

Torch system in Pancevo is designed to accept 1,086,000 lb/h (492,517 kg/h) of

products, which can be the result of the fallout of the plant ( the most difficult fallout

is the one that happens due to the electricity power cut). This represents the

60

greatest flow value that can be predicted and that can appear, so the torch system is

designed for that value.

System of the low temperatures steams

Hydrocarbons such as: methan, ethylene, ethane, propylene, propanes, and so on

have temperature below the freezing point of water when their pressure is released.

Therefore they have to be divided from the system that contains water because the

formed ice would block the torch system, which would be hazardous. Because the

normal pressure in the torch system is near the atomsphere pressure, temperatures

of steams of these hydrocarbons are too low, therefore the system was made of

alloyed materials. Because of that safety valves send hydrocarbons to the cold

collector RV-4112, which is also made out of stainless materials.

There are few safety valves that send light hydrocarbons to the cold system as liquid

phase. They come from the part of the plant where hydrocarbons are in liquid phase,

and suitable safety valves are usually small because of the thermal protection.

System of the low temperatures liquids

Hydrocarbones such as: methane, ethylene, ethane, propylene, propane and so on

that do not contain water, go as liquid phase through the cold blowdown collector.

Collector BD-4200 is made of stainless steel.

Liquid hydrocarbons go trough the cold container M-2003 where they evaporate

through thermosiphonic flow through exchangers T-2003 A/B.

These liquids could also go to the cold system for pressure release, but it was

discovered that it is much better them to be collected in a small, separate collector,

because those are mostly drainage, whereas the safety valves are on the highest

points in the plant.

Normal temperatures system

Hydrocarbons such as butane, petroleum spirit and others, are sent through the

safety valves to the hot collector RV-4218. It is a collector made of carbon steel.

The presence of water in this stream does not allow for this hydrocarbones to go to

the cold system where the water might freeze and cause blocking.

Hydrocarbon steams that are separated in the hot container of the torch (M-2004) is

made of carbon steel.

The liquid separated in the hot container with the pump P-2003 A/B is sent to the

slop system. Some of the liquid with low boiling point that is gathered in the

container, evaporates through the steam heater on the bottom of the container.

61

The purpose of sending the products towards the torch

Letting out of the products towards the torch should be minimal. To achieve that,

special attention should be paid to the following:

a) to avoid the great flow of the hydrocarbons towards the torch, it is necessary

that the equipment works on satisfying level. In case of greater disturbance,

the equipment should exclude from operating before the safety valves start

working or the vents should be manually opened a bit to prevent the opening

of the safety valves. In most cases, it is done automatically through PC-

regulator.

b) The largest burning on the torch happens during the start and good planning

is necessary as well as that the great quantity of steam is available for the

start of the compressor.

c) Constant sending of the liquid to the blowdown system must not be allowed.

Besides the great loses, it is dangerous if the containers M-2003 and M-2004

are overfilled with liquid. If the evaporator on the cold container, the

evaporator and the pump on the hot container are overloaded, the liquid

phase can reach the torch which would be very perilous.

d) Constant sending of the liquid to the torch system will cause cooling of the

equipment. Although the system was designed for such conditions, repetition

of unnecessary cooling is not good for the long life of the equipment.

Description of the process

Steams from the safety valves are gathered in the hot or cold collector. These

collectors lead to the hot and cold torch container M-2004 and M-2003, i.e. all the

liquid condensed in the collectors goes to an appropriate container of the torch.

Liquid drainage are also gathered in the collector that is connected to the cold

container M-2003.

As already has been mentioned, the collectors and the container that accept cold

hydrocarbons are made of stainless steel, whereas the collector and the container

for hot hydrocarbons are made of carbon steel.

The torch itself is also made of carbon steel.

The hot container M-2004 has the diameter of 12 ft and the length of 36 ft.

Gas and liquid enter on the top of the container. The gas leaves the container top

and goes on the torch, whereas the liquid is collected on the bottom of the container.

The container has a steam heater that evaporates hydrocarbons with low boiling

point and prevents the cooling and ice forming. The liquid that has not evaporated,

represents, mostly, the mixture of gasoline and water, which is sent to the slop

system with the pump P-2003 A/B. The container has the high level alarm LAH-288,

and the switch LSL-289.

62

Gas and liquid enter on the top of the container. The gas from the top goes to the

torch, when the liquid is collected on the bottom of the container and evaporates by

thermosiphonic circulation and in the exchanger T-2003 A/B that is heated by steam.

Unlike the hot container, the liquid does not evaporate, but the high level alarm

exists.

Liquid level in this container has to be on the minimum. In case of high level, it

would, undoubtedly, be a call for lowering of sending of hydrocarbones towards the

cold container or total seize. The reason for high level can be malfunctioning of the

evaporator or that the liquid phase, instead of the steam phase, goes from the safety

valves.

Torch scheme, S-2001 with supporting equipment

Reservoir space–Storage

63

3.3.2 Description of the technological processes in HDPE plant

In HDPE plant there are significant thee units:

“PF” section ( synthesis of polyethylene)

Processing section ( granulation of polyethylene powder )

Section packaging ( packaging, storiging and dispatching of the finished

product)

PF-section (‘’Particle Form’’ production process of HDPE) consists of two identical

and independent lines, but with the common section of power supplies. Both lines

are projected for homopolymer production and copolymers, where the projected

capacity of the plant is 50 000 t/annual.

The plant is projected for polymer production of the density between 0,930 to 0,960

g/cm3 and melt index from 0,01 to 10 (g/10 min for weight of 2.16 kg). The pressure

in reactor is 42 atm, and the reaction temperature, depending on the type of polymer

is between 95 and 107 °C.

The main condition of the product of HDPE of thehigh quality is the request for

almost 99 % purity of the entering rows- ethylene, isobutane, hexene, hydrogen and

the catalysts.

Block diagram of the technological process of PF sections of HDPE plant

Polymerisation of the ethylene is performed in the tubular “loop” reactor R-201, in

the stream of isobutane which is the medium for reaction and transformation of the

energy. In the presence of the firm chromium oxide catalyst is done the reaction of

64

homopolymerisation of ethylene or copolymerisation with hexene, as comonomer. By

the short-chain branching, controlled by the installation of the hexene molecule in

macromolecule of polyethylene, it is produced the whole row of the desired effects

in physical and chemical characteristics of the polymer. By the regulation of the

temperature is controlled melt-index (molecule weight) of polymer.

Polyethylene is formed in the shape of fine particles as a suspension of the polymer

in isobutan which circulates on the high speed. The firm, powder polyethylene

particles, together with the isobutane accumulates in accumulating ends and

continually and controlled release into the flash container V-201, where the

determination of the particles is done from the liquid hydrocarbons, in the act of

flashing. From the flash container, polymer falls into conveyor dryer M-201. The

remain of the hydrocarbon in polymer evaporates and is getting back to the flash

container across the stream of polymers.

From the polymer dryer falls through two spherical valves, which work alternately,

into the exhausted column V-210. Hydrocarbon steam is removed from polymer

blowing the nitrogen on the bottom of the exhausted column through the polymer

layer. The polymer level in exhausted column is automatically controlled by the level

regulator with gamma rays which changes the speed of rotating valve on the bottom

of the exhausted column. From the exhausted column polymer falls into one buffer

silo for powder in which is done the additional blowing of nitrogen. Brought by

nitrogen the smallest particles of powder from the exhausted column go into cyclon

S-205, where from these particles are joined to the good powder in buffer silo T-201.

From the top of the exhausted cyclon S-205 nitrogen mixture by which was done the

blowing and brought steam of isobutane and other hydrocarbons are realesed into

the atmosphere.

Brought polymer from the cyclon of the flash container S-212 goes into bag filter S-

211, where from the bottom is separated into the container V-213 from which are

released into cardboard container and gives as non-standard polymer V-00045.

From the top of the bag filter the isobutane steam goes into protective filters with

cartridges S-213 where the smallest powder particles are kept and in that way they

protect compressor in case of damging of the bags in the bag filter. Steam released

from the polymer is compressed into the compressor C-202 and carried into column

for regeneration of isobutane D-201.

In the column for regeneration of isobutane D-201 the easy fractions go upward and

heavier fractions are gathered on the bottom, and the product is separated as lateral

stream. In order to reduce the loss of isobutane steam from the reservoir for reflux

isobutane V-218 is cooled before the enterence in the torch system. Heavier

components (polymer oils and so on) are slowly gathering at the bottom of the

column and periodically empty.

65

Hexene is introduced on the suction of feeder pump of recycled isobutane P-205 and

is mixed with isobutane recycled stream. Regenerated isobutane is getting drier in

the drying chamber for regenerated isobutane V-109 and V-110 and is getting back

into reactor R-201.

Polymer powder from the buffer silo T-201 can be stored into supply silo T-301 or

directly transport into supply silo T-302, which serves for granulation powder.

The catalyst before the usage must be activated in activator V-201, on the

temperature of 650°C to 780 °C depending on the type of catalyst which is used..

Temperature is achieved by the combustion of the natural gas and in the furnace of

activator H-201, by which the gases of combustion from the top of the activator is

released into the atmosphere.The process of the activation of the catalyst itself is

based on the fluidization of the catalyst in air, which is released through the grid that

stands on the bottom of the activator, by which is done the oxidation of the catalyst,

i.e. transforming from Cr+3 into Cr+6 valence state. Smaller particles of the catalyst is

separated during the fluidization on the cyclon of the activator S-216 and from there

after the cooling are released into the barrel as OFF waste catalyst.

In the section of finishing, on the three independent lines of the total annual capacity

around 75 000 tons, is done the granulation of the polyethylene powder, although the

buyer on his wish can deliver the polymer also in the form of powder and in the bulk

or packed into the bags.

Technological scheme of HDPE plant

66

Polymer powder from PF from the buffer silo T-201 A/B transport the vacuum

system to the storage silos T-301 (volume 279 m3) or T-310 (volume 58 m3), from

which the powder is sent to supply silo T-301 (volume 58 m3).

Common for all powder silos, is to blow the nitrogen or CO2 for the purpose of

removing of the remaining isobutane steam from powder, they have detectors for

flammable gases, ventilation openings and level meter.

Code A and B finishing lines, polymer powder from supply silo enters through rotary

valves M-314 by the change of the speed is adjusted the capacity of granulation

(maximum: 4540 kg/h), i.e. is done the power of mixer M-315, through supply points

T-303.

Feeding stirrer hoppers are blowing by nitrogen in order to remove residual vapour

from the polymer powder vented through a bag filter and in them is added the water

in order to remove unreacted catalyst, by which is avoided the occurance of the

yellow colour of pellates. Also, in the feeding stirrers hoppers are added the

additives, i.e. stabilizers by which the desiring characteristics of polymers are

obtained.

From the stirrer hoppers, mixture of powders and additives is inserted into a stirrer

M-315, which is heated from 10.5 bars, and by the system of the two rotors, which

rotate in the opposite directions one to the other, comes to the mixing and melting of

the powder, which is extruded on the end of the stirrer, through one hole- choke,

which is heated by the vapour of 33,5 bars.

Technological scheme of the finishing section of the high density polyethylene

67

Melted polymer falls through one canal into the extruder M-316 (lower level), through

the funnel which is blown by the nitrogen in order to avoid the contact with the

oxygen and prevent oxydation of the polymer. Along the extruder comes to the

further homogenization of the molten polymer by the heating of the vapour from 33.5

bars and rotation of the rotor comes to its transport to granulator M-317, which is

sitated at the end of the extruder.

From granulator, together with the water which circulate with the help of pump,

pellates are transported to the dryer M-318, where with the help of gravitation and

centrifugal force water separates from pellates. Rotor with the defined fins allows the

pellates to move upwards on the external surface of the dryer. The grid on the

perifery of the dryer reserves the pellates whereas the water goes through the grid.

Demineralised water which can be removed from the dryer is cooled or heated and

again recycle through the system of granulation.

After the dryer, pellates go through vibrating sive S-314 which divide pellate of the

lower from standard size, after which the pellates are transported to blenders M-324.

On the more contemporary C line granulation processes is performed in single-worm

extruder of the Swiss company “BUSS” where the main rotation move of the worm is

associated the oscillat movement (back and forth) related to the polymer flow, which

enables quality axial and radial mixing of polymers, i.e. excellent dispersion of

polymers. The worm itself consists of axis and components which can be changed in

different shapes and purposes, whereas the body of extruder has built-in fixed

blades (3 on every 120°C).

Blenders represent the silos which is mixed by the blowers system, i.e.

homogenization of the pelletes in the quantity of 50 tons, which are afterwards sent

to the silos of pellets T-305, and from there to the packaging.

In the section of packaging, pellet is packed into bags of 25 kg, palletizing, i.e. put on

the pallets of 1250 kg and, at the end, “shrink”- coated with thermo collected foil

which by the heated in the tunnel ovens firm adheres to bags.

Final HDPE pellet in the quantity of 50 tons is defined as lot and as such is

laboratory characterized by the attest statement.

Thus tested lot will be sent to the customer, whether packed in bags and palletized

or in bulk by tanks.

3.3.3. Description of technological process in LDPE plant

The production of low density polyethylene is done through the process of

polymerization of ethylene, which is transported through the pipeline from the

Ethylene plant, on high pressure by the mechanism of free radicals and by use of

peroxide catalysts as initiators. Reaction of polymerization is followed by series of

other reactions such as chain transfer, cracking and branching by which we get very

68

complex structures of polyethylene molecules. Knowing the influence of some

parametres of the process (temperature, pressure, types of modificators and co-

monomers), together with a certain technique of conducting the reaction, it is

possible to control all the accompanying reactions i.e. control the final

characteristics of polyethylene such as molecule weight and its distribution, degree

and distribution of short and long chains, and the content and distribution of co-

polymers.

The use of the technique of different temperature profiles in the reactor and multiple

entering of ethylene into the reactor, makes it possible to, in the conditions of

successive zones in the reactor with different conditions, get polyethylenes of

defined structure. The feature of this process is accurate definition of the relation

between conditions of conducting polymerization and structure of the polyethylene

produced and its characteristics. Control of the process is done through complete

automatization of all operations. By this, the possibility of human factor on accident

happening is largely excluded.

By lowering the pressure in the reactor from the designed 2,000 bar to about 1,400

bar, the reaction is changed into two-phase condition, and the process itself is made

much safer and decomposition occurs much rarely. These equipment changes

caused the changes on the system of introducing the catalyst and ethylene due to

the necessary change of temperature profile in it.

Block scheme of LDPE plant

Basic sections in the production process are:

Synthesis

Silos

Packing

Storage

Besides the basic, there are also additional sections such as storage and mixing of

the catalyst, discharge and storage of modificators and solvents, and purification of

ethylene.

69

Synthesis section

Polymer produced in this reactor of autoclave type can have the density range from

0.915 to 0.935 and the melt index from 0.2 to 250.

Reactor line consists of:

System of primary compression

System of secondary compression

Reactor with product cooler

High pressure separator

System of recycle gas

Low pressure separator

Flash gas system

Extrusion system

System for modificator injection

System for catalyst injection

System for additive injection

Block scheme of the production processes in the section of synthesis in LDPE plant

In short, the process takes place in the following way: fresh ethylene, mixed with the

stream of returned ethylene from the flash gas system, enters the system of primary

compression, where it is compressed to 245 bar. In the system of secondary

compression, its pressure, when needed, can be raised over 2,000 bar, and the gas,

under these conditions, enters the reactor, where polymerization takes place. In the

reactor, on three levels more of initiator is added (organic peroxides) to initiate the

reaction. On exiting the reactor, polymer goes through the product cooler and enters

70

the high pressure separator, out of which, through the low pressure separator, it

goes to extruder and from there, pellets go to the silos. In order to optimize the use

of ethylene, there are two reverse lines, one from S.V.P. (recycle system), and the

other from S.N.P. (flash gas line system). On entering the secondary degree of

compression, modificators are added, and in the throat of the extruder additives are

added, in order to optimize the polymer characteristics.

Primary compression system

Consists of primary compressor C-201 P, suction vessels of the first (V-201) and the

second (V-210) degree of compression, G-201filter, and the heat exchangers E-201,

E-202, i E-203. The mixture of fresh and recycled ethylene that comes back from the

flash gas system are joined and enter the suction vessel of the first degree of the

primary compressor on 40 bar. Then ethylene goes through the filter where solid

particles are machanically removed and then it comes to the suction of two-degree

primary compressor.

On the first degree, the gas is compressed to the pressures of 90 bar, cooled in E-

202 heat exchanger and enters the second degree suction vessel where the liquid

condensed after the first degree of compression is separated. After the second

degree compression it reaches the pressure of 245 bar and it is cooled in E-203

exchanger. Primary compression system has its bypass line on which E-201 heater

is found which serves to limit the cooling of ethylene due to expansion.

Compressor’s capacity is also regulated by system of pockets on it.

Secondary compression system

A modificator is added to ethylene from primary compressor and it joins the gas

stream from the recycle system, and then the gas mixture goes through G-203 filter

where larger solid particles are retained. The first degree of compression is done in

four cylinders that are set as two opposite tandem pairs and they give inter-degree

pressure of 1300 bar. Thrust cylinders of the first degree are joined and the

propellant is water cooled in three parallel E-207 exchangers (1, 2, 3). The second

degree of compression is done in four cylinders that are set as two opposite tandem

pairs and they give the pressure up to 2450 bar. Gas is collected from all four

cylinders and it is water cooled in three parallel E-209 exchangers (1, 2, 3). If

needed, steam can be introduced into the E-209 exchanger when it is needed for the

increase of temperature of feeding gas.

Secondary compression system has two bypass lines: small and large (through

recycle system), by which the flow of ethylene is regulated.

Reactor system

Ethylene enters the reactor on 6 levels plus on top, and catalysts on three levels. It

provides great possibility of regulation of molecular weight distribution. Heat, needed

71

for initiation of reaction, is provided by reactor cover in which high pressure steam is

let into. When reaction of polymerization starts, it goes on adiabatically. The reactor

itself has the volume of 0,85 m3, equipped with an electrically driven stirrer which

has specifically distributed blades of three different types in order to achieve suitable

mixing of reaction mixture. This makes it possible to get practically two ’cylinders’ in

the reactor which will regulate the time that particles spend in it. Degree of

polymerization is from from 12 to 20 % at one passage and it gets bigger as the

difference between temperature of entering gas and temperature of bottom gas gets

bigger. Mixture of polyethylene and unreacted gas exits from the reactor bottom and

through drain valve and through the cooler of products (E-208) enters the high

pressure separator.

System of separation on high pressure

It serves to separate unreacted gas from the produced polymer. Level of reaction

success is 95 %. High pressure separator has steam cover by which the extracted

polymer is kept melted. Gas goes to the recycle system and polyethylene goes to the

low pressure separator.

Technical scheme of the production processes of LDPE plant

Recycle system

Recycle system consists of hot and cold coolers (E-216 i E-217) and hot and cold

separators (V-216 i V-217). Gas exits from S.V.P. at about 300 °C, it is then cooled

in hot coolers E-216 (there are three of them) at 70 - 80 °C and enters hot separator

V-216, where low-molecular polymer waxes are separated. Gas then goes through

cold coolers E-217 (also three of them) where it is cooled at 40 °C, enters the V-217

72

separator, where also waxes are separated and in the end it comes to secondary

compressor suction where it is merged with the gas stream from primary compressor

discharge. Waxes collected in separators are occasionally let into V-206 release

vessel. Hot and cold coolers can be supplied also by steam when it is necessary to

remove wax or polymer out of them.

System of separation on low pressure

Melted polymer from S.V.P. through release valve comes to the low pressure

separator, where the overpressure is about 0.3 bar. Here gas remainings and

modificators are separated from polymer and through the system for flash gas they

are returned into the process. Polymer from the bottom S.N.P. directly enters the

extruder and the level of polymer is controlled by the speed of extruder turning

Flash gas system

Consists of flash gas compressor which has three degrees of compression, its

coolers and separators. Gas from V-204, which is at temperature of about 260-290

°C, which is firstly cooled in E-200 cooler at 40 °C and then enters the suction vessel

(V-205) of the first degree of flash gas compressor. At the first degree, the pressure

rises from 0.3 bar to 3.8 bar, gas is cooled again at 40 °C, in E-204 and goes to the

V-207 vessel. From there, gas goes to the second degree, it is cooled in E-205

exchanger at 40 °C, goes through V-209 vessel and enters the third degree, it is

cooled in E-206 exchanger and goes to the V-209 vessel. All three vessels have the

drainage system for separation. Gas from V-209 is partly returned into the process in

a way that it is mixed with fresh ethylene which goes to primary compressor suction

and by its other part it leaves the process to purification in order to prevent piling up

of inert from the system. This system as well has its bypass line, from E-206

exchanger to V-205 vessel.

Pipes, throuhg which flash gas goes, are equipped with heating cover in order to

prevent clogging due to possible polymer penetration.

Extrusion system

Polymer from the low pressure separator enters directly into the L-229 extruder

throat, where there is a system for modificator injection. Polymer goes through it and

it is continually squeezed through granulation plate like noodles that reach rotation

blades which cut them into pellets. Pellets cutter is sunk into water that takes pellets

to separator and there they are separated from water, dried and sent to scales, and

from there, by pneumatic transport, they are taken to silos.

Systems for injection of modificators, catalysts and additives

Modificators are placed in reservoars V-408 1,2 and V-409 1,2. By transfer pumps,

modificators are transfered through filter to suction of injection pumps J-220 (2

73

pieces). Modificator is inserted into the line on secondary compressor suction.

Catalysts are prepared in seven special vessels where they are mixed with solvent

(usally the mixture of n and iso hydrocarbons from C9 to C11). From that building for

preparation of catalyst, they are transfered by transfer pumps to the building of

extrusion where there are 7 daily reservoars for catalysts (V-224 1-7). With J-216

injection pumps catalyst solvents are put into the reactor on three different levels.

Three kinds of additives are usually added: antioxidants, against sliding and against

agglutination. They are mixed with solvent in vessels V-211, V-212, V-213 and from

there, by J-257 transfer pump, they are transfered to suction of J-258 pump which

pushes them into extruder throat.

Silos section

Silos section includes operations related to manipulation of pellets in silos and

transport of pellets to packing. Total number of silos in this section is 24, and each is

designed to accept 60 tons of pellets with bulk density of 0.48 kg/cm3. Each silo is

equipped with equipment for mixing as well as with the device for pellets aeration.

System for transport of pellets to silos

Polymer pellets are, by pneumatic transport through dozer (F-201-F1) which is

placed under flow scales for pellets(F-201-V1,V2), transfered to junction cells for

silos, and from there they go to one of the silos, depending on which silo it is

connected to.

System for drainage has two lines for drainage and through selection valve (F-201-

F4), pellets can be sent through one or another line into one of the silos, which

depends on the conditions of production and current situation. This will be necessary

when the lot is finished or for the material outside of specification. Pellets enter silos,

they are separated from air that goes to the atmosphere. Silos have the alarm for

high level placed on extruder control panel (L-3).

Pellets contain small quantities of ethylene gas which is later slowly released.

Because of that, there is a possibility to reward explosive mixture of ethylene and air

if the pellets would be stored without ventilation. Due to that, all the silos are

equipped with openings for air supply for aeration in order to provide that

concentration of released ethylene is under the lower limit for explosive mixture of

ethylene and air.

System for pneumatic transport of pellets

This system is used for transportation of pellets of “finishing“. System is base of

positive pressure type where pellets are mechanically put into the air stream and

transported to the desired place or equipment. Basic principle is that in here the

energy of air expansion is used.

74

Basic components of the system of pneumatic transport of positive pressure type

are:

a) movable dozers of changeable capacity for putting pellets into lines of

pneumatic transport

b) blowers for feeding with necessary quantity of air of enough pressure for

transport of pellets to a place, air coolers, filters, sieves and silencers

c) junction cell for silos, pipes for pneumatic transport and flexible hoses with

connectors

Mixing – In order to achieve maximum homogeneity on entire volime of one lot it is

necessary that pellets and additives in lot are mechanically well mixed so that any

kind of irregularities can be distributed evenly. This is achieved by circulation of

entire content of silos through lines for mixing in the very silo. Pipe for mixing which

is placed in the centre od silo is perforated pipe and the openings are of the same

size from top to bottom, so to make it possible for pellets to enter the pipe on all

levels in the silo. Mixing pipe does not go all the way to cone bottom of the silo and

because of that certain mixture also occurs by flowing of pellets through the opening

at the bottom of the silo and their joining with pellets from the mixing pipe.

When the mixing is done, pellets are, with special line, directed to the top of the silo.

Air, together with small particles, goes to cyclone where fine powder is separated

and gathered in suitable receiving vessel. In order to perform suitable mixing,

complete lot (about 55 t) should circulate at least four times through the system. It

means that, at the speed of rotation of movable dozer of 20 o/min and capacity of 25

kg on one rotation, mixing should be theoretically completely closed in 8 hours.

However, the usual practice is that lots are mixed for 10 hours at the speed of

rotation of movable dozer of 16 o/min. If there is finishing, which is now not the case

with us, lots are mixed for 6 hours.

Washing of silos and dozers – Polymer pellets and powder that remain in the silo

can cause contamination of the next lot and cause serious deterioration of quality

especially in cases of switching to type of polymer that has different melt flow index.

According to that, silos as well as movable dozers are washed before the other type

of polymer is introduced into them. In the section of silos there is a special system

that provides silos washing. Every silo has its own washing line. There are three

nozzles in the upper part of every silo which provide the washing of all remaining

pellets as well as powder. Silos are washed with condensate from V-302 vessel.

Device for silos drying (WW-202) produces hot air and it is as well used in winter

period for silos drying. Movable dozers are washed by water rinsing while they are

slowly rotating.

System for dust and irregular pellets removal

Pellets manipulation in the silo section, certain irregular forms of pellets can occur ,

whose presence is unwanted from the point of product quality. Unwanted pellet

75

forms are the following: fines, streamers, birds nest, ships, and longs. Elutriators,

scalpelators and cyclones are installed in this section in order to remove the above

enlisted unwanted irregular forms of pellets.

System of pneumatic transport for the return of pellets (F-230)

This system includes bunker for emptying of V-291 bags, dozer (F-230-F1), bag filter

(F-230-G4) and any of four blowers of pneumatic system for pellets manipulation (F-

209-C1 to F-212-C1). Every now and then, it will be necessary to get polymer back

into the silo section. For this purpose, the system of pneumatic transport for the

return of pellets is used.

Bags are emptied manually into the bunker for bag emptying and polyethylene

pellets go to silo junction cell, and from there in one of 24 silos, from where they are

directed to packing on one of the packing lines.

Section of packing and storing

After the finished mixing in the silos, pellets are pneumatically transported (to some

other silo or to one of two packing lines). One packing line is equipped with

equipment for discharging pellets in bulk. For this purpose silo junction cell is used

as well as 4 pneumatic systems for pellets manipulation (F-209 to F-212).

From the silo junction cell pellets go through elutriator, scalpelator, bunker of packing

scales(V-293), packing scales (F-235, 1 i 2) and then enter the packing machine (F-

236, 1 and 2). Pellets are packed in valve bags of 25 kg and through the bag

transport system (F-237, 1 and 2), which includes transporter and transporter for bag

shaping, and then they go to palletomate L-274. Palletomate puts bags in order on

wooden pallets in 8 rows of 5 bags, which are then taken to storage by forklift.

3.3.4. Description of technological processes in Electrolysis Plant

Electrolysis Plant within the complex of HIP-Petrohemija Pančevo built according to

the licence of “Olin Corp“ (USA) and according to basic engineering “Cawford &

Russel“ Inc (USA). Projected capacity of Electrolysis is 267 t/day of chlorine.

The basic raw material is sodium chloride (NaCl) or more known as kitchen salt.

This, almost saturated solution- electrolyte (25% weight; 300-312g/l NaCl) flows

between metal anodes of titanium covered by oxide of titanium dioxide and

ruthenium dioxide (titan oxide) and liquid mercury cathod. Direct current goes

through electrolyte separating salt into two basic elements, where elemental chlorine

develops on the metal anode, and on the liquid mercury cathod by discharging of the

sodium ions creates the appropriate amalgam.

Chlor leaves the electrolyser and takes on the further processing. Sodium dissolves

or amalgamizes with the liquid mercury cathod. Sodium amalgam flows from

electrolizer into decomposer, part of the cell where the second main reaction is done.

76

In decomposer sodium amalgam flows downwards under the layer of graphite and

deioinized water flows against the current through decomposer and react with

sodium dissolved in the mercury making sodium hydroxide (NaOH) and hydrogen

(H2).

Hydrogen which goes from the top of decomposer, cools and goes to the further

processing. Sodium hydroxide which overfolws from decomposer, is filtered, cooled

and goes to the warehouse.

Mercury continually recirculated in each cell. Total circular flow of the mercury

consists of its enter into electrolyser where it has a function of cathode besides the

flow of direct current,binding sodium from electrolyte and flows into decomposer. In

decomposer sodium amalgam reacts with deionized water and release from the

mercury. Purified mercury flows into mercury reservoir pump and then goes back

into cell.

Depletion of electrolyte leaves electrolyser and returns on the preparation of

electrolyte, adjusting the concentration of electrlyte by adding the salt- (sodium

chloride), clears and again powers the cells.

During the bombing of Petrochemical complex in Pančevo, part of the installation of

Elecrolysis Plant is destroyed (production and storage of the liquid chlore) and

installation of VCM plant as the main consumer of chlorine. After the bombing of

Electrlysis plant it is worked with the lower capacity. From the total 34 installed

Olin’s mercury cells production works only with four cells, and according to the

material balance for 2006, Plant worked with the average capacity of 5% considering

chlorine production.

The total quantity of the produced chlorine and hydrogen in electrolysis, is spent in

Electrolysis Plant and that is in synthesis of hydrochloric acid (HCI) and the

production of sodium hypochlorite (NaOCI) so that in the production program of

Electrolysis there is no chlorine and hydrogen as the final products.

Production process in Electrolysis Plant is done by the authometic managing

(pneumatics) from the control room.

Production process of Electrolysis Plant consists of the following sections:

section of preparation the electrolytes

section of electrolysis

section of production of return electrolyte

section of the chlorine processing

section of bases treatment

section of hydrogen processing

section of synthesis of hypochlorite

section of synthesis of hydrochloric acid

section of waste water

77

Block diagram of production process in Electrolysis

Section of preparation the electrolytes

Preparation of electrolytes contains saturation (mixing of fresh industrial salt and

depleted electrolytes), decanting and fining of the electrolyte. Saturated electrolyte

overflows the pit (MJ-1/2) where by the pump N-30-15A/B transfers into the

reservoir for decanting (V-30-3). After decanting of electrlyte with the pump N-30-

3A/B sends to filtering into sand filters (F-30-1 A/B) and collects in reservoir of

filtered electrolyte (V-30-4). From the reservoir of filtered electrolyte by pumps N-30-

4A/B the electrolyte is sent into supply reservoir (V-30-7). By the preparation of

electrolyte small amounts of sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) are dosed in order to

remove the surplus of calcium and magnesium.

Section of electrolysis

The electrolyte from the preparation section is heated in the heat exchanger H-30-1

to 70 ºC and enters the reservoir of the feeding electrolyte V-30-7 where regulation

of the pH value is done on 3 by adding hydrochloride acid. From the supply reservoir

the electrlyte is gravitationally distributed in electrolyser (cell M-40). In electrolyser

(M-40) part of the salt from electrolyte which enters the cells decomposses by the

passing of current through anode (one cell has 48 metal anodes covered with titan)

and liquid mercury cathod. Gasous chlorine releases on the anode, saturated with

the water vapour and from the electrolyser goes into section for chlorine processing.

In the cells reaction is done on the temperature of 88 ºC and slight overpressure.

Formed sodium- amalgam and mercury gravitationaly flows into decomposer (D)

which is filled in with graphite, where comes to the reaction of sodium and deionised

water which is thrown into decomposer against the current. The reaction temperature

in decomposer is 110-115 ºC. From the top of decomposer there are released the

78

hydrogen which contains water vapour and mercury vapour in plate condenser is

cooling and the greatest water quantity and mercury goes back to the decomposer.

Cooled hydrogen goes into the section of hydrogen. From decomposer created

sodium hydroxide (base) leads to the processing in the bases section and the

mercury with the pump MP goes back into electrlyser where again it has the role of

cathode. By adding deionised water into decomposer is adjusted so that it creates

50% NaOH.

Depleted electrolyte gravitationally flows from electrolyzer into reservoir of the

electrolyte output V-40-9. In this reservoir is dosed hydrochloric acid for the purpose

of adjustment of pH value, and then with the pump N-40-4 A/B shifts into the section

for the processing of the return of (depleted) electrolytes.

Formed condensate of the exchanger H-30-1 are connected in the canal and by

pump N-30-17 sent into the Plant for waste water processing.

Technological scheme of the section of electrolysis

Section for production of return electrolyte

Depleted electrolyte which comes back from electrolyser is saturated with chlorine,

so in this section is done dechorating, i.e. removing of the dissolved chlorine from

electrolyte with the help of vacuum.Electrolyte is entered into dechlorinator (V-30-

10) which is under a slight vacuum.Vacuum of 257 mmHg is provided through

primary condenser (H-30-2), vacuum ejector (M-30-7) and secondary condenser

(H-30-3). So dechlorated electrolyte is collected in reservoir V-30-12 and by the

pump N-30-7 A/B goes back to the section of the preparation electrolyte.

Condensate which appears after vacuuming, contains the chlorine, collects in

reservoir V-30-14 and by pump N-30-12 A/B goe back to the reservoir of the output

electrolyte V-40-9.

79

Section of the chlorine processing

Gasous chlorine which is saturated by the water vapour from electrolyser is directed

to the water cooler H-50-14 where it is removed over 95% of water vapour from

chlorine and then through separator drops F-50-1 goes to drying. Formed chlorine

condensate is collected into the container V-50-9 and by the pump N-50-5 shifts into

reservoir of the return electrolytes V-40-9.

Drying of chlorine is done towers connected in series V-50-2/3 fill in ceramics rings

where the gasous chlorine comes in conntact with concentrated sulfric acid (98%

H2SO4) which circulates against the current. Every tower has its pump (N-50-1/2) for

circulation and cooler for cooling (H-50-7/11) for the purpose of removing the

relieved heat.

Concentrated sulfric acid is delivered by auto- tank and is changed pneumatically by

the dry air in reservoir of the concentrated sulfric acid V-50-5.

Diluted sulfric acid (78% H2SO4), as side-product of the process of drying of chlorine,

collects in the reservoir V-50-4 and by the pump N-50-4 or pneumatically sent to

plant for waste water processing.

Dry chlorine compresses by the new compressor K-50-9 (system blower) on the

pressure of 4,0 kg/cm2G and sent to the section for synthesis of hydrochloric aci and

section of hypochlorite. Chlorine compressor has the system with concentrated

sulfuric acid.

Technological scheme of the section of chlorine processing

Bases section

Bases produced in decompresors is gravitatinally led to the receiving reservoir of the

concentrated bases V-40-3 (45-50% NaOH), whereby the pump N-40-2 A/B shifts

through the cooler H-40-2 into storage reservoirs of the concentrated base V-60-1/2

80

or in the container V-40-4 where the preparation of the dissolved base is prepared (

5-10% NaOH).

From the reservoiur V-60-1/2 of the concentrated base with the pump N-60-1 A/B

can be sent for shipping (auto tank and tank wagon), on the section of hypochlorite

and in reservoir V-60-3 where by the adding of the deionised water is preparaed the

bases by the concentration of 5-10% NaOH.

Dilute bases is prepared by adding of deionised water in V-40-4 and by circulation of

the dilute bases by pump N-40-1 A/B to the reaction of reservoir for dilute bases V-

40-8. From the reaction of reservoir dilute bases goes to the consumer in Electrolysis

Plant.

For the possibility that from decomposer with base comes to the traces of hydrogen,

reservoir of the concentraded base V-40-3 and container for diluted bases V-40-4

are ventilated into the atmosphere by the blower K-40-3 A/B. The content of the flow

released in the atmoshere is mostly the air which is drawn through vents on V-40-3

and V-40-4, with the traces of possible arriving hydrogen from decomposer. The

content of the flow cannot reach the lower level of explosion of the mixture air-water,

so the area around vent is not charachterized as the explosion zone.

Technological scheme of section of bases

Section of hydrogen processing

After cooling of the hydrogen on the output from decomposer, hydrogen enters into

hydrogen collector with the average temperature of 430 ºC. Condensates and traces

of mercury taken from decomposer are removed from the hydrogen collector by

draining into a container V-40-1A. From this container mercury is drained from the

bottom and returns to the process, and condensates are released into collecting pit

in the hall.

By the collector hydrogen is taken into compression(blower) K-40-2 where the

pressure of hydrogen is getting higher up to 0,7 kg/cm2. After the compression of the

hydrogen is cooling in water coolers H-40-5 and H-40-6 and probably made

condensate that is contamined with mercury is fed into a container V-40-1A.

81

For the very low capacity of the working of Electrolysis and low content of the

mercury after the compression hydrogen does not additionally go to the purification

into the packet unit Pura-siv, as it is predicted with the project. Hydrogen, after the

compression, is directly sent into the section for synthesis of hydrochloric acid.

Section of synthesis of hypochlorite

Section ofhypochlorite is projected in order to process all quantity of chlorine from

the waste current, so it also serves as safety(amortized) part of the plant. By the start

of Electrolysis plant this section goes first into start. It is established the circulation of

the solution of sodium hydroxide by pump N-50-6 A/B through the cooler H-50-10,

absorption towers V-50-6 A/B and container V-50-7/8. By the blowers K-50-6 A/B is

provided the vacuum in absorption towers as all the gasous phase, with traces of

chlorine, would come to absorption.

Technological scheme of the section of hypochlorite synthesis

Section of synthesis of hydrochloric acid

The projected capacity of the synthesis of hydrochloric acid is 4-8 t/day of the burnt

chlorine, calculated on 100% of chlorine.

The synthesis of hydrochloric acid is done in chamber for burning (furnace-reactor)

where comes to the reaction between the chlorine and hydrogen on high

temperature (up to 2500 °C).

Ration of gases which entes the furnace is regulated through regulator and system

projected so that the synthesis is done in the surplus of hydrogen up to 5%. The

furnace where the reaction is done is from the graphite, and around it is metal cover

through which the cooling water flows.

82

Burnt gases, partly cooled, enters the quench part where the temperature is getting

lower to the point of condensation HCI. So cooled gases enters the graphite tube

absorber where starts the absorption of gasous HCI. Product 33% HCl is by the free

fall conducted into the process reservoir.

From the graphite absorber gases go to the secondary adiabatic absorber. In the

secondary adiabatic absorber gasous HCI is finally absorbed against the current with

deionised water. Water product (1-5%) HCl is by the free fall sent into the kvenč part

M-80-1. Un absorbed gases go to the tower for washing the gases (scrubber) with

sodium hydroxide for the purpose of the possible chlorine and for the purpose of

neutralization of the traces HCI. Washed gases are through the blower K-80-1

thrown into the atmoshere.

The role of the blower K-80-1 is to provide underpressure in the whole section. The

vacuum in the furnace should be from 10-50 mm of the water column.

Technological scheme of section of synthsis of hydrochloride acid

Final product from the processing reservoir can be transferred into the final acid

reservoir by pump. From this reservoir acid can be used for the need of Electrolysis

or by the pump to send into the storage reservoirs which is placed in VCM plant.

Hydrochloric acid is stored in vertical cylindrical rubber reservoirs. Every reservoir

has concrete container tube for the reception of flown quantities of hydrochloric acid.

Section of waste water

According to the Electrolysis plant has a system for waste water processing

contamined by mercury. During the bombing this system is partly damaged and from

then on is not in function.

83

Because of the lower capacity of Electrolysis the quantity of waste water which

appears in production process is small(20-30 m3/day). The content of the mercury in

waste water of Electrolysis according to the analyses is low because of dilution so

that the waste water contamined by mercury from April 2004, directly send to the

plant for waste water processing.

In Electrolysis plant there are two flows of the waste water:

waste water contamined with mercury from the hall cell

condensate from the exchanger H-30-1 and rainwater from plateau of the

preparation of electrolytes

Waste water contamined by the mercury are collected in pump sump in hall cell.

From the pump sump waste water is transformed by pump N-70-5 in reservoir V-70-

1. After laboratory analysis of waste water from the place of sampling M1 water from

the reservoir V-70-1 by the pump N-70-1 A/B is sent into the plant for waste water

treatment. The average quantity is 7m3/day, content of the mercury is 2 ppm, content

of the chlorine is 0,01 ppm, pH is 8-10.

Technological scheme of section of waste water.

Waste water from the flow 2. are process condensate from exchanger H-30-1 and

rainwater from the plateau of preparation of electrolytes. Average quantity is

13m3/day. This waste water are collected in pump sump of preparation section of

electrolytes where by the pump N-30-17 is sent into the common pipeline with waste

water of the flow 1. and is sent into the plant for processing of waste water.

After the connecting of the waste water flows on the place of sampling M2 it is

followed the quality of waste water from the Electrolysis plant which is sent into the

plant for waste water processing.

84

3.3.5. Description of technological processes in Utility plant

“ Utility“ plant consists of hydropower and thermal power plant.

Hydropower plant consists of:

Pumping station of raw and firefighting water

Chemical preparation of water

Side filtration and flocculation

Cooling water system (cooling towers with pump station)

Pumping station of raw and firefighting water supply the whole petrochemical

complex with raw and firefighting water. Water is drawn from the canals which

comes to the river Danube. Pumping station of the raw water consists of three

vertical centrifugal pumps and that is one on electric drive, one on diesel engine and

one mixed.

In the plant of chemical preparation water of raw Danube water by the

decarbonization process (addition of hydradet lyme and aluminium sulphate) are

removed calcareus firmness and suspended substances. In that way is gained

decarbonated water. Going through the sand filters (automatic gravity) from

decarbonated water stands out not composed mechanical admixture. After filtering,

decarbonated water from the plant of chemical preparation is sent to the consumers

by pumps.

The plant od side filtration performs the filtering of the cooled water, i.e. removing of

all mechanical impurities which show in the system of cooled water.

The plant for flocculation and filtering performs the processing of the raw water. Raw

(river water) is treated with aluminium sulfate in order to perform flocculation

(removal of the suspended substances). Flocculated water is collected in reservoir

where it is sent by the pumps in the system of filters where is done the filtering of

floccculated water. After the filter, the water is collected in reservoir where it enters

the cooling tower.

System of the cooled water consists of pump station where pumps for cooled water

are placed, underground pipeline, heat exchanger at user, plant for side filtering of

cooled water and cool towers. The system of cooled water is closed system of the

water circulation from cooling towers to users of cooled water and return of the same

water to the cooling tower. In the closed circle process of system of cooling water is

done, beside adding the loss of cooled water, treatment of cooling water and side

filtering of mechanical impurities from the system of cooled water. Pump station is

equipped by pumps on electro and turbine plant.

Thermal power plants consist of:

Plant for demineralization of water

Station of heating oil

85

Boiler with reducing station

Compressor station

In the plant for demineralization is done the production of demineralized water. The

enterance in this plant is decarbonated water from the plant for Chemical preparation

of water. Decarbonated water goes through ion exchange filters in order to remove

left hardness. After it, water goes through mixed iono exchanger. In the production

process of feed and boiler water, chemicals for regulating pH value and conditioning

of boiled water is dozed by filters. After iono exchanger filters, deionised water

obtained is stored in the reservoir 60-I-103 of the whole capacity of 1.000 m3. After

the certain cycle of iono exchanger filters is saturated by the retained ion and must

be regenerated. Regeneration is done by solution of hydrochloric acid and sodium

hydroxide.

Block scheme of Utility Plant

In process of production of demineralized water, there are certain quantities of waste

water. In the area of plant for demineralization, there are neutralization pit where is

performed pretreatment of water (adjustment pH), which is then sent to Plant for

water processing.

The station is the plant for storage and delivery to consumers of the liquid boiler fuel,

which is a mixture of heavy fuel oil from RNP and Ethylene Plant.

The heating oil from Oil rafinery Pančevo, as well as the oil from Ethylene Plant

(side-product). The ratio of the mixture of these oils is changeable. Both fuels are

86

shipped by pipelines to the station. In the station of the heating oil is done the mixing

of those two fuels and the distribution to the consumers. The consumers of the liquid

boiler fuel are Utility Plant (Power plant) and Ethylene Plant. Both plants use liquid

boiler fuel as an energy source for production of water vapour in boiler and

superheater.

Boiler produces the water vapour which is used as technological medium, but also

for heating the facilities or connection between the drives.

There are installed three boilers of the capacity each 80 t/h, total production of 240

t/h, parameter vapour on the output of 38 bars and 350 °C. The boilers in the boiler

room are equipped with gas ramps with the control of increasing and lowering the

pressure, and in the furnace boiler is provided the control of flame. In boilers the

natural gas is burned potentially and very rare in the mixture with hydrogen, export

gas is obtained from Utility Plant, or oil from RNP in the mixture with fuel oil which

comes from the same deliverer.

Gasous reduction station has the purpose of reduction of the pressure from the

middle (21 bar) to usable pressure of the natural gas of 3,5 bars, which leads to the

consumer- boilers in Utility. On the gasous ramps of the boilers pressure is further

reduced to 1,75 bars. In reduction station is predicted the possibility of entering the

hydrogen into the fuel mixture in case that the hydrogen from the Electrolysis plant

does not take over Oil rafinery nor Tehnogas company. This situation is not

common, and appears very rare, but technical possibilities for usage of hydrogen in

the mixture up to 50% H2 with the natural gas exists.

In the compressor station is produced the instrumental air for HIP “Petrohemija“ with

the help of three compressors each of the capacity 5,000 Nm3/h, from which the two

are with electromotor drive, and one with turbine drive. Two compressors are

working, and one is reserve. The pressure of the instrumental air is 8 bars, and

drying of that air is performed in dryer of the air with the point of dew -40 °C on the

pressure of 1 bar.

87

4. Effect of the planned activities on the environment

4.1. The program for monitoring the impact on the environment

Monitoring of the effect of the planned activities in HIP-Petrohemija a.d. on the

environment is performed by the Service of the Environment protection. By the

combination of measurement, observation, prescribing measures and control of the

work is followed the planned activities and their accordance with the legislation and

policy of environmental protection.

There are three basic reasons why the monitoring of the polluting substances is

done:

1. In order to establish whether and how are nature and a man endangered by

the emission of the polluting substances

2. For the purpose of checking whether the emissions of the polluted substances

within the permissible limit values

3. For the purpose of providing the relevant information about the level of

pollution which is then put for review of the interested sides

Parameters of the monitoring are determined on the base of processes which is

followed, raws used in processes and waste substances therefore made, as well as

on the base of the installation used in processes.

4.2. The effect of the planned activity on air

4.2.1. Air Monitoring

The sources of the emissions of the polluting substances in the air HIP-Petrohemija

a.d. in Pančevo can be divided according to the kind and place of the formation.

emission from thermal and thermal power plants (CO, SO2, NO2 and dust

substances)

emission for storage, loading-unloading installation of terminal and emission

from the water surface of the WWP (volatile organic compounds originating

from crude oil)

emission for technological emitters

Different levels of the potential risk on the environment define the need for the

different regimes of monitoring. Analytical measure is related to the specific form of

chemical analysis regulated by the law and is subject to the law, i.e.subordinate

regulations and also following and measurement of the parameters which are closely

connected with the operations performed during the process which controls and/or

optimizes the process itself.

Regime of the periodic monitoring of air

The measure of the emission of the polluting material into the air for 2011 is

performed in accordance with the Law on the air protection “Official gazette RS“ No.

88

36/09, by the Regulations on the emission limit values, ways and limits of

measurements and recording of date “Official gazette RS“ No. 30/97, 35/97 and by

the Regulation on limit values for emissions of polluting substances into the air

“Official gazzete RS“ No. 71/10, 6/11.

For the measure of emission of the polluting substances from the dotted and diffuse

emitters HIP-Petrohemija a.d. hired an authorized legal entity for measuring of the

emission “ Institute for public health Pančevo“ and “Institute for Occupational Safety

a.d.“ Novi Sad. List of the measure places as well as the results of the measuring of

the emission of polluted substances in the air are shown in tables. The reports on

measuring of the emission are sent to all interested sides within “HIP-Petrohemija“,

as well as the Republic Inspector of Environmental Protection.

Table 17.List of the measurement places of periodic monitoring

Stationary source of

emission Emitter

Ethylene

Dotted emitter:

Emitter on boiler B-1001 A/B

Emitter on superheater B-1002 A/B

Emitter on gas furnaces F-1A/H

Emitter on ethanoic furnaces F-2A/B

Diffused emitters:

Reservoir for storage of virgin naphta TK-1101 A/C

Reservoir for storage of pyrolytic gasoline TK-1103 A/B

Reservoir for storage of quench oil Q-2002

Reservoir for storageof pyrolytic gasoline TK-1101 B

Reservoir for storage of pyrolytic heat oil TK-1105 A/B

Rail loading-unloading ramps LS-1101 A-K

Utility

Dotted emitters:

Emitter on boiler D-201 A/B/C

Diffused emitter:

Emitter of the plant for storage of heat oil and crude oil Tk-1201

HDPE

Dotted emitters:

Air Duct cyclone S-205 A/B

Furnace for the activation of the catalyst H-201

LDPE

Dotted emitters:

Air Duct cyclone V-286-1/2/3/4

Centrifugal dryer L-238

Vent on the scales F-201V-1/2

Electrolysis

Dotted emitter:

Vent of the facility for production of HCl blowers K-80-1

Vent of bases system of blowers K-40-3

Vent of the section of hypochlorite of blowers K-50-6

WWP

Diffused emitteri:

Egalization pool

Bifilter

89

Regime of intensive air monitoring

Monitoring of the emission and level of the polluted substances in the air performs

the Service for environmental protection several times a day. This kind of monitoring

detects all instabillities in the process and enables that it can be immediately reacted

if it comes to the alarming condition.

Table 18. List of measure places of the intensive air monitoring

Stationary source of emission Measurement place Measurement parameters

Ethylene E1-E8 Total hydrocarbons

Benzene

WWP V1-V8 Total hydrocarbons

Benzene

Electrolysis H1-H8 Chlorine (Cl2)

El1-El14 Mercury (Hg)

In 2011 HIP-Petrohemija a.d. emitted the following quantities of the polluting

substances in air:

CO4%

SO2

27%

NO2

67%

PM2%

Emissions of air pollutants in tonnes per year

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

COSO2

NO2PM

34,7 t/y

248,5 t/y

610,2 t/y

17,75 t/y

90

Table presentation of the periodic monitoring of the emission of polluted substances

in air through plants

Plant Ethylene

Table 19. Presentation of the results of the measurements of the emission of the polluted materials in

air of the existing plant for combustion of emitters of the boiler B-1001A

The first campaigne of the measurement of the emitters of the boiler B-1001A

The results of the emission measurement

Parameters Unit of

measurement

Results of the measurement EM±µ GVE Evaluation of results

Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 9,7±0,4 0,0 0,0 175 Complied with

Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 181,0±12,0 189,6±12,6 196,2±13,0 450 Complied with

Regulation

SO2 (mg/Nm3) 73,3±3,4 75,7±3,4 84,0±3,8 1700

Complied with Regulation

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3) 8,5±0,6 7,2±0,5 7,2±0,5 50

Complied with Regulation

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Unit of measurements Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,636 0,0 0,0 0,212

NO2 kg/h 11,86 12,43 12,86 12,38

SO2 kg/h 4,8 4,96 5,51 5,09

Dust substances kg/h 0,557 0,472 0,472 0,50

Boiler B-1001A has worked continuously in the mostly unchanging conditions as a facility that simultaneously or alternatively uses two or more types of fuel. Consumption of natural gas during the measurements amounted to 650 Nm

3/h (0,53 t/h) and pyrolytic oil 2,2 t/h. Boiler capacity was 49 t/h (≈60%).

The second campaigne of measurement of the boiler emitters B-1001 A

The results of the emission measurement

Parameters Unit of measurement

Results of the measurement EM±µ GVE Evaluation of results

Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 84,2±1,2 20,8±0,3 19,9±0,3 100 Complied with Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 273,8±13,7 268,6±13,4 281,9±14,1 300 Complied with Regulation

SO2 (mg/Nm3) 16,9±1,4 26,7±2,2 24,0±2,0 35 Complied with Regulation

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3) <1,0 <1,0 <1,0 5

Complied with Regulation

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Unit of measurements Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

CO kg/h 4,80 1,19 1.13 2.37

NO2 kg/h 15.61 15.32 16.07 15.67

SO2 kg/h 0.964 1.52 1.34 1.27

Dust substances kg/h 0.029 0.029 0.029 0.029

Boiler B-1001A has worked continuously in the mostly unchanging conditions as a facility that simultaneosly oralternately uses two or more types of fuel. The boiler has during the measurements worked on natural gas. Consumption was 3200 Nm

3/h (48 t/h). Boiler capacity is ≈60%.

GVE - emission limit value, EM- the greatest value of the results of measuring of the polluting substances in the air. μ- absolute value of uncertainty of the measured values of the emissions of the polluting substances.

91

Table 20. Presentation of the resuts of the measurement of the emission of the polluting substances

in the air of the existing big plant for burning of the boiler emitter B-1001B

The first campaigne of the emission emitter of the boiler B-1001B

Results of the emission measurement

Parameters Measurement

units

Results of the measurement EM±µ GVE

Evaluation of the results Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 65,1±3.0 46,6±62.2 99,7±4.6 100

Complied with Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 194,1±12.8 203,9±13,4 204,1±13,5 300

Complied with Regulation

SO2 (mg/Nm3) 1,4±0,006 2,8±0,13 2,9±0,13 35 Complied with

Regulation

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3) <1,0 <1,0 <1,0 5

Complied with Regulation

Results of the banalce of the emission

Parameters Measurement units Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

CO kg/h 2,85 2,04 4,36 3,08

NO2 kg/h 8,50 8,91 8,92 8,77

SO2 kg/h 0,061 0,122 0,127 0,103

Praškaste materije kg/h 0,022 0,022 0,022 0,022

Boiler B-1001B has worked continuously in the mostly unchanged conditions as a facility that simultaneously and alternately uses two or more types of fuel. The boiler has worked during the measurements of natural gas. Consumption was 3200 Nm3/h (48 t/h). Boiler capacity was ≈60%.

Second campaigne of the emission measurement of the boiler B-1001B

Results of the emission measurement

Parameters Measurement unit

Result of measurement EM±µ GVE Evaluation of the results Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 21,4±0,3 24,4±0,3 18,8±0,3 175 Complied with

Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 244,8±12,2 263,5±13,2 264,0±13,2 450 Complied with

Regulation

SO2 (mg/Nm3) 497,8±40,6 536,6±43,8 518,2±42,3 1700 Complied with

Regulation

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3) 22,2±1,6 23,3±1,6 18,0±1,3 50 Complied with

Regulation

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement unit Measurement Mean value

1 2 3

CO kg/h 1,12 1,27 0,980 1,12

NO2 kg/h 12,76 13,73 13,76 13,42

SO2 kg/h 25,95 27,97 27,01 26,98

Praškaste materije kg/h 1,16 1,21 0,4938 1,1

Boiler B-1001B has worked continuously in mainly unchanged conditions of work as a plant which simultaniously and alternately uses two or more kinds of fuel. Consumption of the natural gas during the measurement was 1100 Nm

3/h and pyrolitic oil 2,1 t/h.Boiler capacity was ≈65%.

GVE - emission limit value, EM- the greatest value of the results of measuring of the polluting substances in the air. μ- absolute value of uncertainty of the measured values of the emissions of the polluting substances.

92

Table 21. Presentation of measuring of the emission of the polluted substances in the air of the

existing middle plant for combustion plant of the superheater emitter B-1002A

Prva kampanja merenja emitera pregrejača B-1002A

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Measurement

unit

Result of the measurement EM±µ GVE 1

GVE 2

Evaluation of the results Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 5,8±0,3 1,9±0,1 1,9±0,1 80 100

Complied with Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 141,5±9,3 148,6±9,8 145,6±9,6 200 200

Complied with Regulation

SO2 (mg/Nm3) 14,5±0,7 10,3±0,5 18,2±0,8 50 35 Complied with

Regulation

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3) <1,0 <1,0 <1,0 5 5

Complied with Regulation

Result of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,216 0,071 0,071 0,119

NO2 kg/h 5,27 5,53 5,42 5,41

SO2 kg/h 0,54 0,383 0,677 0,533

Dust substances kg/h 0,019 0,019 0,019 0,019

Boiler B-1002A has worked continuouslyin mainly in unchanged conditions of work as a plant which simultanously or alternately uses two or more kinds of fuel.The superheater has during the measurement worked on natural gas. Consumption was 2400 Nm3/h. The capacity of the superheater was ≈65%.

Second campaigne of measurement of the superheater emitter B-1002A

Resuluts of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Measurement

Unit

Results of the measurement EM±µ GVE 1

GVE 2

Evaluation of the results Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 0,0 0,5±0,0 0,0 80 170

Complied with Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 245,1±12,3 254,7±12,7 256,6±12,8 350 350

Complied with Regulation

SO2 (mg/Nm3) 113,2±9,2 119,7±9,8 120,8±9,9 850 850

Complied with Regulation

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3) 2,4±0,2 2,3±0,2 2,7±0,2 50 50 Complied with

Regulation

Result of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,0 0,021 0,0 0,007

NO2 kg/h 10,21 10,61 10,69 10,50

SO2 kg/h 4,71 4,98 5,03 4,91

Dust substances kg/h 0,100 0,096 0,112 0,103

Boiler B-1002A has worked continuously in mainly unchanged conditions of the work as a plant which at the same or alternately uses two or more kinds of fuel. Consumption of the natural gas during the measurement was 850 Nm3/h and pyrolitic oil 1,25 t/h. Capacity of the boiler was ≈60%. GVE 1 – limit value of the emission for middle plant for combustion GVE 2 – limit value of the emission for existing middle plant for combustion EM – the greatest value of the results of measuring of the polluting substances in the air. µ – absolute value of uncertainty of the measured values of the emission of pollutant substances

93

Table 22. Presentation of the results of the measurement of the emission of the polluted substances

in the air of existing middle plant for combustion of the superheater emitter of B-1002B

First campaigne of the measurement of the superheater emitter of B-1002B

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Measurement

Unit

Results of the measurement EM±µ GVE 1

GVE 2

Evaluation of the results Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 0,4±0.02 0,0 0,5±0.02 80 170 Complied with

Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 194,6±12,8 195,6±13,0 188,5±12,4 350 350 Complied with

Regulation

SO2 (mg/Nm3) 65,5±3,0 79,7±3,6 89,4±4,2 850 850

Complied with Regulation

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3) 3,8±0,3 3,5±0,3 4,4±0,3 50 50

Complied with Regulation

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,02 0,0 0,024 0,015

NO2 kg/h 9,51 9,56 9,21 9,43

SO2 kg/h 3,20 3,89 4,37 3,82

Dust substances kg/h 0,186 0,171 0,215 0,191

Superheater B-1002B has worked continuously in mainly unchanged conditions of work as a plant which at the simultanously or alternately uses two or more kinds of fuel. Consumption of the natural gas during the measurement was 1000 Nm

3/h (0,82 t/h) and pyrolytic oil 1,2 t/h. The capacity of the

boiler was ≈65%.

The first campaigne of the measurement of the emitter of the superheater B-1002B

Result of the measurement emission

Parameters Measurement

Unit

Results of the measurement EM±µ GVE 1

GVE 2

Evaluation of the results Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 0,0 0,0 0,0 80 170 Complied with

Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 237,9±11,9 248,6±12,4 251,5±12,6 350 350 Complied with

Regulation

SO2 (mg/Nm3) 22,1±10,0 161,4±13,2 176,0±14,4 850 850

Complied with Regulation

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3) <1,0 <1,0 <1,0 50 50

Complied with Regulation

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

NO2 kg/h 13,96 14,58 14,75 14,43

SO2 kg/h 7,16 9,47 10,32 8,98

Dust substances kg/h 0,029 0,029 0,029 0,029

Superheater B-1002B has worked continously in mainly unchanged conditions of works as a plant which simultaniously or alternaltely uses two or more kinds of fuel.The consumption of the natural gas during the measurement was 1100 Nm

3/h and pyrolytic oil 1,15 t/h.The capacity of the boiler was

≈55%. GVE 1 – limit value of the emission for middle plant for combustion GVE 2 – limit value of the emission for existing middle plant for combustion EM – the greatest value of the results of measuring of the polluting substances in the air. µ – absolute value of uncertainty of the measured values of the emission of pollutant substances

94

Table 23. Presentation of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the air of the

existing middle plant for combustion of the emitter of the furnace F-1C

First campaigne of the emitter measurement of the furnace F-1C

Results of the emission measurement

Parameters Measurement

Unit

Results of the measurement EM±µ GVE

1 GVE

2 Evaluation of the

results Sample 1

Sample 2

Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 7,1±0,3 10,3±0,5 5,3±0,2 80 100 Complied with

Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 78,1±5,2 76,8±5,0 78,7±5,2 200 200

Complied with Regulation

SO2 (mg/Nm3) 27,4±1,2 28,6±1,3 30,1±1,4 50 35 Complied with

Regulation

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3) <1,0 <1,0 <1,0 5 5

Complied with Regulation

Results of the balance of the emitter

Parameters Measurement Unit Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,212 0,307 0,158 0,226

NO2 kg/h 2,33 2,29 2,35 2,32

SO2 kg/h 0,817 0,852 0,897 0,855

Dust substances kg/h 0,015 0,015 0,015 0,015

Furnace F-1C has worked continuously in mainly unchanged conditions of work.Consumption of RG-gas(rafinery gas) during the measurement was from 1800 kg/h to 1950 kg/h.

Second campaigne of the measurement of the emitter of furnace F-1C

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Measurement

Unit

Results of the measurement EM±µ GVE 1

GVE 2

Evaluation of the results Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 0,0 0,0 0,0 80 100

Complied with Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 174,4±8,7 190,9±9,5 188,8±9,4 200 200

Complied with Regulation

SO2 (mg/Nm3) 6,5±0,5 11,9±1,0 14,0±1,1 50 35

Complied with Regulation

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3) <1,0 <1,0 <1,0 5 5

Complied with Regulation

The results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

NO2 kg/h 5,57 5,71 5,89 5,72

SO2 kg/h 0,593 0,748 0,575 0,639

Dust substances kg/h 0,015 0,015 0,015 0,015

Furnace F-1C has continuously worked in mainly unchanged conditions of the work. Consumption of RG - gas (rafinery gas) during the measurement were from 1800 kg/h to 1950 kg/h. GVE 1 – limit value of the emission for middle plant for combustion GVE 2 – limit value of the emission for existing middle plant for combustion EM – the greatest value of the results of measuring of the polluting substances in the air. µ – absolute value of uncertainty of the measured values of the emission of pollutant substances

95

Table 24. Presentation of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the air of the

existing middle plant for combustion of the emitter of the furnace F-1C

First campaigne for measurement of the emitter of the furnace F-1F

Result of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Measurement

Unit

Result of the measurement EM±µ GVE 1

GVE 2

Evaluation of the results Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 0,30±0,02 0,20±0,1 0,20±0,1 80 100

Complied with Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 119,2±7,8 109,7±7,2 107,5±7,0 200 200

Complied with Regulation

SO2 (mg/Nm3) 14,7±0,6 15,1±0,8 16,1±0,7 50 35 Complied with

Regulation

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3) <1,0 <1,0 <1,0 5 5

Complied with Regulation

Results of the emission balance

Parameters Measurement

unit

Measurement Mean value

1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,009 0,006 0,006 0,007

NO2 kg/h 3,55 3,27 3,20 3,34

SO2 kg/h 0,438 0,450 0,480 0,456

Praškaste materije kg/h 0,015 0,015 0,015 0,015

Furnace F-1F has continuously worked in mainly unchanged working conditions.Consumtion of RG-gas (rafinery gas) during the measurement from 1800 kg/h to 1950 kg/h.

Second campaigne for measurement of the emitter of the furnace F-1F

Result of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Measurement

Unit

Result of the measurement EM±µ GVE 1

GVE 2

Evaluation of the results Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 0,0 0,0 0,0 80 100 Complied with

Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 174,4±8,7 190,9±9,5 188,8±9,4 200 200 Complied with

Regulation

SO2 (mg/Nm3) 6,5±0,5 11,9±1,0 14,0±1,1 50 35

Complied with Regulation

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3) <1,0 <1,0 <1,0 5 5 Complied with

Regulation

Results of the emission balance

Parameters Measurement Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0

NO2 kg/h 5,20 5,69 5,63 5,51

SO2 kg/h 0,194 0,355 0,417 0,322

Dust substances kg/h 0,015 0,015 0,015 0,015

Furnace F-1F has continuously worked in mainly unchanged conditions of the work. Consumption of RG-gas (rafinery gas) during the measurement were from 1800 kg/h to 1950 kg/h. GVE 1 – limit value of the emission for middle plant for combustion GVE 2 – limit value of the emission for existing middle plant for combustion EM – the greatest value of the results of the measurement of the emission of the polluted substances in the air µ – absolute value of uncertainty of the measured values of the emission of pollutant substances

96

Table 25. Presentation of the results of measurement of the emission of the polluted substances in

the air of the existing small plant for combustion of the emitter of the furnace F-2A- F-2B

First campaigne for measurement of the emitter of the furnace F-2B

Result of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Measurement

Unit

Result of the measurement EM±µ GVE 1

GVE 2

Evaluation of the results Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 0,0 0,30±0,1 0,40±0,2 80 100 Complied with

Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 151,4±10,0 121,5±8,0 123,8±8,2 200 200 Complied with

Regulation

Results of the emission balance

Parameters Measurement Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,0 0,002 0,003 0,002

NO2 kg/h 1,14 0,914 0,931 0,995

Furnace F-2B has continuously worked in mainly unchanged working conditions.As the energy source is used RG-gas (rafinery gas).

Second campaigne for measurement of the emitter of the furnace F-2A

Result of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Measurement

Unit

Result of the measurement EM±µ GVE 1

GVE 2

Evaluation of the results Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO (mg/Nm3) 33,6±0,5 27,7±0,4 9,7±0,1 80 100 Complied with

Regulation

NO2 (mg/Nm3) 126,3±6,3 135,0±6,7 124,3±6,2 200 200 Complied with

Regulation

Results of the emission balance

Parameters Measurement Measurement Mean value

1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,253 0,208 0,073 0,178

NO2 kg/h 0,950 1,015 0,935 0,967

Furnace F-2A has continuously worked in unchanged working conditions. As an energy source is used RG-gas (rafinery gas). GVE – limit value of the emission GVE 1 – limit value of the emission for small plant for combustion GVE 2 – limit value of the emission for existing small plant for combustion EM – the greatest value of the results of the measurement of the emission of the polluted substances in the air µ – absolute value of uncertainty of the measured values of the emission of pollutant substances

Measured concentration of carbon monoxide (CO), of the toal oxides of nitrogen expressed

as NO2, sulfur dioxide (SO2) and particular matters on all mentioned emitters do not exceed

the limit value of the emissio (GVE) and they are in accordance with the Regulation on limit

values of the emission of polluted substances in air ( “Official gazette RS“, No. 71/10, 6/11).

97

Table 26. Presentation of the results of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in

the air of the reservoir Tk-1103A

Technical information

Description Reservoir for pyrolytic gasoline

Species Reservoir for fixed and internal floating roof

Year of production Year of 1979

Producer Foster Wheeler

Diameter 12,19 m

Reservoir height 12,80 m

Maximum height of liquid in reservoir 11 m

Maximum capcity 1490 m3

Useful capacity 13400 m3

Heating of reservoir No

Colour of the side of reservoir White, good condition

Colour of the roof of reservoir White, good condition

Kind of roof Conic, 1030 mm

Information on valve No valve, just spiracle, atm. pressure

Coordinate S 44.83735° I 20.65937°

Information on liquids

General characteristics Measurement Unit Value

Vapour pressure liquids kPa 30

Molecular weight of liquid g/mol 88,73

Density of liquid g/cm3 840

The quantity of the stored liquid

Period Measurement Unit Quantity

January-June 2011. godine ton 9204

July-Decembar 2011. godine ton 18330

Resultats of the first campaigne of measurement January-June in 2011

Parameters Measurement Unit Result of the emission

Total hydrocarbons from the oil kg 263,66

Benzene kg 39,77

Toluene kg 5,09

Ethylbenzene kg 0,86

Xylene kg 0,41

Results of the second measurement campaigne July-December in 2011

Parameters Measurement Unit Result of the emission

Total hydrocarbons from the oil kg 296,41

Benzene kg 46,41

Toluene kg 6,14

Ethylbenzene kg 1,11

Xylene kg 0,53

98

Table 27. Presentation of the result of the measurement of the emission of the polluted substances in

the air of reservoir Tk-1103B

Technical information

Description Reservoir for pyrolytic gasoline

Species Reservoir for fixed and internal foating roof

Year of production 1979. godina

Producer Foster Wheeler

Diameter 12,19 m

Height of reservoir 12,80 m

Maximum height of liquid in reservoir 11 m

Maximum capacity 1490 m3

Useful capacity 13400 m3

Heating of reservoir No

The colour of the side of reservoir White, good condition

The colour of the roof of reservoir White, good condition

Kind of roof Conic, 1030 mm

Information on vent No valve, just spiracle, atm. pressure

Coordinate S 44.83735° I 20.65937°

Information on liquids

General characteristics Measurement Unit Value

Vapour liquid pressure kPa 30

Molecular weight of liquid g/mol 88,73

Density of liquid g/cm3 840

Quantity of stored liquid

Period Measurement Unit Quantity

January-June 2011. godine ton 9264

July-Decembar 2011. godine ton 13175

Results of the first campaigne of the measurement January-June in 2011

Parameters Measurement Unit Result of the emission

Total hydrocarbons from oil kg 263,7

Benzene kg 40,23

Toluene kg 5,2

Ethylbenzene kg 0,9

Xylene kg 0,4

Results of the second campaigne of the measurement from July-Decembar 2011

Parameter Measurement Unit Result of the emission

Total hydrocarbons from oil kg 295,79

Benzene kg 47,89

Toluene kg 6,71

Ethylbenzene kg 1,32

Xylene kg 1,64

99

Table 28. Presentation of the result of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in air

of reservoir Tk-1105A

Technical information

Description Reservoir for pyrolytic oil

Kind Reservoir with fixed roof

Year of production In the year of 1979

Producer Foster Wheeler

Diameter 7,31 m

Height of reservoir 10,36 m

Maximum height of liquid in reservoir 8,5 m

Average height of liquid 7 m

Useful capacity 384 m3

Heating of the reservoir Yes, during the winter (30 °C)

The colour of the side of reservoir White, good condition

Boja krova rezervoara White, good condition

Kind of roof Conic, 545 mm

Information on vent No valve, just spiracle, atm. pressure

Coordinate S 44.83788° I 20.65999°

Information on liquid

General characteristics Measurement Unit Value

Vapour liquid pressure kPa 0,3

Molecul weight liquid g/mol 180-200

Density of liquid g/cm3 1050

Quantity of stored liquid

Period Measurement Unit Quantity

January-June 2011 ton 203

July-Decembar 2011 ton 1221

Results of the first campaigne of the measurement from January-June 2011

Parameters Measurement Unit Result of the emission

Total hydrocarbons from oil kg 1,02

Benzene kg 0,01

Toluene kg 0,02

Ethylbenzene kg 0,01

Xylene kg 0,02

Results of the second campaigne of the measurement July-December 2011

Parameters Unit measurement Result of emission

Total hydrocarbons from oil kg 6,22

Benzene kg 0,1

Toluene kg 0,11

Ethylbenzene kg 0,07

Xylene kg 0,11

100

Table 29. Presentation of the result of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in air

reservoir Tk-1105B

Technical information

Description Reservoir for pyroytic gasoline

Species Reservoir for fixed roof

Year of production Year of 1979

Producer Foster Wheeler

Diameter 7,31 m

Height of reservoir 10,36 m

Maximum height of liquid in reservoir 8,5 m

Average height of liquid 7 m

Useful capacity 384 m3

Heating of reservoir Yes, during the winter (30 °C)

Colour the side reservoir White, in good condition

Colour of the roof of reservoir White, in good condition

Kind of roof Conic, 545 mm

Information on vent No valve, just spiracle, atm. pressure

Coordinate S 44.83788° I 20.65999°

Information on liquid

General characteristics Measurement Unit Value

Vaour liquid pressure kPa 0,3

Molecul weight liquid g/mol 180-200

Density of liquid g/cm3 1050

Quantity of stored liquids

Period Measurement Unit Quantity

January-June 2011 ton 724

July-Decembar 2011 ton 473

Results of the first campaigne of measurement January-June 2011

Parameters Measurement Unit Result of the emission

Total hydrocarbons from oil kg 3,65

Benzene kg 0,05

Toluene kg 0,07

Ethylbenzene kg 0,04

Xylene kg 0,07

Results of the second campaigne of measurement January-June 2011

Parameters Measurement Unit Result of the emission

Total hydrocarbons from oil kg 2,41

Benzene kg 0,04

Toluene kg 0,05

Ethylbenzene kg 0,03

Xylene kg 0,05

101

Table 30. Presentation of the results of the measurement of the emission of the polluted substances

in the air of reservoir Tk-1101B

Technical information

Description Reservoir for pyrolytic gasoline

Species Reservoir with the inner floating roof

Year of production In the year of 1979

Producer Foster Wheeler

Diameter 36,23 m

The height of reservoir 14,82 m

Maximum height of liquid in reservoir 13,82 m

Maximum capacity 15000 m3

Useful capacity 13400 m3

Heating of reservoir No

The colour of the side of reservoir White, good condition

The colour of the roof of reservoir White, good condition

Information on vent No valve, just spiracle, atm. pressure

Coordinate S 44.83678° I 20.65803°

Information on liquid

General characteristics Measurement Unit Value

Vapour liquid pressure kPa 30

Molecul weight liquid g/mol 88,73

Density of liquid g/cm3 840

Quantity of stored liquid

Period Measurement Unit Quantity

January-June 2011 ton 48335

July-Decembar 2011 ton 41548

Results of the first campaigne of measurement January-June 2011

Parameters Measurement Unit Results of the emission

Total hydrocarbons from oil kg 413,7

Benzene kg 63,45

Toluene kg 8,2

Ethylbenzene kg 1,4

Xylene kg 0,7

Results of the second campaigne of measurement January-June 2011

Parameters Measurement Unit Result of the emission

Total hydrocarbons from oil kg 452,95

Benzene kg 70,70

Toluene kg 8,87

Ethylbenzene kg 1,46

Xylene kg 0,69

102

Table 31.Presentation of the result of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the

air of reservoir Tk-1101A

Technical information

Description Reservoir for the primary gasoline

Species Reservoir for external floating roof

Year of production Year of 1979

Producer Foster Wheeler

Diameter 36,58 m

Height of reservoir 14,82 m

Maximum height of liquid in reservoir 13,82 m

Maximum capacity 15680 m3

Useful capacity 13540 m3

Heating of reservoir No

Type of membrane Pontoon single

The colour of the side of reservoir White, good condition

The colour of the roof of reservoir White, good condition

Coordinate S 44.83741° I 20.65251°

Information on liquid

General chaacteristics Measurement Unit Value

Vapour liquid pressure kPa 69,28

Molecul weight liquid g/mol 88,8

Density of liquid g/cm3 700

Quantity of stored liquid

Period Measurement Unit Quantity

January-June 2011 ton 104147

July-Decembar 2011 ton 91822

Results of the first campaigne of measurement January-June 2011

Parameters Measurement Unit Result of the emission

Total hydrocarbons from oil kg 1832,2

Benzene kg 4,3

Toluene kg 2,4

Ethylbenzene kg 0,4

Xylene kg 0,4

Results of the second campaigne of measurement January-June 2011

Parameters Measurement Unit Result of the emission

Total hydrocarbons from oil kg 581,04

Benzene kg 39,33

Toluene kg 3,64

Ethylbenzene kg 1,45

Xylene kg 0,72

103

Table 32. Representation of the results of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in

the air of reservoir Tk-1101C

Technical information

Description Reservoir for primary gasoline

Species Reservoir for external floating roof

Production year Year of 1979

Producer Foster Wheeler

Diameter 36,58 m

The height of reservoir 14,82 m

Maximum height of the liquid in reservoir 13,82 m

Maximum capacity 15680 m3

Useful capacity 13540 m3

Heating of reservoir No

Type of membrane Pontoon single

The colour of the side of reservoir White, in good condition

The colour of the roof of reservoir White, in good condition

Coordinate S 44.83741° I 20.65251°

Information on liquid

General characteristics Measurement Unit Value

Vapour liquid pressure kPa 69,28

Molecul weight liquid g/mol 88,8

Density of liquid g/cm3 700

Quantity of stored liquid

Period Measurement Unit Quantity

January-June 2011 ton 104147

July-Decembar 2011 ton 91822

Results of the first campaigne of measurement January-June 2011

Parameters Measurement Unit Result of the emission

Total hydrocarbons from oil kg 1832,2

Benzene kg 4,3

Toluene kg 2,4

Ethylbenzene kg 0,4

Xylene kg 0,4

Results of the second campaigne of measurement January-June 2011

Parameters Measurement Unit Result of the emission

Total hydrocarbons from oil kg 857,99

Benzene kg 131,59

Toluene kg 14,7

Ethylbenzene kg 1,89

Xylene kg 0,84

104

Tabela 33. Prikaz rezultata merenje emisije zagađujućih materija u vazduh sa postrojenja za utakanje

i istakanje 1101A-K

Technical information for wagon tanks

Capacity 77 m3

Test pressure 4 bara

Label and material thickness 0 0564 7/8

Diameter tank lid 51 cm

Information on liquid

General characteristics and content Measurement unit Value

Vapour liquid pressure RVP kPa 69.28

Molecule liquid weight g/mol 88.8

Liquid density g/cm3 700

Benzene mas % 1.05%

Toluene mas % 1.75%

Ethylbenzene mas % 0.68%

Xylene mas % 0.68%

Manipulative information

Unloaded quantity

Quantity 31363 tona

Number of tanks

653

The first campaigne for measurement

Count parameters

Unit Calculated results of the emission

Benzene Toluene Ethylbenzene Xylene

The concentration of components in the vapour phase in balancing phases of

liquid-gas for 06.01.2011..* ppm 2945 1192 128 207

The concentration of components in the vapour phase in balancing phases of

liquid-gas for 22.2.2011.* ppm 3050 1252 137 221

The concentration of components in the vapour phase in balancing phases of

liquid-gas for 21.3.2011.* ppm 3416 1473 170 277

The concentration of components in the vapour phase in balancing phases of

liquid-gas for 21.4.2011.* ppm 4010 1856 232 381

The concentration of components in the vapour phase in balancing phases of

liquid-gas for 13.5.2011.* ppm 4069 1894 238 392

The concentration of components in the vapour phase in balancing phases of

liquid-gas for 30.6.2011.* ppm 4284 2043 263 434

Allowed losses occur during storage and transport of oil products for unloading the tanks- Motor, aviation and other spirits for

the period from January- June 2011 (0.15%)

ton 47.04

105

The second campaigne of measurement

Calculated parameters Unit

Proračunati rezultati emisije

Benzene Toluene Ethylbenzene Xylene

The concentration of components in the vapour phase in balancing phases of

liquid-gas for 15.07.2011.* ppm 4680 2347 319 510

The concentration of components in the vapour phase in balancing phases of

liquid-gas for 16.08.2011.* ppm 4270 2060 269 444

The concentration of components in the vapour phase in balancing phases of

liquid-gas for 17.09.2011.* ppm 4341 2082 270 445

The concentration of components in the vapour phase in balancing phases of

liquid-gas for 19.09.2011.* ppm 3691 1645 197 322

The concentration of components in the vapour phase in balancing phases of

liquid-gas for 20.10.2011.* ppm 3204 1344 151 244

The concentration of components in the vapour phase in balancing phases of

liquid-gas for 21.12.2011.* ppm 3148 1311 146 236

D Allowed losses occur during storage and transport of oil products for

unloading the tanks- Motor, aviation and other spirits for the period from January-

June 2011 (0.15%)

ton 31.98

*Concentration of polluted substances which are released into the atmoshere during the opening of the cover of wagon tanks until the moment of including the pump for fuel dispenser at mean daily

temperature and atmospheric pressure of 101325 Pa.

Analysis of the results with the mark related to the limit values in accordance with

Regulation on limit values of the emission of the polluted substances in air (“Official

gazette RS“ No. 30/97 and 35/97- correction) for emission places (Reservoirs Tk-

1103A and B, Tk-1105A and B, Tk-1101B and Tk-1101A and C) is not possible to

perform due to the fact that there are no technical conditions in order to perform the

measuring of the emission of the polluted substances, i.e. sampling of the same.

Technical conditions at the measuring of the emission presents the adequate

preparation of the measuring places in accordance with the certain validated

methods. In the world, and also here for a long time the solution of this problem is in

the usage of the method EPA AP-42 7.1. The method is grounded on the

mathematical modelling of the certain parameters which by the program packet

"TANKS 4.0" gives the very precise image on losses of the oil products from the

reservoir of the gas station. As the result kilograms of the lost fuel and individual

components of the oil derivatives on the annual level are gained, which cannot still

be compared to the limit values of the emission prescribed by Regulations on limit

values of the emission of the polluted substances in the air ( “Official gazette RS“

No.30/97 i 35/97- correction)

106

Calculation of the emission during the unloading of virgin naphta from railroad tank is

performed by the method Api, Manual of Petroleum Measurements Standards,

Chapter 19.4// Recommended Practice for Speciation of Evaporative Losses. By this

method it is possible to count the concentration of the individual components of the

naphta in vapour phase on the given temperature at the balance phase of liquid-gas

so on that way gets the concentration of polluted substances emitted into the

atmoshere during the opening of the cover tanks. By this way it is not possible to

calculate the mass flow of the individual components and therefore no comparable to

the gained values of the concentration with the limit values of the emission

prescribed by the CONTRIBUTION of the IV Regulation on the limit values of the

polluted substances in the air.

WWP PLANT

Table presentation of the results of the measurement of the emission of the polluted

substances in the air with the present plants for the waste water treatment.

Table 34. Resentation of the results of the measurement of the emission of the polluted substances in

the air from Egalization pool

Information on waste water Unit Values

First campaigne Second campaigne

Amount of incoming waste water m3/h 495 477

Temperature of waste water °C 34.0 29.6

Concentration of benzene in waste water mg/l 9.07 5.3

Concentration of toluene in waste water mg/l 2.83 1.95

Concentration of ethylbenzene in waste water

mg/l 1.85 0.3

Concentration of xylene in waste water mg/l 1.02 0.98

Concentration of 1.2 dihloretena mg/l 14.85 /

Concentration of 1.2 dihloretana (EDC) mg/l 0.78 1.12

Concentration of trichlorethylene mg/l 0.22 /

Concentration of tetrachlorehylene mg/l 0.18 /

Concentration of cadmium mg/l 0.005 0.036

Concentration of chromium (total) mg/l 0.1 /

Concentration of nickel mg/l 0.04 /

Concentration of suspended solids mg/l 72.83 275.67

Quantity of soluble substances mg/l 1102.67 1055.67

Amount of oil in waste water mg/l 119.1 11.48

pH waste water / 11.37 10.6

Calculate parameters Unit Result of the

emission Result of the

emission

Benzene emission kg/h 1.370 0.288

Toluene emission kg/h 0.457 0.090

Ethylbenzene emission kg/h 0.288 0.011

Xylene emission kg/h 0.097 0.043

Emission trans 1.2 dihloreten kg/h 2.880 /

Emission 1.2 dihloretana (EDC) kg/h 0.040 0.072

Emission of trichlorethylene kg/h 0.043 /

107

Emission of tetrachlorehylene kg/h 0.038 /

Emission cadmium kg/h 0.000 <0.001

Emission of nickel kg/h 0.000 /

Emission of chromium (total) kg/h 0.001 /

Table 35. Presentation of the result of the emission measurement of polluted substances in the air

from Biofilter

Information on waste water Unit Values

First campaigne Second campaigne

Amount of incoming waste water m3/h 452 455

Temperature of waste water °C 29 25.7

Concentration of benzene in waste water mg/l 8.17 8.58

Concentration of toluene in waste water mg/l 2.55 1.67

Concentration of ethylebenzene in waste water

mg/l 0.40 0.25

Concentration of xylene in waste water mg/l 0.97 0.86

Concentration of 1.2 dihloreten mg/l 13.94 /

Concentration od 1.2 dihloretan (EDC) mg/l 0.60 1.0

Concentration trichlorethylene mg/l 0.18 /

Concentration tetrachlorehylene mg/l 0.17 /

Concentration cadmium mg/l 0.005 0.001

Concentration chromium (total) mg/l 0.10 /

Concentration nickel mg/l 0.03 /

Concentration of suspended substances mg/l 66.67 39.0

Amount of soluble substances mg/l 1334.33 1067.66

Amount of oil in waste water mg/l 17.67 2.88

pH waste water / 8.25 8.58

Calculate parameters Unit Result of the

emission Result of the

emission

Emission of benzene kg/h 0.548 0.554

Emission of toluene kg/h 0.158 0.097

Emission of ethylebenzene kg/h 0.031 0.018

Emission of xylene kg/h 0.075 0.061

Emission trans 1.2 dihloreten kg/h 0.104 /

Emission 1.2 dihloretana (EDC) kg/h 0.013 0.013

Emission of trichlorethylene kg/h 0.020 /

Emission of tetrachlorehylene kg/h 0.023 /

Emission of cadmium kg/h 0.000 <0.001

Emission of nickel kg/h 0.000 /

Emission of chromium (total) kg/h 0.022 /

Calculation of the emission of polluted substances from egalation pool and biofilters

is performed by the usage of method SPA-453 (Air emissions models for waste and

wastewater) in accordance with the Contribution V, Part X, of Regulation on limit

values of the emission of the polluted substances in the air ( “Official gazette RS,

No.71/2010, 6/11- correction). Thre method is ground on mathematical modeling of

the certian parameters which by the program packet “WATER9 v2.0" gives very

precise image of the emission of the harmful substances from individual units in the

108

area of plants for producing the waste water. As the result are gained emitted

polluted substances in the time unit, which is not possible to compare with limit

values because they are not prescribed by the regulation.

HDPE PLANT

Table 36. Presentation of the results of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in

the air from the emitter on vent canal of the cyclone S-205 A

The first campaigne of the measurement of the emitters of cyclone S-205 A

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Unit

Result of the measurement EM±µ

GVE Evaluation of the results Sample 1

Sample 2

Sample 3

Isobutane (mg/Nm3) >1300 >1300 >1300 150 It is not in accordance

with the legal regulations

TOC (mg/Nm3) >1000 >1000 >1000 50

It is not in accordance with the legal regulations

Result of the balance of the emission

Parameters Units Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

Isobutane kg/h 32,6 31,7 31,3 31,9

TOC kg/h 5,7 5,8 5,9 5,8

Calculated at projected protocol from 50,0 Nm3/h

Second campaigne of the measurement of the cyclone S-205 A

Result of the balance of the emission

Parameters Unit

Rezultati merenja EM±µ

GVE Evaluation of the results Sample 1

Sample 2

Sample 3

Isobutane (mg/Nm3) >1300 >1300 >1300 150 It is not in accordance

with the legal regulations

TOC (mg/Nm3) >1000 >1000 >1000 50 It is not in accordance

with the legal regulations

Rezultati bilansa emisije

Parameters Units Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

Isobutane kg/h 33,3 33,4 33,4 33,4

TOC kg/h 5,9 5,9 5,9 5,9

Calculate on project flow of 55,4 Nm3/h

GVE - emission limit value, EM – the greatest value of the results of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the air. µ – absolute value of the measurement uncertainty of the measured values of the emission of the polluted substances

109

Table 37. Presentation of the result of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the

air from the emitter on the vent canal of the cyclone S-205B

First campaigne of the measurement of the emitter of the cyclone S-205 B

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Unit Results of the measurement EM±µ

GVE Evaluation of the results Sample1 Sample2 Sample3

Isobutane (mg/Nm3) >1300 >1300 >1300 150

It is not in accordance with the legal regulations

TOC (mg/Nm3) >1000 >1000 >1000 50

It is not in accordance with the legal regulations

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Unit Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

Isobutane kg/h 21,3 21,4 21,6 21,4

TOC kg/h 5,2 5,3 5,4 5,3

Calculated at projected flow of 52,1 Nm3/h

Second campaigne of the measurement of the emitters of the cyclone S-205 B

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Unit Results of the measurement EM±µ

GVE Evaluation of the results Sample1 Sample2 Sample3

Isobutane (mg/Nm3) >1300 >1300 >1300 150 It is not in accordance

with the legal regulations

TOC (mg/Nm3) >1000 >1000 >1000 50 It is not in accordance

with the legal regulations

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Unit Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

Isobutane kg/h 21,3 21,2 21,2 21,2

TOC kg/h 4,8 4,8 4,8 4,8

Calculate on project flow of 47,7 Nm3/h GVE - emission limit value, EM – the greatest value of the results of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the air µ – absolute value of the measurement uncertainty of the measured values of the emission of the polluted substances

Calculate the concentration of isobutane on emitters of cyclone S-205 A/B exceeds

the limit value of the emission (LVE) and are not in accordance withthe Regulation of

limit values of the emission, way and limits of measurement and recording of data

(“Official gazette RS“, No. 30/97, 35/97).

Calculated concentration of the organic substances expressed as total carbon (TOC)

on the emitters of the cyclone S-205 A/B exceeds the limit value of emission (LVE) in

accordance with the Regulation on limit values of the emission of polluted

substances in the air ( “Official gazette RS“, No. 71/10, 6/11).

110

LDPE Plant

Table 38. Presentation of the results of the emission of the measurement of the emission of the

polluted substances in the air from the emitter of the cyclone V-286-1/4

First campaigne of the measurement of the emitter of the cyclone V-286-1/4

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Unit Result EM GVE Evaluation of the results

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3) min 6,9

27,8 150 In accordance with the legal regulations max 27,8

TOC (mg/Nm3) 30,0 30,0 80 In accordance with the legal regulations

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Result

Dust substances kg/h min 0,05

max 0,20

TOC kg/h 0,68

Second campaigne of the measurement of the emitter of the cyclone V-286-1/4

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Unit Result EM GVE Evaluation of the results

Dust substances

(mg/Nm3)

min 6,9 27,8 150 In accordance with the legal regulations

max 27,8

TOC (mg/Nm3) 28,2 28,2 80 In accordance with the legal regulations

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Result

Dust substances kg/h min 0,05

max 0,20

TOC kg/h 0,64

GVE – limit value of the emission EM – the greatest value of the results of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances

Table 39. Presentation of the emission of the polluted measurement of the emission of the polluted

substances in the air from the emitter vent on the scales F-201V-1/2

First campaigne of the measurement of the emitter vent on the scales F-201V-1/2

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Result EM GVE

TOC (mg/Nm3) 70,9 70,9 80

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Unit Result

TOC kg/h 0,085

Second campaigne of the measurement of the emitter vent on the scales F-201V-1/2

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Result EM GVE

TOC (mg/Nm3) 66,8 66,8 80

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Unit Result

TOC kg/h 0,08

GVE – limit value of the emission EM – the greatest value of the results of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances

111

Table 40. Presentation of the result of the measurement of the emission of the polluted substances in

the air from the emitter of centrifugal dryer L-238

First campaigne of the measurement of the emitter centrifugal dryer L-238

Results of the measurement emisson

Parameters Measurement Unit Result EM GVE

TOC (mg/Nm3) 54,0 54,0 80

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Result

TOC kg/h 0,51

Second campaigne of the measurement of the emitter centrifugal dryer L-238

Results of the measurement emisson

Parameters Measurement Unit Result EM GVE

TOC (mg/Nm3) 50,9 50,9 80

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Result

TOC kg/h 0,48

GVE – limit value of the emission EM – the greatest value of the results of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the air

Calculated values of the emission of the total dust substances on the emitters of the

cyclone V-286-1/4 do not exceed the limit values of the emission of the cyclone V-

286-1/4 do not exceed the limit value of the emission (LVE) and they are in

accordance with the Regulation on limited values of the emission, ways and

deadlines of the measuring and recording of the data (“Official gazette RS“ No.

30/97,35/97).

Calculated values of the emission of organic substances presented as the total

carbon (TOC) on all named emitters do not exceed the limit value of the emission

(LVE) and are in accordance with the Regulation on limit values of the emission of

the polluted substances in the air ( “Official gazette RS“, No. 71/10, 6/11).

112

Utilities Plant

Table 41. Presentation of the results of the emission measuring of polluted substances in the air of

the existing big plant for combustion of the emitters of the boiler 60-D-201-A

First campaigne of the measurement of the emitter of the boiler 60-D-201-A

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Unit Results of the measurement EM±µ

GVE Evaluation of the

results Uzorak 1 Uzorak 2 Uzorak 3

CO mg/Nm3 0,00 0,8±0,04 0,1±0,01 100

In accordance with Regulation

NO2 mg/Nm3 148,5±9,8 167,7±11,1 181,2±11,9 300

In accordance with Regulation

SO2 mg/Nm3 0,6±0,03 2,3±0,11 2,8±0,13 50

In accordance with Regulation

Dust substances

mg/Nm3 <1,0 <1,0 <1,0 5 In accordance

with Regulation

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters

Measurement Unit

Measurement Mean value 1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,0 0,024 0,003 0,009

NO2 kg/h 4,53 5,11 5,53 5,06

SO2 kg/h 0,018 0,07 0,085 0,058

Dust substances kg/h 0,015 0,015 0,015 0,015

Boiler 60-D-201-A has worked continually in mainly unchangable conditions of work as a plant which simultanously or alternately uses two or more kinds of fuel. The boiler has worked during the measurement on natural gas. The capacity was 33 t/h.

Second campaigne of emitter measurement of boiler 60-D-201-A

The results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Measure

ment Unit

Results of the measurement EM±µ GVE

Evaluation of the results Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO mg/Nm3 0,07±0,02 0,3±0,01 0,7±0,02 100 In accordance

with Regulation

NO2 mg/Nm3 183,8±12,6 170,2±11,7 155,4±10,7 300

In accordance with Regulation

SO2 mg/Nm3 20,6±1,2 29,7±1,7 30,5±1,7 35

In accordance with Regulation

Dust substances

mg/Nm3 <1,0 <1,0 <1,0 5 In accordance

with Regulation

The results of the balance of the emission

Parameters

Measurement Unit

Measurement Mean value 1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,023 0,009 0,023 0,018

NO2 kg/h 6,12 5,66 5,17 5,65

SO2 kg/h 0,69 0,99 1,01 0,9

Dust substances kg/h 0,017 0,017 0,017 0,017

Boiler 60-D-201-A has worked continually in mainly unchangable conditions of work as a plant which simultanously or alternately uses two or more kinds of fuel. The boiler has worked during the measurement on natural gas. The capacity was 45%. GVE – limit value of the emission EM – the biggest value of the result of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances µ – absolute value of the measurinh uncertainty of the measured value of the emission of the polluted substances

113

Table 42. Presentation of the results of the emission measurement of polluted substances in the air of

the existing big plant for combustion of the emitter of the boiler 60-D-201-C

First campaigne of the measurement of the emitter of boiler60-D-201-C

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit

Results of measurement EM±µ GVE

Evaluation results Uzorak 1 Uzorak 2 Uzorak 3

CO mg/Nm3 3,7±0,17 2,5±0,12 2,5±0,12 100

In accordance with Regulation

NO2 mg/Nm3 121, ±18,0 99,3±6,6 95,9±6,3 300

In accordance with Regulation

SO2 mg/Nm3 22,5±1,0 18,1±0,8 22,5±1,0 50 In accordance

with Regulation

Dust substances

mg/Nm3 <1 <1 <1 5

In accordance with Regulation

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters

Measurement Unit

Measurement Mean value

1 2 3

CO kg/h 0,138 0,093 0,093 0,108

NO2 kg/h 4,52 3,7 3,58 3,93

SO2 kg/h 0,84 0,67 0,84 0,78

Dust substances kg/h 0,019 0,019 0,019 0,019

Boiler 60-D-201-A has worked continually in mainly unchangable conditions of work as a plant which simultanously or alternately uses two or more kinds of fuel. The boiler has worked during the measurement on natural gas. The capacity was 32 t/h.

Second campaigne of the measurement of the emitter of the boiler 60-D-201-C

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit

Rezultati merenja EM±µ GVE

Evaluation results Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

CO mg/Nm3 83,7±2,5 0,8±0,02 0,9±0,03 100 In accordance

with Regulation

NO2 mg/Nm3 235,1±16,2 252,7±17,4 244,7±16,8 300 In accordance

with Regulation

SO2 mg/Nm3 3,9±0,2 15,0±0,8 18,9±1,1 35

In accordance with Regulation

Dust substances

mg/Nm3 <1 <1 <1 5 In accordance

with Regulation

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement

Unit

Measurement Mean value

1 2 3

CO kg/h 3,49 0,33 0,37 1,19

NO2 kg/h 9,79 10,52 10,19 10,17

SO2 kg/h 0,16 0,62 0,79 0,52

Dust substances kg/h 0,021 0,021 0,021 0,021

Boiler 60-D-201-A has worked continually in mainly unchangable conditions of work as a plant which simultanously or alternately uses two or more kinds of fuel. The boiler has worked during the measurement on natural gas. The capacity was 50%. GVE – limit value of the emission EM – the biggest value of the result of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the air µ – absolute value of the measurinh uncertainty of the measured value of the emission of the polluted substances

114

Measured concentration of carbon monoxide (CO), of total oxides of nitrogen

presented as NO2, sulfur dioxide (SO2) and dust substances on all named emitters

do not exceed the limit values of the emission (GVE) and are in accordance with the

Regulation on limit values of emission of polluted substances in the air (“Official

gazette RS“, No. 71/10, 6/11)

Table 43.Presentation of the results of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the

air of reservoir Tk-1201

Technical information

Description Rezervoar za tečno kotlovsko gorivo

Species Vertical reservoir with fixed roof

Year of production Year of 1979

Producer Foster Wheeler

Diameter 10.74 m

Height of reservoir 12.19 m

Maximum height of the liquid in reservoir

11 m

Maximum capacity 1490 m3

Useful capacity 13400 m3

Reservoir heating Da 85 °C

The colour of the side of reservoir White, in good condition

The colour of the roof of reservoir White, in good condition

Kind of roof Conic, 0.35 m (nagib 1:16)

Coordinate S 44.83154° I 20.66832°

Information on liquid

General characteristics Unit Value

Vapour of liquid pressure kPa 30

Molecular weight of liquid g/mol 88,73

Density of liquid g/cm3 840

Quantity of the stored liquid

Period Unit Quantity

January-June 2011 ton 10887

July-December 2011 ton 17798

Results of the first campaigne of measurement from January-June 2011

Parameters Unit Result

Total hydrocarbons from the oil iz nafte kg 98,6

Benzene kg 6,59

Toluene kg 10,14

Ethylbenzene kg 8,15

Xylene kg 12,5

Results of the second campaigne of the measurement from July-December 2011

Parametri Unit Result

Total hydrocarbons from the oil iz nafte kg 147,2

Benzene kg 10,65

Toluene kg 16,39

Ethylbenzene kg 13,17

Xylene kg 20,23

115

Electrolysis Plant

Table 44.Presentation of the results of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the

air from the emitter of vent section for synthesis of hypochlorite K-50-6

First campaigne of the measurement of the emitter vent section for synthesis of hypochlorite K-50-6

Results of the emission measurement

Parameters Measurement

Unit

Result EM±µ GVE

Evaluation of the result Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3

Cl2 mg/Nm3 4,2±0,24 3,84±0,2

2 4,5±50,2

6 5

In accordance with Regulation

Result of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Measurement Mean

Value 1 2 3

Cl2 kg/h 0,0049 0,0045 0,0053 0,0049

Second campaigne of the measurement of the emitter vent section for synthesis of hypochlorite K-50-6

Result of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement

Unit

Result EM±µ GVE

Evaluation of the result Sample1 Sample 2 Sample 3

Cl2 mg/Nm3 0,1±0,01 0,2±0,01 0,1±0,01 5 In accordance with

Regulation

Result of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Measurement Mean

value 1 2 3

Cl2 g/h 0,14 0,29 0,14 0,19

GVE – limit value of the emission EM – the biggest value of the result of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances µ – absolute value of the measurinh uncertainty of the measured value of the emission

Table 45 Presentation of the results of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the

air from the emitter of vent of the section for synthesis of hydrochloric acid K-80-1

First campaigne of the measurement of the emitter vent of the section for synthesis of

hydrochloric acid K-80-1

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Unit Result EM±µ

GVE Evaluation of results Sample1 Sample 2 Sample 3

HCl mg/Nm3 46,0±2,3 49,4±2,47 48,9±1,44 /

In accordance with

the Regulation

Cl2 mg/Nm3

0,63±0,03

6 0,95±0,055 1,27±0,073 /

In accordance with

the Regulation

Results of the balance emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

HCl g/h 9,5 10,2 10,1 9,9

Cl2 g/h 0,13 0,20 0,25 0,19

116

Second campaigne of the measurement of the emitter vent of the section for synthesis of

hydrochloric acid K-80-1

Result of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Unit Result EM±µ

GVE Evaluation of results Sample1 Sample 2 Sample 3

HCl mg/Nm3 0,0 0,0 0,1±0,01 /

In accordance with

the Regulation

Cl2 mg/Nm3 0,1±0,006 0,3±0,017 0,1±0,006 / In accordance with

the Regulation

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

HCl g/h 0,0 0,0 0,019 0,006

Cl2 g/h 0,019 0,056 0,019 0,031

Remark:

Limit value of the emission for compound of chlorine presented as HCl from 30 mg/Nm3 is defined for

the mass flow above 0,3 kg/h. For the value of mass flow from 0,3 kg/h and less, limit value is not

defined. Limit value of the emission for chlorine from 5 mg/Nm3 is defined for the mass flow above 50

g/h. For the value of the mass flow from 50 g/h and less, limit value of the emission is not defined.

GVE – limit value of the emission

EM – the biggest value of the result of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances

µ – absolute value of the measurinh uncertainty of the measured value of the emission

Table 46.Presentation of the results of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the

air from the emmiter of the vent of the section of bases system K-40-3

First campaigne of the measurement of the emitter of the vent of the section of bases system K-40-3

Results of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Unit

Result EM±µ

GVE Evaluation of

the results Sample1 Sample 2 Sample

3

Hg mg/Nm3 0,0012±0,0001 0,0006±0,00004 <0,00005 0,2 In accordance with Regulation

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

Hg mg/h 0,139 0,007 0,0029 0,05

Second campaigne of the measurement of the emitter of the vent of the section of bases system K-40-3

Result of the measurement of the emission

Parameters Unit

Result EM±µ GVE

Evaluation of the results Sample1 Sample 2 Sample 3

Hg mg/Nm

3

0,0215±0,0011 0,0104±0,0005 0,0034 ±0,0002

/ In accordance with Regulation

Results of the balance of the emission

Parameters Measurement Unit Measurement

Mean value 1 2 3

Hg mg/h 3,78 1,83 0,6 2,07

117

Remark: Limit value of the emission for mercury and its compound is presented as Hg from 0,2 mg/Nm3 defined for the mass flow above 1 g/h. For the value of the mass flow from 1 g/h and less, limit value of the emission is not defined. LVE – limit value of the emission EM – the biggest value of the result of the measurement of the emission of polluted substances µ – absolute value of the measurinh uncertainty of the measured value of the emission f the polluted substances

Measured concentration of the chlorine (Cl2), compound of chlorine presented as hydrogen

chlorine (HCl) and mercury (Hg) on all mentioned emitters do not exceed the limit value of

the emission (LVE) and are in accordance with the Regulation on the limit values of the

emission, ways and deadlines of the measuring and recording the information („Official

gazette RS“, No. 30/97, 35/97).

Table presentation of the intensive monitoring of the emission and level of polluted

substances in the air

Table 47.Presentation of the results of measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the air

from the emitter of vent section for the synthesis of hydrochloric acid K-80-1

Measurement of the concentration of CL2 and HCl at K-80-1- emitter factory Electrolysis

Month

Number of analysis

Number of measuring of the concentration more

than LVE

Maximum measured concentration

mg/m3

Average value of the measured concentration

mg/m3

Cl2 HCl Cl2 HCl Cl2 HCl Cl2 HCl

I 2 2 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

II 2 2 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

III 4 4 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

IV 2 2 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

V 1 1 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

VI / / / / 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

VII / / / / 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

VIII / / / / 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

IX / / / / 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

X 1 1 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XI 4 4 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XII 1 1 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

COMMENT: Concentration of chlorine and hydrogen chloride cannot be compared to the Limit value of the emission

118

Table 48. Presentation of the results of measurement of the emission of polluted substances in the air

from emitter of vent of the section for synthesis of hydrochloric acid K-80-2

Measurement of the concentration of CL2 and HCl at K 80-2- emitter factory Electrolysis

Month

Number of analyses

Number of measurement of concentration more

than LVE

Maximum measured concentration

mg/m3

Average value of the measured concentrations

mg/m3

Cl2 HCl Cl2 HCl Cl2 HCl Cl2 HCl

I 3 3 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

II 3 3 0 0 / / / /

III / / / / 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00

IV / / / / 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00

V / / / / / / / /

VI 3 3 0 0 0,00 0,00 0,00 0,00

VII 1 1 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

VIII 5 5 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

IX 4 4 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

X 2 2 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XI / / / / 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XII / / / / 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

COMMENT: Concentration of the chlorine and hydrogen chloride cannot be compared to the Limit values of the emission

Table 49. Presentation of the results of the measurement of the concentration of mercury in

Electrolysis plant

Measurements of mercury in electrolysis plant

Month Number of the measurements

Number of the measurements of

concentration, more than MPC

Maximum of measured concentration

mg/m3

Average value of the measured

concentrations mg/m

3

I 540 0 0,036 0,006

II 533 1 0.053 0.005

III 594 2 0.062 0.008

IV 550 2 0,099 0,009

V 555 89 0,214 0,023

VI 562 70 0,250 0,021

VII 529 84 0,248 0,026

VIII 564 23 0,072 0,015

IX 540 33 0,142 0,016

X 546 38 0,111 0,014

XI 542 4 0,098 0,007

XII 562 2 0,115 0,007

COMMENT: Maximum permitted concentration (MPC) for the mercury in the working area is 0,05 mg/m3. Average values of the measured concentrations are under maximum permitted concentration for mercury.

119

Table 50. Presentation of the results of the measurment of the concentration of total hydrocarbons in

WWP plant

Measuring the concentration of THC in the WWP plant

Month Number of

measurements

Number of measurements of the

concentration, more than MPC

Maximum measured

concentration (ppm)

Average value of the measured

concentrations (ppm)

I 92 0 2.654 0.607

II 84 0 5.290 0.654

III 93 0 2.019 0.583

IV 90 0 9,347 0,438

V 93 0 22,892 1,088

VI 90 0 11,000 0,903

VII 93 0 43,700 1,567

VIII 93 0 6,000 0,623

IX 90 0 28,000 0,733

X 93 0 1,300 0,305

XI 90 0 2,900 0,610

XII 93 0 2,500 0,460

COMMENT: Maximum permitted concentration (MPC) for total hydrocarbons in the working area is 500 mg/m

3 . Results of the measurement of the concentration of the total hydrocarbons are presented in ppm

and because of the unknown content of the total hydrocarbons ppm cannot be transformed into mg/m3

therefore cannot be done the comparison to MPC.

Table 51.Presentation of the results of the measurement of the concentration of the total

hydrocarbons in Ethylene plant

Measuring the concentration of THC in the Ethylene plant

Month Number of

measurements

Number of measurements of the concentration, more

than MPC

Maximum measured

concentration (ppm)

Average value of the measured

concentrations (ppm)

I 92 0 0,321 0,029

II 84 0 0.224 0.010

III 93 0 0.326 0.015

IV 90 0 0,208 0,011

V 93 0 3,702 0,134

VI 90 0 6,000 0,230

VII 93 0 18,000 0,263

VIII 93 0 3,000 0,080

IX 90 0 3,000 0,071

X 93 0 0,300 0,029

XI 90 0 1,200 0,102

XII 93 0 0,300 0,034

COMMENT: Maximum permitted concentration (MPC) for total hydrocarbons in the working area is 500 mg/m

3 . Results of the measurement of the concentration of total hydrocarbons are presented in ppm

because of the unknown content of the total hydrocarbons ppm cannot be transformed into mg/m3 so it

cannot be performed the comparison to the MPC.

120

Table 52.Representation of the results of the measurement concentration of BTEX in the oil flow of

Ethylene plant

Measuring the concentration of total hydrocarbons at increased concentrations BTEX in the oil flow of Ethylene plant

Analysis of the waste water of oil flow ("A" - station) Ethylene plant

Measurement of the concentration of the total hydocarbons in WWP

Month

Number of

measurement

of

concentration

more than 50

mg/l

Maximum

measured

concentration

(mg/l)

Average value of

the measured

concentration

(mg/l)

Number of

measurement

Maximum

measured

concentratio

(ppm)

Average

value of the

measured

concentration

(ppm)

I 0 38.4 7.00 / / /

II 3 59.9 9.07 3 2.43 0.96

III 2 70.6 10.15 2 0.85 0.42

IV 1 133,7 11,18 1 1,14 1,14

V 6 184 14,45 6 3,08 1,14

VI 2 703,2 22,79 2 9,80 7,90

VII 4 95,4 12,94 3 / /

VIII 3 117,5 14,75 3 5,00 1,93

IX 0 43,5 12,21 / / /

X 3 72,6 16,00 3 1,50 0,83

XI 7 123,3 17,89 4 0,80 0,68

XII 6 139,6 13,06 5 3,00 1,36

COMMENT: Maximum permitted concentration (MPC) for total hydrocarbons in the working area is 500 mg/m3 . Results of the measurement of the concentration of total hydrocarbons are presented in ppm because of the unknown content of the total hydrocarbons ppm cannot be transformed into mg/m3 so it cannot be performed the comparison to the MPC.

4.2.2. Presentation of the status of the quality of the air on location

The conclusion of the annaul report of monitoring of the quality of the air of

Department of Public Health Pancevo.

Comparing the results of the monitoring of the quality of air on the measuring spotrs

in the town Pancevo can be noticed that in the polluting of the air in Pancevo, the

most significant part has the particles: soot and total suspended particles.

Presence of the soot in the air in Pancevo is decade-long problem, especially in the

winter period, i.e. heating season. In 2010, average annual concentration are pretty

equal and are between 23-26 µg/m3. On the measurement spot Strelište and Nova

Misa the average annual concentration of soot (26 µg/m3) is a little bit higher than

on the other measurement spots.

Number of days with concentration of soot higher than GV (50 µg/m3) on

measurement spots in Pancevo was from 28-32. The most of these days are

registered on the measurement places Strelište and Nova Misa (each 32).

The number of days with concentration of soot in the air above LV is less on all spots

related to 2009. This contributed that the average not annual concentration of the

121

soot related to the average annual concentration in the previous year would be

significantly lower on all measured spots, which certainly contributed more

favourable weather conditions.

On all measured spots, as well as in previous years there are significantly higher

average concentration of soot in winter from the average concentration in summer

period.

Increased concentrations of the soot in the winter period, especially in purely

residential areas such as Nova Misa and Strelište shows that the soot is from

heating with the aim of space heating.

On all the measured spots the greatest number of days with concentration of soot

which endangers only sensitive population groups. The greatest number of days

withthe concentration of soot that are unhealthy for the total of population is on the

measurement place Strelište (11), and greatest number of days with concentration of

soot which are very unfavourable for general population (7) is registered on the

measurement place of Nova Misa.

Total suspended particles (TSP) in the air pollution in Pancevo significantly

participate in 2010. Considering the relationship of the taken samples and number of

days with the concentration of TSP endangering for the health on the measuring

place Streliste, can be said that the health of population of Pancevo is endangered

by the high concentration of this pollutant around 20,6% of the followed days in the

year. The greatest number of days with the index of the quality of the air which say

about the endangerement of the sensitive population group.

In order that the presence of this parameter in the air should be acceptable,it is

inevitable that the recovery in terms of reducing the presence of TSP in the air for

68%.

TSP and soot are particles and are responsible for many protective healthy effects at

people, especially at the members of sensitive population groups (chronic patients,

children, old, pregnant woman), which is proven in great numbers of scientific and

professional research around the world.

Sensible group according to the polluted particles including suffering from heart and

lung disease (including those which can have non diagnosed heart or lung disease),

children, pregnant woman and old people.

Effects of the particles on health can be acute or chronic. Harmful acute effects of

particles on health are reflected in the sense that the people with heart and lung

disesase such as stagnans heart insufficiency, coronary artery disease, asthma or

chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, old people and children because of the

increase of soot in the air would visit more the emergency aid or in some cases

even die.

122

When they are exposed to the pollution of particles people with heart disease can

have pain in chest, palpitations (flutter), short and shallow breath and tiring. Pollution

of particles can also be joint with cardiac arrhythmias and heart attacks. There may

be symptoms as coughing or short breath. Pollution of particles can increase the

sensitivity for respiratory infections and can deteriorate present respiratory diseases,

such as asthma and chronic bronchitis, causing increased usage of medicines and

more visits to the doctor.

The increased concentration of the particles in the air can induce the heart attacks

for relatively young people, miscarriage and premature birth. In some studies it is

proven that the presence of greater concentration of particles in the air can be

connected to the low birth weight, increased number of sick from respiratory

illnesses in the exposed population, as well as decrease of the present respiratory

diseases.

The greatest sensitvity shows chronically ill (asthmatics, people with chronic

bronchitis, chronic cardiovascular patients...), where deterioration of the basic

disease can require additional treating, even hospitalization, intervention from the

emergency service, frequent absence from work or from school...Frequent

deterioration of the basic illness reduce the quality of life of these persons.

Increased concentration of particles in the air are responsible for increased mortality

of people suffering from cardiovascular diseases and chronic respiratory diseases. In

that sense, there are very vulnerable patients who suffer from chronic heart disease

(angina pectoris, chronic heart insufficiency...)

Increased concentration of particles reduces the visibility and can be responsible for

sufferings and traffic injuries. There are revealed the hundreds of aromatic

hydrocarbons and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) of the high mass in the

content of soot. Some of them, as benzo -a- pyren, benzo-b- naphto 2,1 tiophen

(from combustion on coal) and ciklopentane-cd-piren (from engine) are carcinogenic.

Long-term exposure to the increased concentration of soot can lead to lung cancer

or other respiratory organs at exposed persons.

By the continual monitoring of the elementary carbon and UV absorbed fraction

(carconigenic PAH) in the soot for the purpose of disposable device that has

Department of Public Health it is established the existance of carcinogenic

substances in the content of soot present in the air of Pancevo.

Based on the results published in the great number of studies that have studied the

impact of the particles on health, SZO has adopted the view that there are no

concentration of the particles in the air which can be considered as safe for the

health of people. So, in the newest Guideline for the air quality from 2006, there are

not given the recommendations for the particles.

123

It can be concluded that the presence of particles in the air of Pancevo, and most of

all soots, significant ecological problem that rquires solving with the aim of multulayer

health protection of the exposed population.

Illnesses and mortality because of the exposure to the particles is linked to the high

material costs of the individuals, health services, but the whole community as

well.Team of the costs can add the costs for the cleaning of the community (cleaning

and painting the facades, monuments, streets...), because of the effect of particles.

Ammonia, in 2010, on the location of Department is recorded in the concentration

which are not significantly higher, whereas on the location of F. Station significantly

lower related to the average concentration in 2009.

Ammonias over LV is not measured in any sample of the air. However, average

annual concentration of the ammonia on the both measured places are above the

average annual concentration of the ammonia maximum allowable concentration

which gives the Regulation. Considering this fact, as well as the fact that they are not

registered above the daily MAC and that the daily concentration are similar (even

much lower at F.Station), as well as in 2009 it can be concluded that MAC on the

annual level is not well established, so it is necessary to perform the correction of

this norm.

The presence of nitrogen dioxide in the given period in the air on the both measuring

places in Pancevo, is within the LV on the annual level and critical values for

protection of vegetation. Even nitrogen dioxide does not significantly encumber the

air in Pancevo, it is necessary to make an effort that the presence of this substance

should be less in the air than until now.

As far as benzene is concerned, after many years and a lot of made effor from the

community and industry on both measuring places, in the last three years, the

concentrations are within the norm predicted by the Regulation, provided that they

are lower in 2010 than in 2009.

Average annual concentration is lower on the measurement places in Fire station (3

µg/m3) than on measurement place of Department (4 µg/m3).

Other parameters which are measured in the air of Pancevo during 2010, from the

aspect of Regulation did not significantly participated in the air pollution.

124

4.2.3. Description of possible effect on air quality on the location

According to the results of the examination of the contribution of the real existing

emissions in the South industrial zone of Pancevo, which did the Institute for

chemistry, technology and metallurgy, it is stated the existance of several different

types of the source of emission, starting from the combustion of fuel with the high

content of sulfur in industrial furnaces, thrrough the process emission of the

characteristic polluted substances (NH3), evaporation of oil products from fugitive

(diffuse) sources of emission, to local effects from traffic. Assessment of the

contribution of different sources of emission done by the model UNMIX shows the

high contribution of the traffic to the content of the harmful substances in ambient air,

characteristical also for the sources within the south industrial zone.

Generally can be adopted that the problem of air pollution of the town Pancevo is

complex and consequently the causal relationship between the concentration of the

certain pollutants in the ambient air and their sources of emission are not simple,

starting from complex meteorological conditions, over the huge number of different

sources of emission. By this researchthe existance of different combinations of

dotted (processing and energetic), surfaced (waste water treatment plant) and

fugitive sources of emission (free evaporation in some parts of technological

processes) in the area of Pancevo. Stated sources of the emission in the South zone

are of different construction, different height and different emission fluxes. Polluted

substance will act differently in the atmosphere depending on the type of the source

from which it is emitted, their height and from the meteorological ground of the

examined area.

Entering the border layer of the atmoshpere, gases and substances are expanded

and disperged according to the diffusion law and transport, which depend on the

character of the flow and stability of the atmosphere (Vuković, 2003, Vukmirović and

0

5

10

15

20

25

2000. 2001. 2002. 2003. 2004. 2005. 2006. 2007. 2008. 2009. 2010.Ave

rage c

once

traci

on o

f th

e b

enze

ne µ

g/m

3

year

Concentration of the benzene in the period 2000-2010.

Zavod

V.Dom

125

others, 2003). In the same meteorological conditions the area of the ground

concentration of polluted substances can be significantly different, depending on not

just meteorological parameters, but as well as of the size and kind of emission, and

of the height and number of the sources of the emission. The complexity of the

problem is from one side the variability of the atmospheric circulation, characteristics

of the ground and topography of the place, and from the other side because of the

change between souce and emission, , it search for the special access and special

solving from one to another specific case.

Radiosounding measurements are realized more than 30 years at Meteorological

station Zeleno Brdo (Belgrade), up to 1984, when it is permanently placed in

Košutnjak. On the most of the aerological observatory in the world, radiosounding

measurements are done in the two terms (1a.m. and p.m.), so that the

measurements on Zeleno Brdo, since 1981-1983, are done in four terms (1, 7 a.m.

and 1, 7 p.m.), represent meteorological treasury data. For the need of this work, the

results of this measurement which are related to the appearance of the ground

inversions (frequency, thickness, duration), determination of the height of the layer of

mixing and stability of the atmosphere (Vuković, 2003, Vukmirović and others, 2003).

At the appearance of the air pollution, ground inversion takes special place, because

in the combination with the weak stream it makes, from the meteorological view, the

best conditions for the high concentration of the polluted substances. Ground

inversion are defined by the height of the temperature, starting with the ground up to

some height in the lowest layer of the atmoshere- lower troposphere. For learning

more about ground inversions above Belgrade, it was used the range of

radiosounding information on temperature, got by the measurement in the four terms

(1,7 a.m. and 1,7 p.m. at UTC) on Zeleno Brdo, in the period from 1981-1983. As the

character of the inversion of warm and cold part of the year differ, it is especially

treated the range of radiosounding information in the cold period from 1978-1983

(Vuković, 2003, Vukmirović, 2003).

The basic, although the roughest information on inversion in Belgrade, the frequency

of their appearances is average and expressed in the number of days.

Table 53. Average number of days with ground inversions, Belgrade-Zeleno Brdo, (01, 07 a.m.1 and

7 p.m.), 1981-1983

Term Month

Year I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII

01 15 13 22 21 21 21 21 26 22 25 16 18 241

07 11 12 17 10 2 1 3 14 19 22 10 20 141

13 3 1 2 1 1 2 4 14

19 13 8 9 11 2 3 1 6 16 23 15 16 123

From the table can be seen that during the year the biggest number of night

inversions (66,0%),, and the least in midday hours (1,9%). Morning ground

inversions are 38,6%, whereas in the evening hours it is registered 33,7%.

126

The least number of morning, midday and evening inversions are during summer,

which can be expected due to the fact that in the light part of the day (from the

sunrise to the sunset), comes to the turbulence. The greatest number of the night

inversions belong to the summer, but since it is not emphasized by its stationarity

(length of duration) the role of inversion in the cold part of the year for the increased

pollution is more significant.

The thickness of the ground inversion is defined by the height of its upper border,

above which the temperature with the height usually falls.

The role of the ground inversion in the problem of pollution is significant, because its

higher border seems as natural obstacle of spreading polluted substances. If the

height of the source of pollution is less than thickness of inversion layer, then the

pollution is reserved under its higher border and spread only inside that layer and to

the ground. However, if the height of the source is greater than the thickness of the

inversion layer, then the pollution spreads above the barrier (Vuković, 2003,

Vukmirović and others, 2003).

The height of the mixing shows the thickness of the ground layer in which is possible

the difusion of polluted substances on the vertical. It seems as the border of the layer

inside the transport is done and the dispersion of the total quantity of expelled

pollutants. As the layer is more shallow, the ground concentrations are higher, i.e.

the thickness of the mixing layer is greater, and the effect of its height is weaker and

it moves towards the greater distances from the source of the emission.

Daily changes of the height of mixing layer (m) for certain classes of the atmosphere stability in

August Belgrade-Zeleno Brdo

127

Daily changes of the height of mixing layer for certain atmoshere stability in January

Belgrade-Zeleno Brdo

In unstable atmospheric conditions are the greatest height of mixing layer, and they

are increasing from January to July, and then decrease to December. Moderately

stable atmosphere, exists from January to Aprila and from September to December.

Firm stable and extremely stable atmoshere, in the period of research, are not

recorded.

On the base of this unique anasys, structure of the lower atmosphere above

Belgrade, which is represented for the territory in radius of 50 km around Zeleno

Brdo in Zvezdara, it can be concluded that the potential of the polluted atmoshere in

Belgrade and surrounding of radius of around 50 km, and that it concerns town

Pančevo, mostly in night, then early morning hours and in the end in the evening

hours. For the life in the settlement the most significant are morning hours when the

traffic is the most intensive for the purpose of transport of the employees, no matter if

it is done individually or in group (Vuković, 2003, Vukmirović and others, 2003).

The harmful substances which are measured by municipal monitoring system, and

which appear in high concentration, such as benzene, are emitted from the ground

sources of the emission. These sources are a lot of in the urban area, starting with

traffic, gas stations, a variety of workshop for painting and the like. In Pančevo,

besides given sources characteristic for the urban areas, there are NIS Rafinerija

nafte and HIP Petrohemija. NIS Rafinerija nafte represents the domain of the

sources of the emission of vapouring organic and other compounds, and in the same

way is the first in the chain of pollutants by benzene, toluene and xylene. In the

refinery during the manipulation of the products, comes to the multiple emissions, but

the emissions are not ended in the refinery. Derivatives which are shipped from the

refineries represent the consumer goods which is distributed through gas stations,

which are very common in urban areas. In the process of pouring the derivatives

from auto-tanks into the reservoir of gas station through the tank valve of reservoir

comes to the emission of the capacity of organic vapour which is equal to the

128

capacity of the poured fuel. Then, during the pouring of the fuel into the reservoir of

the car, comes to the extrusion of the same capacity of organic vapour from the car

reservoir. At the end, in the regime of uncompleted combustion in internal

combustion enginees, which occurs by the changed regime of the work of engine,

characteristic for urban areas where are common slowing, stopping and accelerating

of the cars, comes to the higher emission of benzene and many other harmful

substances, which includes polycyclic hydrocarbons. In the final balance, by a

capacity of oil derivates release multiple capacity of the organic vapours in the range

of manipulation of derivatives from the producer to the final consumer. The greatest

of all sources in Pančevo is, of course, oil refinery, but as well as some other

sources, although of the insignificant capacity related to the refinery, but because of

its number, they significantly contribute to the air pollution in Pančevo.

Finally, the content of the characteristical polluted substances in ambient air can be

controlled only if their sources of emission are controlled. In the case of Pančevo, the

sources of emission must be controlled in NIS Rafinerija nafte-Pančevo and in HIP

Petrohemija- Pančevo. On the base of this research it can be concluded that the

dominant sources of emission of benzene, toluene and xylene are processes of

shipping of derivatives, mostly the light liquid derivatives, all types of gases on the

loading racks, whereas the contribution of NIS Rafinerije is dominant according to

the balance of the emission, but also the contribution of HIP Petrohemija is recorded

on the base of the increase of ambient concentration of benzene, toluene and xylene

in the time of shipping greater quantities of pyrolitic gasoline.The shipping of pyrolitic

gasoline from HIP Petrohemija is not done very often. The effect of HIP Petrohemija,

recorded, enables the analysis of representative sampling locations and directly

shows non-representativeness of the measurement place Vojlovica for the South

industrial zone in hole.Measurement place Vojlovica registers current high

concentration of benzene, toluene and xylene, their cause on the base of additional

anlyses is for sure the consequence of some processes in NIS Rafinerija nafte

Pančevo. Although the emission of the vapouring sompounds from the refinery are

dominant, by the regression analyses are not determined corelation between the

high concentration in ambient air and process of shipping of derivatives inside the

refinery.

4.2.4. Description of estimated measures for preventing, decreasing and,

where possible, eliminating every significant adverse effect on air in the

environment

The last couple of years HIP-PETROHEMIJA a.d. has overtaken the range of

measurements on decreasing of all the emission of polluted substances in the

environment, especially hydrocarbons from the oil (benzene, xylene, toluene...) The

last three years, the concentration of benzene are in the area of norm predicted by

the Regulation, but in 2010 they are lower than in 2009. Emitted quantities of CO2

do not have the influence on the health of surrouning population, but have the global

influence of the greenhouse effect. The effect of the emission of CO, SO2, NO2 and

129

dust substances is in the measurement which do not exceed the limit values of the

emission.

The disadvantage of the location, is possible to solve only partly by creating the

certain zones of protection, putting green layers and introducing new technlogies,

ecologically acceptable.

Development plans of HIP-Petrohemija are based on the total usage of available

capacities and their increase, increase of energy efficiency, modernization and

improving the technological processes from the point of their ecological acceptance

and decrease of the emission of polluted substances in the air, according to BAT

(best available techniques) directives of EU,contained also in the new Law on

integrated protection and control of the pollution of the environment, which is

guaranteed the maximum protection of the environment.

From the planned greater investment projects, the first phase of modernization is in

progress and reconstruction of the waste water treatment plant which has the aim to

reduce the unpleasant odors and the emission of polluted substances in the air and

water, and the terminal Ethylene plant, which will significantly decreade the emission

of hydrocarbons in the air from oil.

At the end of 2010, HIP-Petrohemija and SNC Lavalin signed the Contract on the

development of Master Plan and Feasibility Studies for the realization of the

investment project for reconstruction of Ethylene, HDPE and LDPE plants. By this

Plan, which predicts process and energetic linking of NIS Rafinerije nafte Pančevo

and HIP-Petrohemija, includes:reconstruction of Ethylene plant of the existing

capacity of the HDPE plant on 100,000 t/y, whereas the revaluation of the propylene

(C3 Splitter) was dropped.

The new ground for stable business and further development of HIP-Petrohemija is

grounded at the end of 2011 and it has the aim to decrease the capital investments,

due to the difficulty in securing the bank funding in time of crisis and recession. With

the support of the Government of Republic of Serbia and Ministry of Economy and

Regional Development, as part of strategic integrated development of NIS and HIP-

Petrohemija, a joint team of professionals from these companies has made the

Development plan of HIP-Petrohemija. Due to the lack of the access to the quality

sources of financing, investment program is divided into two phases.

The first phase of the investment program (2012-2013) considers the increase of the

capacity of HDPE and LDPE, which will enable the achievement of the positive cash

flow from the operating activities in 2014. Reconstruction of the polymere plant is

planned on the increase of the plant capacity HDPE up to 110,000 t/y and increase

of the capacity of LDPE plant in the range from 67.000-76.000 t/y.

130

Second phase of the investment program (2014-2015) considers increased energetic

efficiency in Ethylene Plant and propylene valuation, i.e. building of the new plant for

production of polypropylene capcity of 180.000 t/y with C3- Splitter unit, which will

enable the growth of the business up to 2020.

131

HIP-Petrohemija signed a Memorandum of understanding for realization of project

whose aim is to establish the Center for managing of the environment (EMC) in

Serbia, which will give the sevices (such as “green accounting“) to the companies

members (clients-partners). EMC represent the mean of reporting in accordance with

national and regulations of EU.Their aim is to decrease the pollution of the

environment and to enable better capacity for managing environment for its

members (companies), and from the other side to decrease the costs (production).

Key functional elements of EMC are System for record keeping and reporting in the

field of environment.

In order to reduce the potential hazards to the environment in case of accident

situation in regular production, especially in possible hazards of smaller or bigger

degree, HIP-Petrohemija together with Oil industry of Serbia participates in the

realization of the project with the title: “Early recognition, monitoring and integrated

managing of unexplored risks related to the new technology“ (“Early Recognition

Management of Emerging, New technology Related Risks"), financed by European

Union. Implementation of the integrated risks will enable the monitorng of on-line

monitoring of risks and evaluation of risk in HIP-Petrohemija, prevention and early

detection of hazards, development of scripts for all applications of scale and

comparative reports on safety in order to ensure treatment of possible domino effect,

identification “effect of the area“ in industrial zone in Pančevo, identification of

industrial and transport activities which include hazardous substances and defining

of the significant risk sources which will imply the decrease of the effect on the

environment.

132

4.3. Effect of planned activites on water

4.3.1. Water monitoring

Waste water monitoring in HIP-Petrohemija a.d. includes systematic control of the

certain chemical and phisical characteristics of the emission, release of the waste

water in the environment, equivalent parameters or technical measures and so on.

Monitoring is grounded on the repeated measurements or observations, with

appropriate frequency in accordance with documentated and arranged procedures,

and are done with the aim of giving useful information on emission of water from the

producing process. This information may range from simple visual observations to

precise numeric information. Information can be used for more different purposes,

the main aim is to check the correctness of the work processes and plants for waste

water treatment, as well as enabling of getting better decisions on industrial

operations and production.

HIP-Petrohemija a.d. performs the ground water monitoring and waste water

monitoring.

Waste water monitoring is done as:

monitoring of technological waste water at the site of emerging

monitoring at the site of releasing into the recipient

Different levels of potential risk to the environment define the need for different

regimes of monitoring. Analytic measurement is related to the specific shape of

chemical analysis prescibed by the law and is subject to the law, i.e. subordinate

regulations and following and measuring of parameters closely associated with the

operations performed by the processes by which the process itself is controlled

and/or optimized.

The regime of the occasional monitoring of the waste water

Occasional measurement of the emission of the polluted substances in the water at

the site of releasing into the recipient in 2011 was done by the authorized

organization with accredited laboratory “Institute for Occupational Safety and Health“

Novi Sad, whereas the evaluation of the results was done according to the

Regulation on the hazardous substances in water, (“Official gazette RS“ No. 31/82),

by the Regulationon Water Classification and Regulation on Waterways (“Official

gazette RS“ No. 5/68).

Table 54. List of measured places of periodic monitoring of waste water

Stationary source of emission Measuring point

WWT On the place of release into the recipient

Periodic monitoring of ground water in 2011 is not performed.

133

Locations of observations wells were chosen in order to determine the qualitative

impact of releasing substances in production processes, where it was possible, as

well as to clearly consider the characteristics of the ground water leaving the area of

the certian plants.

Table 55. List of measuring point of periodic monitoring of ground water

Stationary source of emission Measuring point

HIP-Petrohemija

Twelve observation wells in the area of HIP-Petrohemija (MW-18, MW-21, SDC-3, SDC-4, MW-20, MW-16, MW-23, MW-12, MW-13, MW-11, MW-34, MW-2)

Five observation wells located around waste disposal contamined by mercury (B-N, B-2, B-3, B-4, B-5)

Four observation wells located next to the sludge dump (PD-1, PD-2, PD-3, PD-4)

Regime of intensive monitoring of the waste water

Analysis of pollutants in waste waters on the spot of releasing, and before the mixing

with other waste waters and on the place of releasing into recipient is done by the

accredited laboratory of HIP-Petrohemija a.d. several times a day.

Table 56. List of measuring sites of intensive monitoring of waste water

Stationary source of emission Waste water flows

HIP-Petrohemija

Ethylene: Inorganic flow Oil flow (A-flow) Flow of spent caustics

HDPE

LDPE

Electrolysis

Energetics

WWT: Primary and secondary treatment On the spot of release into recipient

134

In 2011 HIP-Petrohemija a.d. emitted the following quantities of polluted substances

in water:

BOD4% COD

23%

Oil63%

Sus. solids10%

Emissions of water pollutants in tonnes per year

135

Table review of the periodic monitoring of the emission of polluted substances in

water

Tabel 57. Presentation of the results of waste water quality measurement at the site of releasing

Parameters Unit Measured values Refer.

values. I II III IV V VI

Water temperature

C 28 22.7 21,9 30.4 17,5 19,2 -

pH / 7.63 8.02 7,77 8.23 8,17 8,22 6.8-8.5

Fuziness NTU 22 13.6 96 12.3 10,7 13,2 -

Dissolved oxygen

mg/l 3.87 4.63 4,12 4.30 4,59 5,20 min 6

COD mg/l 4 8 120 80 62 96 -

BOD mg/l 1 2 18 10 12 15 4

Suspended substances

mg/l 3 8.5 69 5 61,4 13,5 30

Sulphides mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 0,02 < 0.02 0,02 0,02 -

Total N mg/l 10.10 8.95 5,95 3.88 5,79 3,52 -

Total P mg/l < 0.2 0.58 0,28 < 0.2 0,35 <0,2 -

Phenol index

mg/l <0.002 < 0.001 0,001 < 0.001 0,001 0,001 0.001

Fats and oils

mg/l 675.5 82 89 16.4 87 50 -

Cd mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0,002 <0.002 <0,002 <0,002 0.005

Cr mg/l 0.011 0.005 0,005 0.0014 0,069 0,0013 0.1

Cr6+ mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.1

Cu mg/l 0.021 0.019 0,0011 0.005 0,003 0,004 0.1

Zn mg/l 0.074 0.088 0,071 0.075 0,069 0,092 0.2

Pb mg/l 0.069 0.058 0,038 < 0.01 0,032 0,01 0.05

Ni mg/l 0.024 0.015 0,019 < 0.01 0,01 0,01 0.05

Hg mg/l <0.0001 <0.0001 <0,0001 <0.0001 <0,0001 <0,0001 0.001

Benzene mg/l 0.008 0.021 0,01 < 0.01 0,01 0,01 0.5

VCM mg/l < 0.005 < 0.005 0,0005 <0.0005 0,0005 0,0005 -

EDC mg/l 0.002 <0.0005 <0,0005 <0.0005 0,0005 0,0005 2

Considering the size of the recipient of Danube and the fact that the waste water

after the complete treatment does not change the water quality in the canal of HIP, it

can be stated that the quality of waste water of HIP-Petrihemija does not have the

effect on the quality of the recipient.

136

Graphic presentation of the periodic monitoring of the ground water- Area of HIP-

Petrohemije a.d.

MW-18

MW-21

SDC-3

SDC-4

MW-20

MW-16

MW-23

MW-12

MW-13

MW-11

MW-34

MW-2 K-1

mart 2005 8,1 8,5 8,7 11,7 13,1 12,6 11,8 10,0 11,2 10,5 12,7 11,2

decembar 2006 13,5 13,5 12,5 17,5 17,3 20,1 18,0 16,6 15,5 15,2 17,4 15,3

novembar 2007 15,7 17,1 13,9 19,5 18,2 19,0 18,2 17,1 17,2 16,5 19,1 16,3 0,0

decembar 2008 14,6 14,9 12,8 18,7 18,7 19,0 17,3 16,6 16,9 16,6 19,0 16,4 0,0

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

Me

asu

red

va

lue

(0C

)

Measuring point

Comparative review of temperature (0C) in ground water in March2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

MW-18

MW-21

SDC-3 SDC-4MW-20

MW-16

MW-23

MW-12

MW-13

MW-11

MW-34

MW-2 K-1

mart 2005 11,880 8,080 13,78 14,000 13,800 7,060 9,800 9,580 9,800 7,910 7,500 8,290

decembar 2006 13,310 7,760 14 13,790 13,470 8,500 10,260 9,710 6,530 6,820 6,380 7,420

novembar 2007 10,830 7,320 11,51 13,160 11,590 6,730 11,040 8,600 8,540 7,520 7,060 7,540 0,000

decembar 2008 10,490 7,400 10,35 13,070 11,820 6,210 11,230 8,570 8,420 7,550 7,030 7,370 0,000

0,000

2,000

4,000

6,000

8,000

10,000

12,000

14,000

16,000

pH

Measuring point

Comparative review of pH in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

137

MW-18

MW-21

SDC-3 SDC-4MW-20

MW-16

MW-23

MW-12

MW-13

MW-11

MW-34

MW-2 K-1

mart 2005 2,160 0,933 3,170 43,200 7,640 24,100 3,080 7,540 4,930 3,780 1,580 0,691

decembar 2006 0,025 0,335 1,290 9,290 0,060 7,910 1,720 2,540 4,840 2,150 0,074 0,234

novembar 2007 2,790 0,340 1,150 33,400 9,3 17,300 4,140 7,770 7,830 5,31 0,990 0,950 0,000

decembar 2008 1,780 1,400 1,110 49,900 12,820 23,800 2,410 6,370 7,450 2,730 2,450 0,990 0,000

0,000

10,000

20,000

30,000

40,000

50,000

60,000

mS

/cm

Measuring point

Comparative review of conductivity in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

MW-18

MW-21

SDC-3 SDC-4MW-20

MW-16

MW-23

MW-12

MW-13

MW-11

MW-34

MW-2 K-1

mart 2005 2,00 156 40,00 0,20 113,202622,00 966 3174,001140,00316,00 249,00 46,6 1208,00

decembar 2006 30,10 140,7 639,80 639,801391,603275,601332,91276,202162,40545,90 390,00 199,9 552,70

novembar 2007 22,70 1104 22,70 85,20 1762,001480,00 627 606,001127,00878,00 146,00 64,8 481,00

decembar 2008 17,00 225,9 256,90 124,20 930,407397,40 361,6 1758,50946,50 594,70 141,00 85,9 593,30

MDK 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

0,00

1000,00

2000,00

3000,00

4000,00

5000,00

6000,00

7000,00

8000,00

Me

asu

red

valu

es

(mg

/l)

Measuring point

Comparative review of chlorides in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

138

MW-18

MW-21

SDC-3 SDC-4MW-20

MW-16

MW-23

MW-12

MW-13

MW-11

MW-34

MW-2 K-1

mart 2005 0,037 0,019 0,024 0,013 0,017 0,020 0,018 0,010 0,060 0,000 0,000 0,017 0,013

decembar 2006 0,005 0,005 0,086 0,009 0,006 0,005 0,013 0,007 0,019 0,017 0,044 0,022 0,010

novembar 2007 0,108 0,050 0,050 0,050 0,050 0,050 0,075 0,009 0,075 0,150 0,100 0,050 0,050

decembar 2008 0,050 0,096 0,050 0,050 0,050 0,050 0,050 0,050 0,050 0,050 0,050 0,050 0,050

MDK 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

0,000

0,020

0,040

0,060

0,080

0,100

0,120

0,140

0,160M

easu

rin

g v

alu

es

mg

/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of oil in ground water in March 2005, Desember2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

MW-18

MW-21

SDC-3 SDC-4MW-20

MW-16

MW-23

MW-12

MW-13

MW-11

MW-34

MW-2 K-1

mart 2005 0,010 0,010 0,01 0,000 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010

decembar 2006 0,002 0,002 0,007 0,009 0,002 0,004 0,002 0,001 0,002 0,002 0,002 0,002 0,002

novembar 2007 0,001 0,001 0,003 0,060 0,003 0,003 0,013 0,006 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,002

decembar 2008 0,022 0,001 0,001 0,002 0,001 0,001 0,005 0,001 0,001 0,002 0,002 0,001 0,006

MDK 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05

0,000

0,010

0,020

0,030

0,040

0,050

0,060

0,070

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of total chromium in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

139

MW-18

MW-21

SDC-3 SDC-4MW-20

MW-16

MW-23

MW-12

MW-13

MW-11

MW-34

MW-2 K-1

mart 2005 0,0020 0,0020 0,0020 0,0000 0,0020 0,0020 0,0020 0,0020 0,0020 0,0020 0,0020 0,0020 0,0020

decembar 2006 0,0010 0,0025 0,0010 0,0010 0,0010 0,0010 0,0010 0,0010 0,0010 0,0010 0,0010 0,0010 0,0010

novembar 2007 0,0009 0,0009 0,0006 0,0009 0,0006 0,0006 0,0006 0,0006 0,0006 0,0006 0,0006 0,0006 0,0007

decembar 2008 0,0014 0,0008 0,0008 0,0008 0,0008 0,0033 0,0008 0,0008 0,0008 0,0008 0,0008 0,0008 0,0008

MDK 0,003 0,003 0,003 0,003 0,003 0,003 0,003 0,003 0,003 0,003 0,003 0,003 0,003

0,0000

0,0005

0,0010

0,0015

0,0020

0,0025

0,0030

0,0035M

easu

rin

g v

alu

es

mg

/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of cadmium in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

MW-18

MW-21

SDC-3 SDC-4MW-20

MW-16

MW-23

MW-12

MW-13

MW-11

MW-34

MW-2 K-1

mart 2005 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,000 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010

decembar 2006 0,010 0,010 0,011 0,012 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010

novembar 2007 0,008 0,008 0,009 0,008 0,018 0,009 0,009 0,009 0,009 0,009 0,009 0,009 0,010

decembar 2008 0,100 0,012 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,014

MDK 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01

0,000

0,020

0,040

0,060

0,080

0,100

0,120

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of lead in ground water in March 2005, December2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

140

MW-18

MW-21

SDC-3 SDC-4MW-20

MW-16

MW-23

MW-12

MW-13

MW-11

MW-34

MW-2 K-1

mart 2005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0424 0,2200 0,0007 0,0830 0,3320 0,0009 0,0009 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,1360

decembar 2006 0,0009 0,0006 0,2820 0,6345 0,0280 0,0122 0,2350 0,0140 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0252

novembar 2007 0,0020 0,0020 0,0560 0,3830 0,0720 0,0050 0,3366 0,0054 0,0024 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005

decembar 2008 0,0005 0,0005 0,0800 0,1110 0,0047 0,0020 0,1940 0,0870 0,0010 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,5400

MDK 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001

0,0000

0,1000

0,2000

0,3000

0,4000

0,5000

0,6000

0,7000M

easu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of mercury in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

MW-18

MW-21

SDC-3 SDC-4MW-20

MW-16

MW-23

MW-12

MW-13

MW-11

MW-34

MW-2 K-1

mart 2005 343,50 3,11 60,40 14,80 1,40 47,50 127,70 0,00 5715,0014209,0983017, 10,00 121,40

decembar 2006 152,86 4,57 28,70 22,70 23,32 2,41 38,02 866,58 406,00 11,40 15629,0 2,76 33,74

novembar 2007 30,13 46,26 22,39 2,33 11,54 0,74 3,94 1,89 100,35 137,4016266,7 51,69 3,50

decembar 2008 402,7 4,10 22,07 7,20 29,20 4,20 6,41 74,76 11,62 59,70 218,00 1,10 55,13

MDK 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

0,00

100,00

200,00

300,00

400,00

500,00

600,00

700,00

800,00

900,00

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e (μ

g/l)

Measuring point

Comparative review of ethylene dichloride in March 2005, Decebmer2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

141

It can be seen that the certain parameters are in the area of limits prescribed by the

regulation on chemical validity of drinking water (total oil and fat, chrome) or that in

the case of cadmium, it slightly cross this line. These parameters are far from the

borders prescribed for the purpose of development of the risk analysis, or

undertaking remediation actions according to the international standards (Dutch list

or Czech Regulation). Considering the purpose of this location and the absence of

the sensitive receptors on the site, and with the aim of reduction of the costs, it is

necessary to consider the possibility to omitt these parameters from the future

monitoring campaigns.

On the most of the wells, it came to the decrease of the concentration of EDC in the

ground water except in four wells (MW-18, SDC-4, MW-20, MW-12) and in

canals.The most important increase is noted in the well MW-18 (402.7 μg/l), and that

is the only well where it is exceeded the intervented value from Dutch list of 400

μg/l.The exceeding of the mentioned list is so far recorded on 4 wells in 2005, on 3 in

2006 and on at least one different in 2007 and 2008. On the base of risk evaluation

developed y UNEP, during 2002, the target value of remediation is 1000 mg/l

(including zone of effusion). Besides, in none of the objects is seen the presence of

the free phase EDC. All that shows the positive effect of the working system for

remediation of ground water polluted by EDC, since EDC cannot be spread in the

ground water, neither dissolved in aqueous phase, nor separated in the heavy

phase. In this regard, it is recommended the working of the system for remediation.

MW-18

MW-21

SDC-3 SDC-4MW-20

MW-16

MW-23

MW-12

MW-13

MW-11

MW-34

MW-2 K-1

mart 2005 185,00 93,30 14,70 7,80 43,20 35,70 54,00 72,30 26,20 0,01 0,01 9,73 70,30

decembar 2006 72,42 0,01 23,37 43,07 20,30 0,03 6,74 676,80 202,00 0,46 714,00 0,05 135,94

novembar 2007 18,86 24,67 23,68 5,02 7,05 0,40 9,88 19,24 90,39 3358,601055,71 1,58 165,70

decembar 2008 1,93 0,05 12,79 6,90 8,00 37,81 9,34 456,10 4,62 2489,90573,90 0,05 56,33

MDK 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5

0,00

100,00

200,00

300,00

400,00

500,00

600,00

700,00

800,00

900,00

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of VCM in ground water in March 2005, December2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

142

By the analysis of the presence of certain pollutants in the certain objects and trend

of the changes of its concentration in time, it can be seen that on the certain wells

MW-2 and MW-20 do not come to the significant exceeding of the majority of

measuring parameters, so in that case the possibility of its excluding from further

campaignes of monitoring, firstly the well MW-2 should be considered.

Graphic representation of the periodic monitoring of the ground water- the area of

the mercury dump

B-N B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

mart 2005 12,9 7,5 12,2 12,9 13,4

decembar 2006 13,1 19,2 13,6 13,1 13,3

novembar 2007 13,4 12,7 13,2 13,3

decembar 2008 13,4 13,7 13,3 13,6

0,0

5,0

10,0

15,0

20,0

25,0

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e (

oC

)

Measuring point

Comparative review of temperature (oC) in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

B-N B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

mart 2005 7,96 7,92 8,40 7,20 7,72

decembar 2006 7,13 6,51 6,74 6,17 6,70

novembar 2007 7,24 7,25 7,29 7,13

decembar 2008 7,07 7,05 7,20 7,03

0,00

1,00

2,00

3,00

4,00

5,00

6,00

7,00

8,00

9,00

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e

Measuring point

Comparative review of pH in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

143

B-N B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

mart 2005 0,902 2,940 0,909 2,410 1,360

decembar 2006 0,247 0,664 0,258 0,381 0,095

novembar 2007 1,030 7,250 1,430 3,780

decembar 2008 1,030 1,340 3,280 2,670

0,000

1,000

2,000

3,000

4,000

5,000

6,000

7,000

8,000M

easu

rin

g v

alu

e m

S/c

m

Measuring point

Comparative review of conductivity in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

B-N B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

mart 2005 74,60 596 58,10 299,00 386,00

decembar 2006 67,70 133 3358,60 268,00 726,00

novembar 2007 781,00 1519 146,00 66,20

decembar 2008 66,90 134,90 535,70 547,20

MDK 200 200 200 200 200

0,00

500,00

1000,00

1500,00

2000,00

2500,00

3000,00

3500,00

4000,00

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e (m

g/l)

Measuring point

Comparative review of chlorides in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

144

B-N B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

mart 2005 0,015 0,024 0,017 0,022 0,020

decembar 2006 0,013 0,038 0,043 0,019 0,028

novembar 2007 0,005 0,005 0,005 0,005

decembar 2008 0,050 0,050 0,470 0,050

MDK 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

0,000

0,050

0,100

0,150

0,200

0,250

0,300

0,350

0,400

0,450

0,500M

easu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of oil in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

B-N B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

mart 2005 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001

decembar 2006 0,002 0,002 0,002 0,002 0,006

novembar 2007 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001

decembar 2008 0,001 0,001 0,002 0,002

MDK 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05

0,000

0,010

0,020

0,030

0,040

0,050

0,060

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of total chromium in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

145

B-N B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

mart 2005 0,0020 0,0020 0,0020 0,0020 0,0020

decembar 2006 0,0010 0,0010 0,0010 0,0010 0,0010

novembar 2007 0,0007 0,0006 0,0006 0,0006

decembar 2008 0,0008 0,0008 0,0230 0,0008

MDK 0,003 0,003 0,003 0,003 0,003

0,0000

0,0050

0,0100

0,0150

0,0200

0,0250M

easu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of cadmium in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

B-N B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

mart 2005 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010

decembar 2006 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,051 0,030

novembar 2007 0,027 0,022 0,013 0,015

decembar 2008 0,010 0,010 0,068 0,296

MDK 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01

0,000

0,050

0,100

0,150

0,200

0,250

0,300

0,350

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of lead in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

146

B-N B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

mart 2005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0006 0,0008 0,0005

decembar 2006 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005

novembar 2007 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005

decembar 2008 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005

MDK (0,001 mg/l) 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001

0,0000

0,0002

0,0004

0,0006

0,0008

0,0010

0,0012M

easu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of mercury in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

B-N B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

mart 2005 0,40 0,01 0,53 0,01 1,10

decembar 2006 0,98 0,40 0,35 0,93 0,42

novembar 2007 0,49 0,15 0,20 0,27

decembar 2008 0,71 0,15 0,05 0,91

MDK 3 3 3 3 3

0,00

0,50

1,00

1,50

2,00

2,50

3,00

3,50

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of Ethylene dichloride in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

147

On the base of the results, it can be seen that the certain parameters in the area of

borders prescribed by the regulation on chemical quality of drinking water

(chromium and mercury) and without any significant oscilation. These parameters

are far bellow the limits for the need of developing the analysis risk, or undertaking

the remediation actions on the foreign standards (Dutch list and Czech regulative).

Considering the purpose of the location and the absence of the sensitive receptors

on the location, and with the aim of cost reduction, it is necessary to consider the

possibility of omitting these parameters from the future campaignes of monitoring.

On the other side, it should be continued with monitoring because of the oscilation

and increase of the concentration of other parameters.

B-N B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5

mart 2005 0,05 0,01 0,01 0,01 8,00

decembar 2006 1,75 0,00 0,38 1,94 0,19

novembar 2007 0,78 0,10 0,15 0,17

decembar 2008 1,28 4,54 0,05 4,00

MDK 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5

0,00

1,00

2,00

3,00

4,00

5,00

6,00

7,00

8,00

9,00M

easu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of VCM in ground water in March 2005, December 2006, November 2007 and December 2008.

148

Graphic representation of the periodic monitoring of the ground water - the area of

the sludge landfill

PD-1 PD-2 PD-3 PD-4

novembar 2007 13,8 13,9 14,8 14,7

decembar 2008 13,8 13,9 14,7 14,8

13,2

13,4

13,6

13,8

14,0

14,2

14,4

14,6

14,8

15,0

Me

asu

rin

g p

oin

t (o

C)

Measuring point

Comparative review of temperature (oC) in ground water in November 2007 and December 2008.

PD-1 PD-2 PD-3 PD-4

novembar 2007 8,15 7,78 7,33 7,50

decembar 2008 7,78 7,80 7,32 7,24

6,60

6,80

7,00

7,20

7,40

7,60

7,80

8,00

8,20

8,40

pH

Measuring point

Comparative review of pH in ground water in November 2007 and December 2008.

149

PD-1 PD-2 PD-3 PD-4

novembar 2007 1,740 2,870 2,280 1,850

decembar 2008 2,170 3,760 3,340 3,430

0,000

0,500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

3,500

4,000M

easu

rin

g v

alu

e m

S/c

m

Measuring point

Comparative review of conuctivity in ground water in November 2007 and December 2008.

PD-1 PD-2 PD-3 PD-4

novembar 2007 224,40 556 441,60 345,00

decembar 2008 313,40 333,6 443,20 591,90

MDK 200 200 200 200

0,00

100,00

200,00

300,00

400,00

500,00

600,00

700,00

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e (m

g/l)

Measuring point

Comparative review of chloride in ground water in November 2007and December 2008.

150

PD-1 PD-2 PD-3 PD-4

novembar 2007 0,175 0,413 0,050 0,144

decembar 2008 0,050 0,050 0,050 0,050

MDK 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1

0,000

0,050

0,100

0,150

0,200

0,250

0,300

0,350

0,400

0,450M

easu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of oil in ground water in November 2007 and December 2008.

PD-1 PD-2 PD-3 PD-4

novembar 2007 0,002 0,001 0,001 0,001

decembar 2008 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,002

MDK 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05

0,000

0,010

0,020

0,030

0,040

0,050

0,060

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of chromium in ground water in November 2007 and December 2008.

151

PD-1 PD-2 PD-3 PD-4

novembar 2007 0,0004 0,0004 0,0006 0,0006

decembar 2008 0,0008 0,0008 0,0008 0,0008

MDK 0,003 0,003 0,003 0,003

0,0000

0,0005

0,0010

0,0015

0,0020

0,0025

0,0030

0,0035M

easu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of cadmium in ground water in November 2007 and December 2008.

PD-1 PD-2 PD-3 PD-4

novembar 2007 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010

decembar 2008 0,010 0,010 0,010 0,010

MDK 0,01 0,01 0,01 0,01

0,000

0,002

0,004

0,006

0,008

0,010

0,012

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of lead in ground water in November 2007 and December 2008.

152

PD-1 PD-2 PD-3 PD-4

novembar 2007 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005

decembar 2008 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005

MDK 0,001 0,001 0,001 0,001

0,0000

0,0002

0,0004

0,0006

0,0008

0,0010

0,0012M

easu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of mercury in ground water in November 2007 and December 2008

PD-1 PD-2 PD-3 PD-4

novembar 2007 0,10 0,20 0,54 0,10

decembar 2008 0,52 0,19 0,48 0,05

MDK 3 3 3 3

0,00

0,50

1,00

1,50

2,00

2,50

3,00

3,50

Me

asu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of ethylene dichloride in ground water in November 2007 and December 2008

153

On the base of given results of chemical analysis and limit values of parameters in

local and foreign regulations, the concentration of these parameters can be seen,

with the exception of chloride, in the permitted limits.

The content of chloride exceeds the limit values regulated for drinkig water, in all

samples.

Limit values for chloride are not defined in regulations, related to the remediation

activities.

PD-1 PD-2 PD-3 PD-4

novembar 2007 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10

decembar 2008 0,05 0,14 0,05 0,05

MDK 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5

0,00

0,10

0,20

0,30

0,40

0,50

0,60M

easu

rin

g v

alu

e m

g/l

Measuring point

Comparative review of VCM in ground water in November 2007 and December 2008

154

Table presentation of the intensive monitoring of the waste water

Table 58. Average annual values of the emission of polluted substances in the water on the spot of

release into the recipient

Waste water flows Parameters Result (average annual mg/l)

Ethylene Inorganic flow

pH 9,34

Total increase of substance 297,22 mg/l

Suspen. substance 22,18 mg/l

COD 23,72 mg/l

Ethylene Oil flow (A-flow)

pH 8,61

Oil 3,86 mg/l

Sulphides 1,23 mg/l

BTX 13,34 mg/l

Ethylene Flow of spent caustic

pH 12,75

Suspen. substances 760,61 mg/l

Total increase of substance 22372 mg/l

Sulphides 3891 mg/l

Oil 140,27 mg/l

BTX 174,72 mg/l

Phenols 38,48 mg/l

HDPE pH 7,8

Oil 6,5mg/l

COD 36,9mg/l

Suspen. substances 98,4mg/l

Total increase of substance 253,7mg/l

TOC 32,1mg/l

LDPE pH 7,7

Oil 2,4 mg/l

HPK 29,2 mg/l

Suspen. substances 51,3 mg/l

Total increase of substance 219,3 mg/l

Phenols 0,21mg/l

BTX 0 mg/l

Electrolysis pH 10,6

Oil 6,6 mg/l

Total increase of substance 5720 mg/l

Mercury 1,98 mg/l

Utilities Oil 0,66 mg/l

155

4.3.2. The review of the water quality on the location

The Report of the Secretary for environment protection on the state of the

environment on the territory of Pančevo for 2010.

Surface water

The quality control of the ground water on the territory of Pančevo is done for the

purpose of evaluation of the solvency of watercourses, following the pollution water

trends and ability for self- purification, as well as the protection of citizen health, who

recreate in the local beaches. During 2010, a study was done by the Institute of

Public Health Pančevo, in 4 campaignes, during the swimming season (first

sampling was realised on 20.07.2010. and the last one 31.08.2010.) on the following

locations:

Dunav "Bela Stena" (beach on the left and right from the peak)

Tamiš (beach in Pančevo, Jabuka and Glogonj)

Ponjavica (beach in Banatski Brestovac, Omoljica and Ivanovo)

Lake in Kačarevo

On two occasions it was organized the exceptionally control of the quality of ground

water. By the order of an inspector for environment protection, and because of the

report of the citizens on mortality of fish, on 18.06.2010. on the river Tamiš in

Pančevo, extraordinary control is done. Also, exceptinally sampling was done in the

lake of Kačarevo on 26.08.2010. after the suggested disinfection of the Lake,

because the samle from 07.08.2010. di not match the II class of the ground water

because of the microbiological characteristics of water.

The evaluation of the water quality was done according to: SRPS ISO 5667-4 (1997)

Water quality. Taking samoles. Part 4: Guidance of sampling from natural and

artificial lakes; SRPS ISO 5667-6 (1997) Water quality. Taking samples. Part 6-

Guidance for taking the samples from rivers and streams; Regulation of Waterways

(“Official gayette FRY“, No.5/78); Regulation on water classification of inter-stream,

interstate waters and coastal waters of Yugoslavia (“Official gazette FRY“, No.6/78)

and Regulation on hazardous substances in water (“Official gazette RS“, No.31/82).

Only watercourses from II class of watercourse are considered safe for swimming

and recreation and water sports. All waters that are not in II class, bear more or less

risk to the swimmers’ health.

On the results of the research of the quality of surface water through local public

medias, the public is regularly informed during the summer season.

According to the laboratory analysis results, sanitary-hygienic monitoring and

comparing of the medium parameter values with the most frequent deviation from

the prescribed norms, Institute of Public Health Pančevo, issued “Report on the

ground water quality control of the town Pančevo in 2010“ where it is concluded the

following:

156

Samples of surface water of the river Danube “Bela stena“, beach on the left and

right side from the peak, during the swimming season in 2010 did not fullfill the

criteria for class II of the surface water which can be used for swimming and

recreation of the citizens, as well as for water sports. The most frequent parameters

which were above MAV were: decrease concentration and per cent oxygen

saturation, suspended substances,chemical oxygen usage, visible waste materials,

iron and ammonia. Deviation from class II of the surface water in the sense of

microbiological analysis was noted at 7 samples from total 8 taken samples, 88%.

Samples of surface water of river Tamiš, beach in Pančevo, Jabuka and Glogonj,

during the swimming season in 2010 did not fullfill the criteria of II class of surfaced

water which can be used for swimming and recreation of the citiyens, as well as for

water sports. The most frequent parameters which were above MAV were: decrease

of the concentration and per cent of the oxygen saturation, suspended substances,

chemical usage of oxygen, noticable colour, noticable smell, iron and ammonia.

Deviation from II class of the surfaced water in the sense of microbiological analysis,

were noticed at 7 samples, from total 14 taken samples, 50%.

Very low concentration of oxygen as well as decrease of saturated oxygen in the

sample from 18.06.2010. were the most probable cause of fish mortality, reported by

the citizens.

The samples of surfaced water of the river Ponjavica, beach in Banatski Brestovac,

Omoljica and Ivanovo, during the swimming season 2010 did not fullfill the criteria

for class II of the surface water which can be used for swimming and recreation of

the citizens, as well as for water sports. The most frequent parameters which were

above MAV were: decrease per cent of saturated oxygen, suspended substances,

concentration of hydrogen ions (pH), noticable colour, noticable smell, iron and

ammonia. Deviation from II class of the surfaced water in the sense of

microbiological analysis, were noticed at 4 samples, from total 12 taken samples,

33%.

The samples of surfaced water of the lake in Kačarevo during the swimming season

2010 did not fullfill the criteria for class II of the surface water which can be used for

swimming and recreation of the citizens, as well as for water sports. The most

frequent parameters which were above MAV were: decrease per cent of saturated

oxygen, suspended substances iron and ammonia. Deviation from II class of the

surfaced water in the sense of microbiological analysis, were noticed at 1 sample,

from total 5 taken samples, 20%.

During 2010 on all controlled beaches in the area of the town Pančevo, there are not

detected increased concentration of heavy metals (lead, nickel, cadmium, zink and

mercury). During 2010, on all controlled beaches in the area of Pančevo, were not

detected increased concentration of cyanide in water.

157

The quality control of the surfaced water in the area of Pančveo is not representative

for whole swimming season, first season was on 20.07.2010.

The quality control of the surfaced water in the area of Pančveo is not representative

for whole swimming season, first season was on 20.07.2010.

By the local inspection ( sanitary-hygienic control) it is defined that on the beaches

are not present the necessary infrastructural facilities (hygienic drinking water,

showers, trash disposal, suitable access to the beach, lifeguards). The best state is

on the lake in Kačarevo.

Ground water

During 2010, the final report of Evaluation on polluted locations of environment

hidrogeological aspect Pančevo “South industrial zone“ was finished within the

“Project of Strengthening capacities in the land of West Balkans for solving the

problems of the environment through remediation of priority polluted locations-

Remediation of Veliki Bački canal“ (Program for development of United Nations

(UNDP) in cooperation with the Ministry of environment and spacial planning and

Secretary for environmental protection of Town administration of Pančevo.

The area analysed by this project is the complex of South industrial zone, which

includes company HIP Petrohemija, HIP Azotara and NIS Rafinerija nafte Pančevo,

as well as the area south of industrial complex, limited from south-east with the

settlement Starčevo and from the west by the river Danube.

The spread of pollutants and characteristics of the quality of ground water are

defined on the base of results of the so far performed researches and analysis

covering the period from 2001 to 2009.

In the final report is stated the following:

In the studied field it is confirmed the presence of: arsenic, zinc, copper,

nickel,lead, chromium, mercury,cadmium,mineral oils, benzene, toluene, ethyl

benzene, xylene, ethylene dichloride (EDC)

Electrolytic conductivity is in the largest numbers of samples above

1000µS/cm which suggest the increased content of ions in water.

Ammonia is present in almost all samples

Concentration of cadmium above intervention values measured in

piezometers in NIS Rafinerija, whereas the lead is detected in NIS Rafinerija

and HIP Petrohemija

Research of the ground water during 2008 and 2009, was done by AD "MOL“

Belgrade. As the basic criteria for interpretation of the results, there were used

MAV for (II class of water regulated by the Regulation on hazardous

substances in the water) (“Official gazette RS“ No. 31/82)

By the Regulation on water classification (“Official gazette RS“ 5/68) as well

as the Limit values from “Dutch list“.

158

Monitoring included the following locations:

Location 1 PA-1 that is placed around 100 meters from the line of

Rafinerija nafte Pančevo. Sampling is done from 4 piezometers at the

depth of 45m,25m,15m and 7m.

Location 2 PA-2 that is placed at around 30 meters from the line of

Rafinerija nafte Pančevo directly next to the road towards Starčevo.

Sampling is done from 4 piezometers at the depth of 45m,25m,15m and

7m.

Location 3 PA-3 that is placed at around 250 meters from Petrohemija

Pančevo directly next to the road towards the river Danube. Sampling is

done from 4 piezometers at the depth of 45m,25m,15m and 7m.

Location 4 PA-4 that is placed at around 250 meters from Petrohemija

Pančevo. Sampling is done from 4 piezometers at the depth of

45m,25m,15m and 7m.

Location 5 represented by piezometers P-738 i P-739 placed on the right

side of the road towards Starčevo. P-738 is closer to the plant Petrohemija

and is situated between the location 3 and 4, and P-739 is situated south

of Petrohemija.

Location 6 represented by piezometers SDC-5 I SDC-6 on the left side of

the road towards Starčevo, directly next to Rafinerija Pančevo.

Piozometer SDC-5 is close to the enterence of Rafinerija and far around

20 meters from the road. Piozometer SDC-6 is far from pizometer SDC-5

around 200 meters in the direction of Starčevo.

Location 7 represented by piezometers Lp-720, Pp-721 and Pp-lll-3.

Piozometers Lp-720, Pp-721 are on the right side towards Starčevo.

Piozometer Pp-lll-3 is situated south from Starčevo.

The following results are got:

The concentration of chloride on the location 2,3,5 and 6 in the period from

2003-2009 was significantly higher, with the tendency of growth in the depth,

whereas in study works 2001,2002 and 2006 the analysis of chloride was not

done.

In greatest number of samples of arsenic concentration were more than 0,01

µg/l, whereas in the biggest number of samples from PA-3 and PA-4 are

noted concentration above intervention values of Dutch list.

In piozometers PA-3 25 m and 45 m concentration of copper and nickel above

the intervention values are detected

Mercury concentration above intervention values (0.0003 mg/l) are measured

during 2002, in PA-1, PA-3/45, PA-4 and P-739. During research works from

2003-2008, the concentrations are presented < 0.001 mg/l, which could be the

border of detection of applied methodology and do not give the information on

the present concentration of mercury.

159

As with the chromium concentration < 0.05 mg/l in the results from 2005-2009

and polychlorinated biphenyls are also < 1 mg/l, i.e. < 0.05 mg/l do not give

the reliable information on the usage of intervention.

Conclusions related to the location pollution 7 must be checked and analysed

after the controlled monitoring or after the next series of sampling. Distance of

this location from industrial plant is such that it is hardly possible that the

pollution goes through the spaces and appears on this piozometric, and that

before that it is not contamined the gap, as well, except the pollution “in situ“

Benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylene (BTEX) are registered on the location

2,3,5 and 6, in the periodu up to 2006. and start of 2007. After this period the

content of BTEX is under the intervented values.

BTEX, mineral oil and ethylene dichloride are registered on the locations 2.3,5

and 6 within the South industrial zone, as well as in HIP Petrohemija.

On the base of given information it can be concluded that the polluted area within the

industrial complex of NIS Rafinerija and HIP Petrohemija as well as HIP Azotara,

whereas outside the industrial area, the most polluted area is between HIP

Petrohemija and NIS Rafinerija, with greater concentration of chloride, mineral oil,

arsenic, zinc, nickel, cadmium, benzene, vynil chloride and ethylene dichloride above

intervented values.

Recommendations for future monitoring

Last test (2009) of the quality of ground water, as well as the study for 2007 and

2008 in the zone of JIZ included in the program of regular monitoring, do not show

the presence of polluted substances through intervented values.

Up to now, all registered pollutions in the area contained by the program of

permanent monitoring, are placed in the period of 2007. These results, where the

polluted substances in one period (2005 and 2006) are registered , and then, on the

same places of sampling in the second period do not register (2007 to 2009), cause

certain doubts. These results show the need for realization of the controlled

monitoring and/or on the changes and inovation of program of regular monitoring of

the quality of ground water in the area of JIZ.

Conclusions on the final level of pollution of the ground water in the area of South

industrial zone it is possible to confirm after the results of controlled monitoring.

In the case that the decision on realization of the suggested program of controlled

monitoring is not gained, first next series of sampling and analysis of the regular

monitoring should overtake the function of controlled monitoring.

Widening of the network with at least three piozometers is desirable and technically

justified with the aim of improving of the existing piozometric network for sampling.

160

The following series of the regular monitoring shoud be realized by the usage of the

methodology of double sampling. Primary and control samples should be sampled

and analysed by different laboratories (performers), but the controls should be

processed by reference laboratory for the area of Serbia, according to the rule.

Methods of chemical analysis on the given parameters (polluted substances) must

be chosen in order to provide detection of the targeted and intevented values (Dutch

list).

Regular quality monitoring of the ground water JIZ should be widen by the

measurements of the levels of ground water of the network of piozometers of regular

monitoring which will be done at least 15 daily or 7 daily. At the same time, with this

information and for the same period it is necessary to collect information on the

levels of Danube, in the profile Starčevo, and upstream, as well as the information on

levels in drainage canals and in the work of drainage pumping stations.

Preporuke vezane za pripremu moguće remedijacije

Considering the knowledge of hydrogeological characteristics of the area JIZ,

polluted ground water, as well as other important parameters (hydrology, information

on drainage of the ground water and other) the procedure of remediation should be

done in two phases:

Phase I – Isolation of the polluted zone of hydrological area on the space of

industrial plants and remediation of the ground and ground water on spot of

preparation contamination. These two procedured must be performed simultaniously.

Phase II – Zone of regular monitoring of the ground water quality JIZ. The

procedures of remediation in the Phase II are timely changed related to the Phase I.

These works can be considered later, depending on the reslutls of the regular-

controlled monitoring. If the control monitoring confirms the results of the regular

monitoring in the period from 2007-2009 and the absence of the polluted substances

in zone of phase II, there is no need for the access of remediation and monitoring is

continued in the same way. In the case that it is registered the presence of polluted

substances in this zone and confirm the results of the research of monitoring from

2005-2006, it is necessary to start with the preparation works for remediation.

Suggestions related to geodatabase

It is necessary that the resuls of all researches of the ground water quality, including

programs performed inside the industrial plants of HIP Petrohemija, NIS Rafinerija

and HIP Azotara, include in this program and regularly enter in the formed

geodatabase. That level of information will increase the level of following the ground

water quality and managing of the environment and form a solid ground and base for

further activities in the following of contamination and planning of the possible

remediation.

161

Of particular importance is to ensure the databases and centralized enterence of the

information. Information should be entered especially at one place. Also, with the aim

of protection databases it should be provided periodically making of the back up

copy of database on certain media: CD, DVD, HD and so on.

With the aim of completness of the information, stored in formed base it is necessary

to supplement the data currently lacking.

It is needed that during the evaluation of the realization of the controlled monitoring

or during the first net series of sampling in regular monitoring, the ground water

quality (Secretary for environment protection of the Town administration Pančevo),

geodetic verification of the position and elevation of all piozometers, placed in the

monitoring system.

4.3.3. Description of estimated measures for preventing, decreasing and,

where possible, eliminating every significant adverse effect on water in the

environment

Surface water

The main characteristic of industrial waste water is great diversity of composition.

When it comes to defining of the characterics of waste water of HIP-Petrohemija and

NIS Rafinerija, it is necessary to take into consideration the complexity of

technological processes in the plants of both complexes. This situation leads to the

appearance of waste water of various content and quantity, which are changed by

the time, depending on range of factors and plant’s conditions.

Liquid waste effluents polluted by different pollutants created from the production

process during the regular work, as well as by the start and stop of the work, are

lead to the system of waste flows. This system is connected with the drainage

system, which serves to accept the atmospheric and surface water.

The conception of waste water filtering in HIP- Petrohemija a.d. is, that each plant

has its waste water pretreatmant whose task is to filter waste water up to the degree

that its filtering is quality. Pretreatmant has the great importance because some

flows are toxic, other are with great content of the mineral oil o with traces of

inorganic substances whose presence has the negative effect on the possibility of

filtering in biological plant. That means that the role of pretreatmant in each plant is ,

that the specific pollution should be removed totally or at the degree which enables

better treatment in primary and secondary processing on the common plant.

Primary treatment is done in two main lines, depending on the nature of waste water:

line for primary treatment of waste water with inorganic pollution and

line for primary treatment of waste water with organic pollution

162

Primary filtered waste water are further filtered in the plant for biological treatment,

which contains two levels of processing:

(biological filtration (drippers biofilter)) and

activated sludge

After the waste water processing in described system, the quality od effluents suits

the needs for release into surface water and do not violate the water quality of

recipient Danube.

It is the time of modernization and reconstruction of the plant for waste water

treatment with the aim if increasing the emission of polluted substances in water.

Suggestion for solution of water treatment plant

Optimum solution for water treatment plant is a variant with two-level biological

process where the first step with movebalbe layer in which biofilm forms on the

certain carriers suspended in reactors, and the second level is conventional

procedure with the active sludge. Two-level procedure of the biological process gives

the excellent effects of treatment, as well as the fact that the process of active mud

much more sensitive on sudden burden changes and change of process parameters,

than it is biological filtration and similar biological procedured of processing. In this

system, biological reactor serves as a shield of much sensitive process of active

mud. As the carrier of biofilm are suspended in reactor, the required reactor volume

is significantly less than in the case of conventional biological filters. The results of

the calculation showed that this two-level system of biological procedure provides

significant effect of treatment, without widening of the existing system, with little

construction changes.The existing sedimentation tanks and recirculation system and

disposal of excess sludge, satisfies the need of two-level procedure of biological

treatment, so there are no need for any changes, nor exceeding of the capacity.

The description of the process- reactor with movable layer of the biofilm carrier

The reactor with movable layer of the biofilm carrier uses, as well as the sludge

system, whole volume of the pool. First third of the existing pool with the active

sludge will be physically separated from the rest of the pool and used for forming the

reactors. The reactor represents the biofilm system, where biomass is developed on

the carriers (charge), which are freely moved in the volume of the pool. This reactor

can be used for aerobic and anoxic processes. In the aerobic processes charging

with biofilm is held in suspension, due to the mixing that is achieved through air-lift

effect, by the introduction of the aerobic diffusion. In this case will be used the

aerobic process. System for aeration is designed so that in the pool water enters

medium-sized bubbles, whose size, in the presence of charging, is reducing, so that

bubbles become very fine. On the top of the pool, in the overflow level to the rest of

the pool is set rolling grilles, as the continuation of overflow pipes, preventing the

passage of elements of charging from the section of biological reactors in the section

with the activated sludge. The elements of charging are designed to provide a large

163

amount of biofilm formation and optimal conditions for development of bacterial

cultures, when suspended in the water. It is predicted that charging should be of

polyethylene, with the effective surface of 500 m2/m3 of biofilm, cylindrical shape,

diameter of 25 mm and height 10 mm. After the treatment in the first level, in

biological reactor, water overflows in the second part of reactor, where is continued

the conventional procedure with activated sludge. In table 3.3 is shown the

guaranteed water quality on the exit from the plant with the aspect of organic load

(BOD).

Table 59. Guaranteed characteristics of purified waste water

Parameter Unit Value

BOD mg/l 11,4

Designed solution gives the opportunity to upgrade, i.e. increase of the capacity of

the system for biological waste water treatment in accordance with the need of WWP

of HIP-Petrohemija Pančevo.

Ground water

HIP-Petrohemija a.d. does not have direct impact on the ground, and therefore the

ground water, indirectly, significant negative impact on the ground, as the natural

resource, can have gas release into the atmosphere, which potentially (if, for

example, have relatively high vapour pressure, or are heavier than air) can penetrate

into the ground.

April, 1999, by NATO bombing of the Vynil Chloride Monomer Plant (VCM), which

was in regular work, by direct hits are destroyed reactor sections and storage

reservoir. It is seriously damaged also the other process equipment, as well as the

storage reservoirs for EDC (1.2 – dichlor ethane), resulting in the spill occured

approximately 2100 t EDC.

For the purpose of sanation of the terrain from the consequences of bombing

UNEP/BTF Feasibility Study was done, which was finished in April 2000. With the

donation of UNEP, The Governement of Czeck Republic and the resources of our

company, in the period from 2000 to 2003, all necessary studies and projects are

done.

Also, the installation for the extraction and purification of the ground water is made

and released in work (groundwater remediation).

Technology of remediation is based on ground water pumping and EDC phase from

many wells at the same time, gravitation separation of EDC in several reservoirs,

and ground water treatment with water vapour in the stripping column, where

evaporation is done, and then liquefaction of EDC in the exchangers. Treated

ground water is cooled in the exchangers, where with the aim of higher energetic

164

efficiency gives off the heat to untretaed ground water before the enterence in the

column for stripping, and then pumped back into the underground environment.

Remediation work is important ecological issue, because by the purifying of the

ground water from the shallow layers, prevents further moving of EDC and

penetration of pollution into deeper water layers. The positive effect of the working

system for remediation of ground water is reflected in the decrease of concentration

of EDC in ground water in the area of HIP-Petrohemija, and the fact that in so-far

period from the ground water is exhausted around 1180 t of EDC.

4.4. Waste management

HIP-Petrohemija in accordance with the plan of waste management is continued with

long trend of improving waste water system, investment in the existingtemporary

waste storage and secondary raw materials, equipment containers for separate

waste collecting, as well as the education of employees.

Waste management is the implementation of the prescribed measures of waste

management in the collection, transport, re-utilization and waste disposal, including

supervising of these activites and care on disposals after closure. Waste

management in HIP-Petrohemija a.d. is performed in the way by which is enabled

the least risk to harm health and life of people and the environment by the control

and measurement of decrease: water, air and ground pollution; danger for plant and

animal life; danger of the accidents, fire and explosions; negative impact on the area

and natural resources of the special value and the level of noise and unpleasant

odours.

The goal of the plan of waste management in the company is establishing optmized

waste management by which the preconditions are made for:

compliance with legislative requirements;

decrease on acceptable risk level on the environment and the health of

people;

minimalization of the waste and in that way decrease of the business costs by

better usage of the resources and decrease of the costs of waste disposal;

creation of the positive image and good relationship with interested parties

The waste on the base of the place of creation is divided on:communal, commercial

and industrial, and on the base of its characteristics is divided on hazardous, non

hazardous and inert.

Hazardous waste is the waste which by its origin, content or concentration of

hazardous substances can cause danger on the environment and health of people

and possess at least one harmful characteristic. Hazardous waste characteristics are

explained in Basel convention, as toxicity, ecotoxicity, flammability, corrosivity,

reactivity, infectivity etc.

165

Disposal of hazardous waste includes development and implementation of the

management plan for hazardous waste. As part of a plan, measurements are defined

in details and the procedures during collecting, storaging, transport, treatment and

disposal of hazardous waste on landfills of hazardous waste.

Non- hazardous waste is every waste material which possess the characteristics that

do not effect the environment and health of the people, and do not possess neither

of characteristics of the hazardous waste.

Disposal of non-hazardous waste also includes development and implementation of

the non-hazardous waste management plan. Non-hazardous waste, after separation

of the material used as secondary raw materials, can be treated in the same way as

communal waste.

Produced waste in HIP-Petrohemija a.d. is collected and sorted in organizational

units, i.e. on temporary storage and landfills, after which the disposal is done in

accordance with Waste Management Plan.

Table 60. Kinds and quantities of produced waste in plants

Ethylene

Kinds of waste Total, kg Kinds of waste Total, kg

Waste of the iron and steel 2860 Waste paper and cardboard 420

Waste of aluminium 1690 Plastic packaging 2440

Waste wood 3210 Metal packaging 140

Waste of rubber 740 Fluourscent tubes 114,8

Utility plant

Waste of the iron and steel 8129 Plastic packaging 14162,5

Waste of aluminium 923 Paper packaging 273

Waste wood 2003 Metal packaging 741

Waste of rubber 5 Molecular sieves 6080

Waste mineral rock wool 6000 Waste oil 900

Waste of rubber 53 Fluourscent tubes 64,4

Waste paper and cardboard 380 Sludge from lagoon settling basin 2990000

LDPE

Waste of the iron and steel 1190 Plastic packaging 4588

Waste of aluminium 30 Metal packaging 3796

Waste wood 10550 Fluourscent tubes 47,6

Waste paper and cardboard 1090 Waste oil 64330

HDPE

Waste of the iron and steel 8100 Paper packaging 399

Waste of aluminium 235 Metal packaging 2301

Waste wood 24280 Molecular sieves 14800

Waste of rubber 140 Baggy filters 490

Waste mineral rock wool 300 Catalyst on the base Cr 2050

Waste paper and cardboard 1320 Waste oil 1850

Plastic packaging 90 Fluourscent tubes 35,7

166

Electrolysis

Waste of the iron and steel 6228 Plastic packaging– container 1000 l 180

Waste of aluminium 170 Metal packaging – barrel 200 l 195

Waste wood 540 Sludge from pits 173000

Waste of rubber 40 Sludge contamined with mercury 56,8

Waste wate treatment

Waste of the iron and steel 240 Waste paper and cardboard 60

Waste of aluminium 80 Plastic packaging 810

Waste wood 100 Metal packaging 117

Stabilized sludge 3395000

Electricity supply

Waste of the iron and steel 690 Electronic and electrical waste 820

Waste wood 150 Fluourscent tubes 57,4

Waste of rubber 20 PCB oil 1390

Waste paper and cardboard 110 PCB transformars 4000

Accumulators 360 PCB firm waste 100

Logistic

Waste of rubber 1160 Waste paper and cardboard 320

Mechanical maintenance

Waste of the iron and steel 4294 Waste paper and cardboard 200

Waste of aluminium 270 Metal packaging 39

Waste wood 340 Accumulators 1124

Waste of rubber 1200 Waste oil 650

Waste mineral rock wool 15 Electronic and electrical waste 270

Waste of plastic 55

Laboratory

Waste wood 360 Waste paper and cardboard 1270

Waste of plastic 540 Glass packaging 500

Cybernetics

Electronic and electrical waste 716

Office for security and operational fire brigade

Waste of the iron and steel 638 Waste of rubber 885

Waste of aluminium 126 Waste of plastic 5

Waste of copper alloy 20 Plastic packaging 133

Waste wood 180 Accumulators 15

Safety Workshop

Waste wood 9800

Environment

Waste of the iron and steel 3226 Waste of rubber 1925

Waste of aluminium 1135 Waste of plastic 440

Waste wood 1314 Electronic and electrical waste 2000

Rotten wood waste 2220

167

4.4.1 Special waste streams

Article 5 Law on Waste Management (Official Gazette RS, no. 36/09) defines the

specific waste streams that represent the movement of waste (waste batteries and

accumulators, waste oil, waste tires, waste from electrical and electronic products,

vehicles and other waste disposal) from becoming, through collecting, transportation

and treatment, up to disposal to landfill.

This law includes the following group of specific waste flows, as well as the products

from which they occur:

Waste tires

Waste which contains asbestos

Used batteries and accumulators

Waste oil

Waste of electrical and electronical equipment

The Government of the Republic of Serbia in 2010. adopted the "Strategy for waste

management for the period 2010-2019,"which included the management of specific

waste streams. The strategy prescribes the guidelines and measures to reduce

pressure on the environment through manufacturing and waste management.This

approach means that the waste materials should not be viewed solely as a source of

waste and pollution, but as a replacement for natural resources to be utilized. The

Strategy also promotes the prevention of waste generation and recycling of all waste

types, and particular waste streams. It is focused on reducing the impact of waste

products, which will become waste on the environment, and to be implemented

effectively, this influence must be reduced at all levels of the product lifecycle.

One of the aims of the Strategy is to promote recycling as one of the most important

ways of re-utilization of waste, so that the waste, in the most efficient way, re-

introduces into the production cycle in the form of products and to, at the same time,

minimize its negative impact on the environment.

One result of the implementation of this Strategy is reducing the amount of waste for

final disposal, increasing the volume of re-utilization of waste through recycling of

waste, use of organic fraction for a compost or energy, reducing emissions of

pollutants, and therefore the economic benefits.

4.4.2. Managing of packaging and packing waste

Management of packaging and packaging waste has a very strong environmental,

social and economic importance. Environmental aspect is implemented in the Law

on Packaging and Packaging Waste and expresses primarily through:

protection of soil from pollution leaking,

reduction of land consumption,

reduction of emission of polluted substances in the air,

168

reduction of the emission of polluted substances into ground and surface

water

The social aspect is related primarily to the preservation of natural resources of the state. Packaging waste in essence, is not waste but a group of new resources, ie, secondary raw materials. In European Union countries through various incentives and benefits subsidizes processing of packaging waste and its use in the manufacture of new products. These subsidies, as well as the very use of recyclable materials, lead to price cuts and the newly synthesized products to increase the competitiveness of the market. At the same time are further taxed companies can not use recyclable packaging materials in production. The social aspect is manifested through the establishment of the official network of collectors and processors of packaging waste. The perspective is to open businesses, particularly small and medium enterprises, to deal with the collection, preparation and processing (recycling) of these wastes. The economic aspect that arises from the environmental and social aspects of application of this law is evident, but hard to measure. Of course, it is additionally emphsized through the directly measurable economic effects of recycling of packaging waste in relation to the processing of natural resources and mining. By means of packaging is understood, that the product is made of materials with different properties, which is used for storing, keeping, handling, delivery, presentation of goods and protection of its content, and includes items that are used as a means of packaging, wrapping, binding, tight closure, preparation for shipping and labeling of goods.

Packaging can be: primary packaging as the smallest packaging unit in which the product is sold

to the final buyer secondary packaging as packaging unit containing multiple products in

primary packaging with the purpose of sale to enable the grouping of a number of units for sale, regardless of whether it is sold to the final consumer, or is used to supply the retail stores. This package can be removed from the product without affecting its characteristics;

tertiary (transport) package designed for safe transport and handling of products in the primary or the secondary packaging. This package does not include containers for road, rail, water or air transport.

The manufacturer, importer, packer / filler and supplier, packaging waste can be

managed in three ways:

To transfer its obligations to the provider of packaging waste management

system in accordance with Article 24 of the Law and to submit an annual

Reportto the Agency for Environmental Protection;

To provide your own packaging waste management in accordance with Article

25 and 26 and submit an annual report to the Agency for Environmental

Protection;

To submit an annual Report to the Agency for Environmental Protection and

pay a fee that he will prescribe the Fund for the Protection of the environment

169

on the basis of the submitted report, in accordance with the Regulation on the

criteria for calculating compensation for packaging or packaged product and

exemption from payment of fees, the obligors, height of compensation, and

how to calculate and pay fees (Official Gazette RS, no. 8/10).

National aims

On the basis of Article 16 of Law on Packaging and Packaging Waste, the national objectives of packaging and packaging waste management plan shall be determined the reduction of packaging waste. The established objectives of the national packaging waste relating to the collection of packaging and packaging waste, reuse and recycling of packaging waste are given in Table. Table 61.General and national aims for managing the packaging and package waste

2010. 2011. 2012. 2013. 2014.

General aims

Reuse % 5,0 10,0 16,0 23,0 30,0

Recycling % 4,0 8,0 13,0 19,0 25,0

Specific aims

Paper and cardboard % 0,0 0,0 14,0 23,0 28,0

Plastic % 0,0 0,0 7,5 9,0 10,5

Glass % 0,0 0,0 7,0 10,0 15,0

Metal % 0,0 0,0 9,5 13,5 18,5

Wood % 0,0 0,0 2,0 4,5 7,0

General aims are:

reuse of packaging waste in the percentage given in the tabular overview for each year covered by this plan;

recycling in the percentage given in the tabular overview for each year covered by this plan.

Specific targets for recycling packaging waste in the period for which this plan is

adopted, include packaging made of paper / cardboard, plastic, glass, metal and

wood. Recycling of packaging waste will be done in the percentage given in the

tabular overview for each year covered by this plan and for each type of packaging.

In order to achieve national goals for reuse and recycling of packaging waste, HIP-

Petrohemija was in 2011 year transferred the obligation of packaging waste

management system operators in the authorized packaging waste management -

EKOSTAR PAK d.o.o. The operator shall on behalf of HIP-Petrohemija a.d. to

ensure that the utility regularly takes communal packaging waste, regularly takes

and collects packaging waste that is not communal waste from end-users, ensure

reuse, recycling or disposal in accordance with the law.

170

In 2011 HIP-Petrohemija a.d. produced the following kinds and quantities of

packaging waste:

Table 62. Kinds and quantities of the package waste

Kind of package waste Quantity, t

Plastic 314,6

Paper and cardboard 5,8

Wood 1427,4

Metal 15,5

171

5. EMERGENCY PROTECTION

HIP Petrochemical a.d. in accordance with the Regulation of the List of hazardous

substances and their amounts and criteria for determining the types of documents

produced by the seveso plant operator, or complex, and getting the maximum

possible amount of analysis that are present or may be present at any time, belongs

to the seveso installation of a higher order that is committed to developing policies to

prevent accidents or report on the safety and security plan of the accident.

5.1. Goals and principles of preventing chemical emergency

The objectives of business policy of HIP-Petrohemija Pancevo a.d. Pancevo

Spoljnostarčevačka 82 are to carry on business in this way to reduce the risk of

chemical accidents and prevent possible chemical accidents and reduce the risk of

harmful effects on humans and the environment.

The principles of business policy of risk management of accidents are to improve the

effectiveness of all components of the system of risk management through planning

of the accident prevention, preparedness for accidents, responding to the accident

and the extent and means of remediation of consequences of accidents.

For this reason, the entire management and all employees in HIP-Petrohemija a.d.

are bound and determined to act in the prevention and elimination of chemical

accidents and to reduce damage to humans and the environment as a priority that is

provided by:

Reducing the probability of occurrence of accidents through the identification

and control of all risks and identification of any other aspects that have or may

have an impact on the occurrence of accidents and environmental impacts, in

order of their reduction or elimination;

Performing business activities by consistent respect and implementationof

applicable regulations and standards in the field of environmental protection

and risk management regulations;

Continuous education of all employees in order to raise awareness about the

importance of eliminating the possibility of chemical accidents and

environmental protection;

Establishing responsibility in the implementation of the proclaimed goals and

principles;

Savings of resources and energy, reducing or eliminating the use of harmful

and hazardous substances and controlled handling of waste;

Reducing waste and further treatment of waste materials in a way that allows

re-use or endangers the environment;

The use of raw materials, equipment and safe use of technological

procedures for employees, customers and the environment;

Using of the efficient methods of work organization and processes to reduce

emissions into the air and prevent water pollution and soil;

172

Continuous monitoring and improvement of the environmental performance

and reducing the risk of chemical accidents and incidents;

Analysis of the achievement of stated objectives is done periodically

throughout the year. The objectives are periodically reviewed and changed if

necessary. The results of analysis are the basis for establishing goals for the

coming year.

5.1.1. Information on the activities and measures for the realization defined

goals and work according to the defined principles

Business policy of Petrohemija Pancevo a.d. Pancevo Spoljnostarčevačka 82 in

achieving the objectives and principles of prevention of chemical accidents and

minimizing the damage to people and the environment and the public shall be made

to all employees and the public. All managers are responsible to ensure its

implementation in the company.

Petrohemija a.d. Information on activities and measures undertaken with the aim of

realization of defined goals and principles of the work done as follows:

Effective communication with all relevant organizations to share information

relevant to the prevention of chemical accidents and environmental protection;

The impact on the availability of chemical accident prevention and

environmental protection of the public, local government, strategic partners,

customers, creditors and other interested parties, ensuring and improving

reliability, competitiveness and image as a business entity and the partners;

Through a system for informing the public that works in the sense of '' right to

know", which will be in constant correspondence with the public and

representatives of local government. Particularly important feature of this

system is to inform the public about all aspects of production and its impact on

the environment, as well as information on all matters related to the possible

cases of chemical accidents.

Identification of potential hazards

All potential risk of accidents at work and the environment (fire, explosion, runoff of

chemicals and other emergencies), to identify and assess their risk to the

environment, in accordance with the Procedure of analyses of the risk of accidents.

Potential accidents are registered on the basis of risk analysis, technical and

technological documentation, opinions authorized organizations and the like.

Executives of WU made register of potential impact / crash, Report on risk

assessment of potential accidents and accident protection plan for any potential

accident.

The risk of potential accidents will be evaluated on the following criteria:

probability of occurrence of accidents,

consequences of the accident,

173

The team in the process analyses the risk for process, and at the same time uses

studies / reports, built according to the legislation by the authorized organization

(studies on the danger zones, the plans for fire protection, chemical accident, etc.)

5.2. Protection plans in the case of danger

Based on the Register of the potential impact / accident and Report on risk

assessment of potential accidents, responsible process owners / Managers WU

made plans for protection from potential accidents, according to a procedure to

analyze the risk of accidents.

Protection plans include:

Information on services

Organisation and responsibility

List of the key personnel

Plan of internal and external communication

Plan of action in the case of emergency

Plan training and the like.

Directors of organizational units are responsible for reviewing plans for protection

from accidents and propose their improvements, and that is once a year and after

each occurrence of the accident.

In accordance with the legislation is made Fire protection plan of HIP-Petrohemija

a.d. Pancevo, and by the authorized institution.

Director for Corporate Security is responsible for conducting Fire safety plan and

training plans for the safe operation of employees, and by the training program for

the safe operation of HIP-Petrohemija a.d. Pancevo.

This document defines a potential accident scenarios, potential impacts on safety

and health and environmental impacts based on which it is acted in case of

accidents and for the purpose of organizing training of appropriate personnel,

including appropriate external collaborators.

The occurrence of accidents and procedure in case of accident defines procedures

to react in case of accident. This procedure is defined and the way of coordination of

relevant services, the establishment of continuous measurement and monitoring,

and planning and cleanup of the accident. For all these activities is responsible the

coordinator of the team for responding in case of accidents, which is authorized and

responsible for coordination of activities:

work to eliminate consequences

development of plan of recovery

preparing reports on accident

174

On every accident is made a detailed report in order to be submitted to the relevant

external organizations. As a method of prevention and response training in case of

accident, the HIP Petrohemija plans and conducts simulation exercises of accident.

Procedures for responding in case of accident is reviewed each time when the

accident happened. The objective of this procedure is to define the accident

management process and activities and responsibilities in preparing responses to

accidents, responding to accidents and accident repairs, as well as prevention and

alleviation of environmental impacts that may be associated with it.

This procedure is applicable in case of emergency / accident. The procedure applied

by the members of teams to respond to accidents. With procedures defined by this

procedure employees and contractors in Petrohemija meet the training.

This procedure applied by all sectors and all facilities / services in HIP Petrochemija.

iNTeg-Risk

Also HIP-Petrohemija a.d. in cooperation with Oil Industry of Serbia participates in

the realization of integ-Risk project "Early detection, monitoring and integrated

management of unexplored risks associated with new technologies" ("Early

Recognition Management of Emerging, New Technology Related Risks"), funded by

the European Union. The implementation of integrated risk monitoring will provide

on-line monitoring of risk and risk assessment in HIP-Petrohemija, accident

prevention and early detection of hazards, development of scripts for all applications

of the scale and comparative safety reports to ensure consistent treatment of a

possible domino effect, the identification of "impact area "in the southern industrial

zone of Pancevo, identification of industrial and transport activities involving

hazardous substances and defining significant sources of risk to consider and

reduce environmental impact.

5.3. List and characteristics of hazardous materials

In the presentation of hazardous properties (Seveso) substances are extracted the

essential features from the standpoint of the possible consequences for human life

and health and the environment.

Classification and labeling of substances is shown by the Law on Chemicals and the

Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and advertising of certain products

and chemicals.

175

Table 63. List of hazardous substances in accordance with the Rules on the list of hazardous

substances and their quantities

Chemical name INDEX number, CAS number, EC and UN number

Classification Max.

present quant. (t)

1.

Gasoline (primary, raw) IUPAC name: Gasoline, straight-run, topping-plant;

Index number: 649-270-00-7 CAS number: 68606-11-1 Ec number: 271-727-0 UN number: 1268

T;R45, R46, R65 20.100

2.

Hydrogenated pyroytic gasoline IUPAC name: Gasoline;

Index number:649-378-00-4 CAS: 86290-81-5 EC: 289-220-8 UN 1203

T;R45, R46, R65 13.900

3. Butane IUPAC name: butane

Index number: 601-004-00-0 CAS number: 106-97-8 EC number: 203-448-7 UN number : 1978

F+; R12 1.175

4. Isobutane IUPAC name: isobutane

Index number: 601-004-00-0 CAS number: 75-28-5 EC number j: 200-857-2 UN number: 1969

F+; R12 190

5. Hydrazine hydrate 15% IUPAC name: Hydrazine Diazane

EC Index number 007-008-00-3 EC number: 206-114-9 CAS number: 302-01-2 UN number: 3293 (aqueous solution <37 %)

R10 Carc. Cat. 2; R45

T; R23/24/25 C; R34,R43 N; R50-53

1,6

6. Hydrogen peroxide IUPAC name: Hydrogen peroxide

Index number 008-003-00-9 EC number: 231-765-06 CAS number: 7722-84-1 UN number:2014

R5 O; R8 C; R35 R20/22

113

7. Ethylene IUPAC name: ethylene

Index number 601-010-00-3 EC number: 200-815-3 CAS number j: 74-85-1 UN number: 1038

F+; R12 R67

3.708,7

8. Propylene IUPAC name: propene

Index number: 601-011-00-9 CAS number: 115-07-1 EC number: 204-062-1 UN number: 1077

F+; R12 2.100

9.

С4 fraction IUPAC name: Hydrocarbons, C4, steam-cracker distillate

Index number: / CAS: 68476-52-8; EC: 270-691-3; UN: 1010

F+; R12 Carc. Cat. 1; R45 Muta. Cat. 2; R46

1.540

10. Sodium hypochlorite IUPAC name: Hypochlorite

Index number 017-011-00-1 CAS number: 7681-52-9 EC number: 231-668-3 UN number: 1791

C; R31, R34. N; R50

203

11. Mercury IUPAC name: mercury

Index number 080-001-00-0 CAS number: 7439-97-6 EC number: 231-106-7 UN number: 2809

Repr. Cat. 2; R61 T+; R26

T; R48/23 N; R50-53

21

176

12.

Chromiuim trioxide IUPAC name: chromium (VI) trioxide (Waste catalysts based on chromium oxide)

Index number.024-001-00-0 EC number: 215-607-8 CAS number: 1333-82-0 UN number: 1463

O; R9 Carc. Cat. 1; R45 Muta. Cat. 2; R46 Repr. Cat. 3; R62

T+; R26 T; R24/25-48/23

C; R35 R42/43

N; R50-53

50

Gasoline (primary, raw)

General information for: Oil products – virgin naphta for HIPP IUPAC name: Gasoline, straight-run, topping-plant;

Index number: 649-270-00-7

EC number: 271-727-0

CAS number: 68606-11-1

UN number: 1268

Classification according to the Regulation on

classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising chemicals and certain product

(DSD/DPD)

(“Official gazette RS“ number 59/10)

(in accorddance with EU Directive 67/548/EEZ and 99/45/EZ-DSD/DPD)

(in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008, Anex VI, Table 3.2. - CLP)

Classification and labeling according to Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and advertising chemicals and

certain products in accordance with Global harmonized system for classification and

labelind UN (GHS) (“Official gazette RS“, number 64/10)

(in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008, Anex VI, Table 3.1. -GHS)

Classification

Karc. Kat. 2; R45 Muta. Kat. 2; R46

Xn; R65

Karc. 1B; H350 Muta. 1B; H340

Asp. Tox. 1; H304

Elements of labeling

Symbol of danger

T

GHS hazard pictogram

GHS08

Sign of danger

T (Toxic substances) Word of warning

Danger

Signs of risk: R-signs

R45: Can cause cancer R46: Can cause genetic mutation R65: Harmful: can cause lung damages if swallowed

Information on dangerous:

H-signs

H350: Can cause cancer H340: Can cause genetic defects H304:Can cause death if swallowed and come to the respiratory tract

Saftey signs: S-signs

S53: Avoid exposure to-use special instructions before use S45: In case of accident or if you feel that you are not fine, immediately find medical help (show label where possible)

Information on precaution measures:

P-signs

Prevention: P201,P202,P281 Reacting: P308+P313, Storage: P405 Disposal: P501

177

Concentration limits

/

Specific concentration

limits, M-factors

/

Note HP Note HP

Seveso information

Seveso substance

Main seveso category/ Other seveso categories

Seveso koncentration

Category

Yes 0-named substances

(Table I-34) 2-toxic

C ≥ 10% 0,1 % ≤ C <

10%

- -

Important characteristics from the point of possible consequences on the health of

people and the environment are:

Toxicity

Physical and Chemical Properties

Molecular weight

Gasoline; primary, from atmospheric distillation; Gasoline with low boling point; [Complex mixture of hydrocarbons obtained by atmospheric distillation of crude oil and boiling point of approximetely 36,1

oC to 193,3

oC (97

oF do 380

oF).

Melting temperature (0C) Information not available

Boiling temperature (0C) 49-177 na 1013 hPa

Burning temperature (0C) Information not available (<-40-literaturni podatak)

Density 0,640-0,745 g/cm3 on (150C)

Aggregate state liquid

Evaporation (n-butilacetat =1) Information not available

Solubility Information not available

Chemical stability Stable on normal temperature and pressure

Toxicity

Fatal dose: LD50 (mg/kg) Acute oral LD50 for rats: >2000 Acute dermal LD50 for rats: >2000

Fatal concentration: LC50 (mg/l) Inhibitory rat: 5,2 (4h);

Effective concentration: EC50 (mg/l) Information not available

Inhibitory concentration: IC50 (mg/l) Information not available

Concentration dangerous for life: IDLH (mg/m3)

Information not available

Concentration that irritates skin and mucosal (mg/m3)

Can cause irritation of eyes and skin. Causes hypersensitivity.

Chronic toxity Risk of chronic effects is from the presence of benzene (irreversible changes in the bone marrow and occurance of aplastic anemia)

178

Cumulative and delayed effects Information not available

Synergism, antagonism and additive effects

Not significant

Carcirogenicity

Carcinogenicity category 2: - substances that are likely to

be carcinogenic to humans. There are sufficient data

which is firmly based on the assumption that exposure to

certain substances can lead to cancer on the basis of:

1) adequate long-term animal studies,

2) other of relevant data

Mutagenicity

Mutagen Category 2: Substances which are supposed to

be mutagenic to humans. There are sufficient data which

is firmly based on the assumption that exposure to certain

substances can lead to inherited genetic damage, based

on:

1) adequate long-term animal studies,

2) other of relevant data.

Embrio and geno-toxicity Not significant

Hydrogeneted pyrolitic gasoline

General information for: Oil products- Hydrogeneted pyrolitic gasoline IUPAC name: Gasoline;

Index number: 649-378-00-4

EC number: 289-220-8

CAS number: 86290-81-5

UN number: 1203

Classification according to the Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising of certain products and chemicals (DSD/DPD)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 59/10) (in accordance with EU Directive 67/548/EEZ i

99/45/EZ-DSD/DPD) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.2. - CLP)

Classification and labeling according to Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising chemicals and certain products in accordance with Global harmonized system for

classification and labeling UN (GHS) (GHS)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 64/10) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.1. -GHS)

Classification

Karc. Kat. 2; R45 Muta. Kat. 2; R46

Xn; R65

Karc. 1B; H350 Muta. 1B; H340

Asp. Tox. 1; H304

Elements of labeling

Symbol for danger

T

GHS hazard pictogram

GHS08

Sign of danger T (Toxic substances) Word of warning

Danger

Risk signs: R-sign

R45: Can cause cancer R46: Can cause genetic

Information on dangerous:

H350: Can cause cancer H340: Can cause genetic

179

mutation R65: Harmful: can cause lung damages if swallowed Can cause cancer

H-signs defects H304: Can cause death if swallowed and comes to the respiratory tract

Safety signs: S-signs

S53: Avoid exposure to-use special instructions before use S45: In case of accidents or if you do not feel fine, immediately find medical help (show the label where possible)

Information on precautious measures:

P-signs

Prevention: P201,P202,P281 Reaction: P308+P313, Storage: P405 Disposal: P501

Limit concentration

/

Specific limit

concentration, M-factors

/

Note HP Note HP

Seveso information

Seveso substance

Main seveso category/ Other seveso categories

Seveso concentration

Category

Yes 0-named substances

(Table I-34) 2-toxic

C ≥ 10% 0,1 % ≤ C < 10%

- -

Important characteristics from the point of possible consequences on the health of

people and the environment are:

Toxicity

Physical and chemical characteristics

Molecular weight

Motor gasoline, Diesel with low boiling-without

specification;

[A complex mixture of paraffin, cikloparaffin,

aromatic and olefinic hydrocarbons with the

number of carbon atoms predominantly greater

than C3 and boiled in the range of 30 oC do 260 oC

(86 oF do 500 oF).]

Melting temperature (0C) <-60

Boiling temperature (0C) 25-200 na 1013 hPa

Burning temperature (0C) Information not available (- 40 do – 20

0C (literary)

Density 0,68-0,79 g/cm3 on (15 0C)

Aggregate state liquid

Evaporation (n-butilacetat =1) Information not available

Solubility 30-100 mg/l on 20(0C) in water

Chemical stability Stable on the normal temperature and pressure

180

Toxicity- harmful to health

Fatal dose: LD50 (mg/kg) Accute toxicity: oral rat LD50:>5000 Dermal rabbbit LD50:>3750

Fatal concentration: LC50 (mg/l) Inhalation rat: 5,2 (4h);

Effective concentration: EC50 (mg/l) Information not available

Concentration immediately harmful for life: IDLH (mg/m3)

Information not available

Concentration that irritates skin and mucosal (mg/m

3)

Irritates skin and eyes. It causes hypersensitivity.

Chronic toxicity Risk of chronic effect is of the presence of benzene (irreversible change in bone marrow and occurance of aplastic anemia)

Cumulative and delayed effects Information not available

Synergism, antagonism and additive effects Not significant

Carcinogenicity

Carcinogenicity category 2: - substances that are

likely to be carcinogenic to humans. There are

sufficient data which is firmly based on the

assumption that exposure to certain substances

can lead to cancer on the basis of:

1) adequate long-term animal studies,

2) other of relevant data

Mutagenicity

Mutagen Category 2: Substances which are

supposed to be mutagenic to humans. There are

sufficient data which is firmly based on the

assumption that exposure to certain substances

can lead to inherited genetic damage, based on:

1) adequate long-term animal studies,

2) other of relevant data.

Embryo and geno-toxicity Not significant

Characteristics of butane and isobutane

General Information for butane IUPAC name: Butane

Index number: 601-004-00-0

EC number: 203-448-7

CAS number: 106-97-8

UN number: 1978

Classification according to the Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising of certain products and chemicals (DSD/DPD)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 59/10) (in accordance with EU Directive 67/548/EEZ i

99/45/EZ-DSD/DPD) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.2. - CLP)

Classification and labeling according to Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising chemicals and certain products in accordance with Global harmonized system for

classification and labeling UN (GHS) (GHS)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 64/10) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.1. -GHS)

181

Classification

F+;R12 Flammable gas 1; H220

Gas under pressure

Elements of labeling

Symbol of danger

F+

GHS hazard pictogram

GHS02 GHS04

Sign of danger

(F+) Very flammable substances

Word of warning

Danger

Sign of risk: R-signs

R12: Very flammable (Chemicals in gaseous state which are flammable in the contact with air on the temperature and pressure of the area.)

Information on danger: H-signs

H220:very flammable gas

Safety signs: S-signs

(S2): Keep out of reach of children S9: Keep content on well ventilated space S16: Keep out of the source of flame- No smoking

Information on preventive measures:

P-signs

Prevention: P210 Reaction: P377,P381 Storage: P403 Disposal:/

Limit concentration

/ Specific limit

concentration, M-factors

/

Note E Note E

Seveso information

Seveso substance

Main seveso category/ Other seveso categories

Seveso concentration

Category

Yes 0-named substances

(Table I-18) 8-highly flammable

/ /

Important characteristics of butane and isobutane from the point of possible

consequences on health of people and the environment are:

Flammability (extreme flammable-highly flammable)

Physical and chemical properties

Molecular weight 58.12 (pure butane)

Melting temperature (0C) -138

Boiling temperature (0C) -0,5

Burning temperature (0C) <-800C

Density 0.584 g/cm3

Aggregate state Gas (liquid under pressure)

182

Evaporation (n-butyl acetate =1) Information not available

Solubility 0.0061 g/100ml vode

Chemical stability Stable on normal temperature and pressure

Combustibility

Burning temperatue (0C) <-80

Autoignition temperature (0C) >405

Temperature of combustion (0C) Information not available

Products of combustion- hazardous Carbon monoxide

Speed of combustion Information not available

Specific heat Information not available

Class of fire B

Temperature class Group A Temperature grade T3

Substances for the firefighting For small fires, use dry chemicals and Co2. For large fires, use water spray (spray) and water fog.

Method of firefighting

Stop every exit of gas before it causes the fire. Preventive, in the case of leakage of gas, use fine spray or fog. Take all measures against electrostatic discharge. Remove all possible sources of ignition. Extinguishing agents: Less fires extinguish by fire apparatus S, powder, halon or carbon dioxide.Reservoir exposed to fire, cool with water. Remove sources of ignition. DO NOT USE water jet. Special measures agains fire: Remove non-essential personnel. Prevent contact with hot surface, flames, sparks and electrostatic discharge.Ground and connect all devices before refilling of the gas. Use appropriate respiratory protective equipment in case of risk exposure to vapours and gases.

Low level of flammability vol.% 1,9-5.3

High level of flammability vol.% 8,5-15

Classification according to SRPS standards of fire and explosion

Class

Classification of explosive gases and vapours (SRPS N.S8.003/1981)

Group A Temperaturni razred T3

Classification of flammable liquids according to burning temperature and boiling temperature (SRPS Z.C0.007/1978)

I group Subgroup A

Classification of fire according to the kind of flammable substances (SRPS ISO 3941/1994)

B

Classification of substances and goods according to the fire (SRPS Z.C0.005/1979)

Kind of dangerous Fx Level of dangerous I Category A

183

Characteristics of hydrazine 15%

General information for hydrazine

IUPAC name: Hydrazine Diazane

Indeks number:

007-008-00-3

EC number:

206-114-9

CAS number:

302-01-2

UN number:

3293 (<37 %)

Classification according to the Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising of certain products and chemicals (DSD/DPD)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 59/10) (in accordance with EU Directive 67/548/EEZ i

99/45/EZ-DSD/DPD) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.2. - CLP)

Classification and labeling according to Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising chemicals and certain products in accordance with Global harmonized system for

classification and labeling UN (GHS) (GHS)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 64/10) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.1. -GHS)

Classification

Karc. kat.2; R45 T; R23/24/25 C; R34 R43 N; R50-53

Vol.liq. 3 Karc. 1B Ac. tox. 3 * Ac. tox. 3 * Ac. tox. 3 * Kor. skin 1B Sensib. skin 1 Wat. env..- ak. 1 Wat.env..-hron. 1

Labeling elements

Symbol of danger

T N

GHS hazard pictogram

GHS02 GHS05 GHS06

GHS08 GHS09

Sign of danger

(T) Toxic substances (N) Supstances dangerous

for the area

Word of warning

Danger

Sign of risk: R-signs

R45: Can cause cancer R10: Flammable R23/24/25: Toxic for inhalation, in contact with skin and if swallowed R34: Cause burns R43: Can cause sensitization in the contact with skin R50/53: Very toxic for water organisms, can cause long-term bad effects on the water ecosystems

Information on dangers: H-osigns

H226:Flammable liquid and vapour H331:Toxic by inhalation H311:Toxic in the contact with skin H301:Toxic if swallowed H314:Cause heavy burns of skin and eye damage H317:Can cause allergic reacton on the skin H410:Very toxic for the living world with long- term consequences H350: Can cause cancer

184

Safety signs: S-signs

S45:In case of accident or if you do not feel well, ask for medical help (show label if possible) S53: Avoid exposure-use special instructions before the use S60: This material and its content must be safely removed S61: Avoid release of the content into the environment. Use information from the special safety list

Information on precaution

measurements: P-signs

Prevention: P210,P233,P240,P241,P242, P243,P280,P264,P270,P260, P261,P285,P273 Reaction: P303 + P361 + P353 P370 + P378 P301+P310 P321 P330 P301+ P330+ P331 P303+ P361+ P353 P363 PP304+ P340 P310 P305+ P351+ P338 P304+P341 P342+P311 P391 Storage: P403 + P235 Disposal: P501

Limit concentration

C; R34: C ≥ 10 % Xi; R36/38: 3 % ≤ C < 10 %

Specific limit values,

M-factors

Kor. skin 1B; H314: C ≥10 % Irit. skin 2; H315: 3 % ≤ C< 10 % Irit. of eye 2; H319: 3 % ≤ C< 10 %

Note E Note E

Seveso information

Seveso substance

Main seveso category/ Other seveso categories

Seveso concentration

Category

Yes 2-toxic

9i-Very toxic for the organisms in the water

/ /

Important characteristics of Hydrazine from the point of possible consequences for

life and health of people and the environment are:

toxicity

eco-toxicity

Physical and chemical characteristics of Hydrazine (N2H4)

Molecular weight 32.05

Melting temperature (ºC) 2

Boiling temperature (ºC) 113

Burning temperature (ºC) 38

Density 1.0085

Aggregate state liquid

Evaporation (n-butyl acetate =1) Information not available

Solubility total in water

185

Chemical stability Hydrazine highly toxic and dangerously unstable, especially in waterless form.

Toxical characteristics

Fatal dose: LD50 (mg/kg) 80 - 200 mg/kg ,rat orally

Fatal concentration: LC50 (mg/l) 570 ppm/4h , rat inhalatory

Effective concentration: EC50 (mg/l) Information not available

Concentration currently dangerous for life:

IDLH (mg/m3)

50 ppm

Concentration that irritate skin and mucosal

(mg/m3)

LD50= 76 mg/kg, rat through skin

LD50= 91 mg/kg, rabbit through skin

Chronic toxicity

Liquid hydrazine is corrosive and can cause skin

dermatitis of humans and animals. Effects are

expressed in lungs,liver, spleen, and thyroid gland

of animals chronically exposed to hydrazine

through inhalation. Increased number of cases of

lung diseases, nasal cavity and liver tumors are

obesrved at rodents exposed to hydrazine.

Hydrazine can also cause Steatosis. Hydrazine

causes chemical burns and penetrates undamaged

skin. Hydrozine is systemic poison- harmful to the

liver and destroys erythrocytes.

Cummulative and delayed effects Information not available

Synergism, antagonism and additive effects Information not available

Carcinogenicity

It can cause cancer. Based on the toxic effects

hydrazine has been classified as toxic substances,

and confirmed its carcinogenic effects (Group A2).

Acute toxic effects of hydrazine cause local irritant

effects and eye irritation and damage of cornea.

Absorbed through the skin and exerts its

carcinogenic properties. Systematic effects of

hydrazine manifests kidney damage, liver and

acting on the central nervous system. In addition, it

causes the hemolysis of erythrocytes.

Mutagenicity Not significant

Embrio and geno-toxicity Not significant

Concentration of significance Values

LD50 orally-rat 60 mg kg-1

LC50 inhalatory-rat 570 ppm/4h

LD50 intraparentalo-rat 76 mg kg-1

LD50 subcutaneously- rabbit 91 mg kg-1

Apsolutely leathal dose LD100 rat, orally 316 ppm

186

TLV/TWA 0,1 ppm

STEL 1 ppm

OSHA PEL 0,1 ppm (0,13 mg/m3) TWA [koža]

ACGIH TLV 0,1 ppm (0,13 mg/m3) TWA [koža], A2

Chronic toxicity NOEL, rat, dog 12 ppm; 15 ppm

IDLH – concentration dangerous for the life

and health of workers when exposure lasts

more than 20 to 30 min:

80 ppm (106 mg/m3)

0,1IDLH - concentration dangerous for the life

and health of general population when

exposure lasts more than 20 to 30 min:

50 ppm (65 mg/m3)

Limit of smell sensibility: 3.7 ppm (4,81 mg/m3)

ERPG-1 0,5 ppm (0,65 mg/m3)

ERPG-2 5,0 ppm (6,5 mg/m3)

ERPG-3 30,0 ppm (39 mg/m3)

Eco-toxical characteristics

Accute toxicity for plants and animals Very dangerous for water organisms, causes

long-term consequences for area.

Chronic toxicity for plants and animals

Highly toxical for aquatic organisms.Toxicity for

fish: LC50 (96 časova) 0,61-3,85. mg/L. For

daphnia LC50 (48 časova) 0,16-0,19 mg/L.

Highly dangerous for water organisms, causes

long-term consequences to the area.

Biodegradibility Information not available

Chemical degradation Information not available

Bioaccumulation Information not available

Mobility Information not available

Aquatic toxicity

Fish (mg/l) LC50 (ribe): 1.08 mg/l/96h (IUCLID)

Daphnia (mg/l) EC50 0,82/24 h

Algae (mg/l) EC50 0,01 /6 days

Characteristics of hydrogen peroxide

General information for hydrogen - peroxide...%

IUPAC name: Hydrogen peroxide

Indeks number:

008-003-00-9

EC number:

231-765-06

CAS number:

7722-84-1

UN number:

2014

187

Classification according to the Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising of certain products and chemicals (DSD/DPD)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 59/10) (in accordance with EU Directive 67/548/EEZ i

99/45/EZ-DSD/DPD) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.2. - CLP)

Classification and labeling according to Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising chemicals and certain products in accordance with Global harmonized system for

classification and labeling UN (GHS) (GHS)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 64/10) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.1. -GHS)

Classification

R5

O; R8

C; R35

Xn; R20/22

Oksid.fluid 1

Ak. toks. 4 *

Ak. toks. 4 *

Cor.skin 1A

Labeling elements

Symbol of

danger O; C

GHS hazardous

pictogram GHS03 GHS05 GHS07

Sign of danger (O) Oxidizing substances

(C) Corrosive substances Word of warning Danger

Sign of risk:

R-signs

R5: Temperature can cause

fire

R8:Contact with flammable

substances can cause fire

R20/22: Harmful for

inhalation and if swallowed

R35: Cause burns of higher

degree

Information on

danger:

H-signs

H271:Can cause fire or

explosion; very oxidizing

agent

H332:Harmful if inhalated

H302:Harmful if swallowed

H314:Cause heavy burns on

skin and eye damage

Safety signs:

S-signs

(S1/2): Keep locked and out

of reach of children

S17: Keep from flammable

material

S26: If the content comes in

contact with eyes,

immediately wash out with

a lot of water and ask for

medical help pomoć

S28: After contact with skin,

immediately wash out with a

lot of...... (specified by

producer)

S36/37/39: Wear suitable

protective clothes and

gloves and protect face/

eyes

S45: In case of accident or if

you do not feel well,

immediately find medical

help

Information on

precautious

measures:

P-signs

Prevention:P210,P220,P221,

P280,P283 ,P264,P270,

P260

Reaction: P306 + P360

P371 +P380 + P375

P370 + P378

P301+P312

P330

P301+ P330+ P331

P303+ P361+ P353

P363

PP304+ P340

P310

P321

P305+ P351+ P338

Storage: P405

Disposal: P501

188

Limit

concentration

Xn; R20: C ≥ 50 %

Xn; R22: C ≥ 8 %

C; R35: C ≥ 70 %

C; R34: 50 % ≤ C < 70 %

Xi; R37/38: 35 % ≤ C < 50 %

Xi; R41: 8 % ≤ C < 50 %

Xi; R36: 5 % ≤ C < 8 %

O; R8: C ≥ 50 %

R5: C ≥ 70 %

Specific limit

concentration,

M-factors

Oxid. liq. 1; H271:

C ≥70 %****

Oxid. liq. 2; H272:

50 % ≤C < 70 % *****

Kor. skin 1A; H314:

C ≥70 %

Kor. skin 1B; H314:

50 % ≤C < 70 %

Irit. skin 2; H315:

35 % ≤C < 50 %

Eye dam. 1; H318:

8 % ≤ C< 50 %

Eye dam. 2; H319:

5 % ≤ C< 8 %

Spec. tox.−JI 3; H335;

C ≥35 %

Note B Note B

Seveso information

Seveso

substance

Main seveso category/

Other seveso categories

Seveso

concentration

Category

Yes 3-Oxidising

C ≥ 20 %

5 % ≤ C < 20 %

Footnote

C ≥ 60 %

-

-

-

-

Important characteristics from the point of possible consequences on health of

people and the environment are:

oxidising effect

caustic (corrosive) effect

Physical and chemical characteristics

H2O2 ...%(Typical concentration is in the range from 3% -35%. )

Molecular weight 34.0147 g/mol

Melting temperature (0C) -0.43

Boiling temperature (0C) 150.2

Burning temperature (0C) Not applicable

Density 1.463 g/cm3

Aggregate state Very light blue; colourless solution

Evaporation (n-butyl acetate =1) Information not available

Solubility soluble in ether

Chemical stability Unstable – easily decomposed on water and oxygen

GVE-limit value of the emission Not applicable

MDK working area Information not available

189

Explosiveness Not applicable

Reactivity

Creates explosive compounds: ketones, ethers,

alcohols, hydrazine, glycerine, aniline, sodium borate,

urea, sodium carbonate, triethylamine, sodium

fluoride, sodium pyrophosphate and carboxylic acid

anhydrides. Materials to be avoided are flammable,

strong reducing agents, most common metals,

organic materials, metallic salts, alkali, porous

materials, especially wood, asbestos, soil, rust, strong

oxidizing agents.

Corrosivity

Corrosive (etching) - can cause serious burns.

Contact with eyes can cause serious injury, the

likelihood of blindness. Harmful if inhaled, swallowed

and in contact with skin

Thermal and chemical stability

Unstable - readily decomposes into water and

oxygen. Sensitive to light. Pressure can develop in

the bottle.

Lower level of flammability vol.% Not applicable

Upper level of flammability vol.% Not applicable

Sensitivity on surface heating Temperature can cause fire. Contact with flammable

substance can cause fire.

Toxical characteristics

Fatal dose: LD50 (mg/kg) 820 mg/kg ,rat orally

Fatal concentration: LC50 (mg/l) 0,338-0,427/8h , rat inhalatory

Effective concentration: EC50 (mg/l) Information not available

Concentration immediately dangerous for

life: IDLH (mg/m3)

Information not available

Concentration that irritates skin and

mucoasal (mg/m3) LD50= >2000 mg/kg,rat through skin

Chronic toxicity Information not available

Cummulative and delayed effects Information not available

Synergism, antagonism and additive effects Information not available

Carcinogenicity Not carcinogen

Mutagenicity Not significant

Embryo i geno-toxicity Not significant

Eco-toxical characteristics

Accute toxicity for plants and animals Information not available

Chronic toxicity for plants and animals Information not available

Biodegradibility Information not available

Chemical degradation Information not available

190

Bioaccumulation Information not available

Mobility Information not available

Aquatic toxicity

Fish (mg/l) LC50 (ribe): 155mg/l/24h ( IUCLID)

Daphnia (mg/l) EC50:7,7mg/l//24h

Algae (mg/l) EC50: 9,86 mg/l/24 h

Characteristics of Ethylen

General Information for ethylene

IUPAC name: ethylene

Indeks number:

601-010-00-3

EC number:

200-815-3

CAS number:

74-85-1

UN number:

1038

Classification according to the Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising of certain products and chemicals (DSD/DPD)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 59/10) (in accordance with EU Directive 67/548/EEZ i

99/45/EZ-DSD/DPD) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.2. - CLP)

Classification and labeling according to Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising chemicals and certain products in accordance with Global harmonized system for

classification and labeling UN (GHS) (GHS)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 64/10) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.1. -GHS)

Classification

F+; R12

R67

Cap.gas. 1

Gas. under press.

Spec. tox.−JI 3

Elements of labeling

Symbol of

danger

GHShazardous

pictogram GHS02 GHS04 GHS07

Sign of

danger F+

Word of

warning Danger

Sign of risk:

R-signs

R12: Highly flammable

(Chemical in gaseous state

flammable in the contact

with air on temeperature

and pressure of the area.

R67: Evaporation can cause

sleepiness and dizziness

Obaveštenje o

opasnosti:

H-oznake

H220: Highly flammable gas

H281 - Includes refrigerated

liquefied gas may cause

frostbite or injury

H336: Can cause sleepiness

and dizziness

Safety signs:

S-signs

(S2): Keep out of the reach

of children

S9: Keep content on

ventilated place

S16: Keep away from the

source of flame- Smoking

forbidden

Information on

precautious

measures:

P-signs

Prevention: P210,P261,

P271

Reaction: P377,P381,

P304 + P340,P312

Storage: P403, P403 + P233

Disposal: P501

191

S33:Take precautious

measures from static

electricity

S45: In case of accidents or

if you do not feel well

immediately find medical

help (show label where

possible)

Limit

concentration /

Specific limit

concentration,

M-factors

/

Note / Note U

Seveso informations

Seveso

substance

Main seveso category/

Other seveso categories

Seveso

concentration

Category

Yes

0-named substances

(Table I-18)

8-easily flammable

/ /

Important characteristics from the point of possible consequences on health of

people and the environment are:

Flammability (extreme flammable-easily flammable)

Physical and chemical properties

Molecular weight 28

Melting temperature (0C) -169,15

Boiling temperature (0C) -103,77

Burning temperature (0C) -136

Density 0,975 (Relative gas density (air=1)

Aggregate state Gas (liquid under pressure)

Evaporation (n-butyl acetate =1) Not applicable, gas

Solubility Solubility in water is

negligible 131 mg/l na 25°C

Chemical stability

This product has a moderate reactivity and may

be polymerized, decompose or chemically react

under certain conditions, stroke, high

temperature, high pressure or with the presence

of certain impurities.

Combustibility

Burning temperature (0C) -136

Temperature of autoignition (0C) 450

192

Combustion temperature (0C) Information not available

Products of combustion-dangerous Decomposition releases carbon monoxide,

carbon dioxide and low molecular weight

Speed of combustion Information not available

Specific heat Information not available

Class of fire C

Temperature class Group A

Temperature grade T1

Substance for fire combustion For smaller fires use dry chemicals and CO2. For

bigger fires use water spray and water fog.

Fire-fighting measures

Stop every exit gas before fire.Preventive

challenges in case of leakage of gas used a fine

spray or mist. Take all measures against

electrostatic discharge. Remove all possible

ignition sources.

Extinguishing agents extinguish small fires

apparatus, powder, halon, or carbon dioxide.

Tank exposed to fire with water.Remove sources

of ignition.

DO NOT USE water jet.

Special measures against fire:

Removable non-essential personnel. Prevent

contact with hot surfaces, flames, sparks and

elektrostatic discharge. Ground and connect all

the devices before refilling gas. Use appropriate

respiratory protective equipment in case of risk

exposure to vapors and gases.

Low level of flammability vol.% 2,7

Upper level of flammability vol.% 36

There is a very great danger of explosion of

pipelines and tanks, if exposed to heat or flames.

Use large amounts of cooling water pipes and

tanks exposed to fire. Do not try to extinguish fire

until isolate or close the leak.

Strongly explode in the presence of sparks, fire,

or oxidizing agents. Vapor build explosive

mixtures with air. Container may explode if

heated, and to fly from the scene.

Characteristics of Propylene

General information for propylene

IUPAC name: propene, pure

Indeks number:

601-011-00-9

EC number:

204-062-1

CAS number:

115-07-1

UN number:

1077

193

Classification according to the Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising of certain products and chemicals (DSD/DPD)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 59/10) (in accordance with EU Directive 67/548/EEZ i

99/45/EZ-DSD/DPD) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.2. - CLP)

Classification and labeling according to Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling

and advertising chemicals and certain products in accordance with Global harmonized system for

classification and labeling UN (GHS) (GHS)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 64/10) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.1. -GHS)

Classification

F+; R12

.

Flamm. Gas 1;H220

Labeling Elements

Symbol of

danger

GHS hazardous

pictogram GHS02 GHS04

Sign of danger F+ Word of

warning Danger

Sign of risk:

R-signs

R12: Highly flammable

(Chemicals in gasous state

flammable in the contact with

air on temperature and

pressure of the area.)

Information on

danger:

H-signs

H220:Very flammable gas

Safety signs:

S-signs

(S2): Keep away from

children

S9: Keep content on

ventilated place

S16: Keep away from the

source of flame- Smoking

forbidden

S33: Take precautious

measures from static

electricity

Information on

precautious

measures:

P-signs

Prevention: P210

Reaction: P377,P381

Storage: P403

Disposal:/

Limit

concentration /

Specific limit

concentration

M-factors

/

Note / Note U

Seveso information

Seveso

substance

Main seveso category/

Other seveso categories

Seveso

concentratio

n

Category

Yes

0-named substance

(Table I-18)

8-easily flammable

/ /

194

Important characteristics from the point of possible consequences on health of

people and the environment are:

Flammability (extreme flammable-easily flammable)

Physical and chemical characteristics

Molecular weight

42.1

C3 H6/CH2CHCH3;

Hydrocarbon (Propylene min.93,Propane up to

100%)

Melting temperature(0C) -183 up to -20

Boiling temperature (0C) - 47,7 on 1013 hPa

Combustion temperature(0C) -107

Density 0,506-0,583 g/cm3 on 15(

0C)

Aggregate state Gas (liquid under pressure)

Evaporation (n-butyl acetate =1) Not applicable, gas

Solubility 0,024-0.061 g/l water on 20(0C)

Chemical stability

This product is stable in normal conditions of

usage on the occurance of earthquake, vibration,

on normal pressure and temperature. Instable on

high temperature/ pressure.

Flammability

Ignition temperature (0C) <-56

Autoignition temperature (0C) 410-540 on 1 hPa (460)

Combustion temperature (0C) Information not available

Combustion products-dangerous Decomposition releases carbon monoxide, carbon

dioxide and low molecular weight hydrocarbons.

Speed of combustion Information not available

Specific heat Information not available

Fire classes C

Temperature class Group A

Temperature grade T1

Substances for fire fighting For smaller fires use dry chemicals and CO2. For

bigger fires use water spray and water fog.

Fire fighting measures

Stop every exit gas before fire.Preventive

challenges in case of leakage of gas used a fine

spray or mist. Take all measures against

electrostatic discharge. Remove all possible

ignition sources.

Extinguishing agents extinguish small fires

apparatus, powder, halon, or carbon dioxide. Tank

exposed to fire with water.Remove sources of

ignition.

DO NOT USE water jet.

Special measures against fire:

195

Removable non-essential personnel. Prevent

contact with hot surfaces, flames, sparks and

elektrostatic discharge. Ground and connect all

the devices before refilling gas. Use appropriate

respiratory protective equipment in case of risk

exposure to vapors and gases.

Low level of flammability vol.% 1,9-5,3

Upper level of flammability vol.% 8.5-15

Propylene is declared as flammable, liquefied

gas.These substances can cause BLEVE (Boiling

Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosions) effect, when

in the vicinity of the tank with the liquid under

pressure, a fire occurs, and the tank wall

temperature is above the boiling point of liquid.

This effect can lead to catastrophic damage to the

vessel, with the bursting equipment parts, shock

wave and ball of fire and death of many people.

Characteristics of C4-fraction

General information for С4 fraction

IUPAC name: Hydrocarbons, C4, steam-cracker distillate

Index number:

/

EC number:

270-691-3

CAS number:

68476-52-8

UN number:

1010

C4-fraction represents the mixture of saturated and unsaturated C3, C4 and C5

hydrocarbons. It contains 42,5-60% 1,3 butadiene i 20-25% iso-butene.According to

its characteristics it is classified as liquid oil gas.

C4-fraction consists of mixture of hydrocarbons:

CAS number Component % part

68476-52-8 C4-fraction 100

106-99-0 1,3 butadiene 42,5-60

106-98-9 1-butene 16

115-11-7 2-methyl propene (isobutilene) 18-25

106-97-8 Butane 8-10

107-01-7 2-butene 6-10

196

1,3-butadiene

Classification according to the Regulation on

classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising of certain products and chemicals

(DSD/DPD) (“Official gazette RS“, number

59/10) (in accordance with EU Directive

67/548/EEZ i 99/45/EZ-DSD/DPD) (in

accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.2. - CLP)

Classification and labeling according to

Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling

and advertising chemicals and certain products in

accordance with Global harmonized system for

classification and labeling UN (GHS)

(GHS) (“Official gazette RS“, number 64/10)

(in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.1. -GHS)

Classification

F+; R12

Karc. kat.1; R45

Muta. kat. 2; R46

Vol.gas. 1

Gas. under press.

Karc. 1A

Mut. germ. 1B

Labeling elements

Symbol of

danger F+ T

GHS hazardous

pictogram GHS02 GHS04 GHS08

Sign of

dangerous

(F+) Easily flammable

T (Toxic substances)

Word of

warning Danger

Sign of risk:

R-signs

R12: Highly flammable

(Chemical in gasous state

that are flammable in the

contact with air on

temperature and pressure

of area)

R45: Can cause cancer

R46:Can cause genetic

damages

Information on

dangerous:

H-signs

H220:Very flammable gas

H350 – Can cause cancer

H340 – Can lead to genetic

defects

Safety signs:

S-signs

S53:Avoid exposure- apply

special instructions before

usage

S45: In case of accidents or

if you do not feel well

immediately find medical

help (show label if possible)

Information on

precautious

measures:

P-signs

Prevention: P210 – Keep

away from the source of

heat/ sparks/ open fire/ hot

surface. – Smoking

forbidden

P243 – Take over

precautious measures in

order not to come to the

static electricity

P281 - Use necessary

personal protective

equipment

Reaction: P377 – Fire

during gas leakage:Do not

extinguish, except if

leackage can not be stopped

in safe way.

P381 – Remove all sources

197

of comustion if it is possible

to do safely

P308+P313 – If it comes to

the exposure or it is doubted

that it came to the exposure:

Search for medical advice/

opinion

Storage: P403 – Store on

the place with good

ventilation.

Disposal: P501 – Disposal

ofcontent/package according

to the local/ regional/

national regulations

Limit

concentration /

Specific limit

concentration,

M-factors

/

Note D Note DU

Seveso information

Seveso

substance

Main seveso category/

Other seveso categories

Seveso

concentration

Category

Yes

0-named substances

(Table I-18)

8-easily flammable

/ /

1-buten, izo-buten, 2-buten

Classification according to the Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising of certain products and chemicals (DSD/DPD)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 59/10) (in accordance with EU Directive 67/548/EEZ i

99/45/EZ-DSD/DPD) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.2. - CLP)

Classification and labeling according to Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising chemicals and certain products in accordance with Global harmonized system for

classification and labeling UN (GHS) (GHS)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 64/10) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.1. -GHS)

Classification

F+; R12

.

Flamm. Gas 1;H220

Labeling elements

Symbol of

danger F+

GHS hazardous

pictogram GHS02 GHS04

198

Sign of

danger (F+) Very easily flammable

Word of

warning Danger

Signs of risk:

R-signs

R12: Highly flammable

(Chemicals in gasous state

which are flammable in the

contact with air on the

temperature and pressure of

the area.)

Information on

danger:

H-signs

H220:Very flammable gas

H280 – Contains gas under

pressure, can explode if

exposed to the temperature

Safety signs:

S-signs

(S2): Keep away from

children

S9: Keep content on well

ventilated space

S16: Keep away from the

source of flame- Smoking

forbidden

S33: Take precautious

measures from static

electricity

Information on

precautious

measurements:

P-signs

Prevention: P210

Reaction: P377,P381

Storage: P403

Disposal:/

Limit

concentration /

Specific limit

concentration,

M-factors

/

Note / Note U

Seveso information

Seveso

substance

Main seveso category/

Other seveso categories

Seveso

concentration

Category

Yes

0-named substances

(Table I-18)

8-easily flammable

/ /

Important characteristics of C4- fraction from the point of possible consequences on

health of people and the environment are:

Flammability (extreme flammable-easily flammable)

Physical and chemical characteristics

Molecular weight Mixture of hydrocarbons

Melting temperature (0C) -185 – -105.5 ºC

Boiling temperature (0C) Opseg -12 ºC - 4 ºC

Combustion temperature (0C) <-30 °C do -18°C

Density 1,9 - 1,3-butadiene Relative density of vapour

(air=1)

Aggregate state Gas in the ambiental conditions (20 ºC, 1 bar);

Liquefied during transport and storaging

Evaporation (n-butyl acetate =1) Not applicable, gas

Solubility Not solable in hot and cold water in the range of 135,6

199

to 792,3 mg/l..

Chemical stability

The product is unstable. The substances can under

certain conditions (exposure to air) form peroxides,

initiating explosive polymerization. The product can be

polymerized in a fire or explosion. The product breaks

down explosively at a rapid temperature increase

under pressure. Or very violently with oxidants and

many other substances, causing fire and explosion.

Flammability

Ignition temperature (0C) <-30 °C do -18°C

Autoignition temperature (0C) Range: 364 to 413°C

Burning temperature (0C) Information not available

Product of combustion-dangerous Decomposition releases carbon monoxide, carbon

dioxide and hydrocarbons of small molecular weight.

Speed of combustion Information not available

Specific heat Information not available

Fire classes C

Temperature classes Group IA

Temperature grade T2

Substance for fire fighting For smaller fires use dry chemicals and CO2. For

bigger fires use water spray and water fog.

Fire fighting measures

Stop every exit gas before fire.Preventive challenges

in case of leakage of gas used a fine spray or mist.

Take all measures against electrostatic discharge.

Remove all possible ignition sources.

Extinguishing agents extinguish small fires apparatus,

powder, halon, or carbon dioxide. Tank exposed to fire

with water.Remove sources of ignition.

DO NOT USE water jet.

Special measures against fire:

Removable non-essential personnel. Prevent contact

with hot surfaces, flames, sparks and elektrostatic

discharge. Ground and connect all the devices before

refilling gas. Use appropriate respiratory protective

equipment in case of risk exposure to vapors and

gases.

Low level of flammability vol.% 1,6

Upper level of flammability vol.% 12

The risk of fire and explosion is an extremely large

tank if exposed to heat and flames. Vapors are

heavier than air and may go beyond the leaks and

there to catch fire.

Vapours form explosive mixtures with air. This

material may polymerize explosively when heated or

exposed to flame.

200

Characteristics of Sodium hypochlorite

General information for sodium hypochlorite

IUPAC Name: sodium hypochlorite, solution ... % Cl active

Index number:

017-011-00-1

EC number:

231-668-3

CAS number:

7681-52-9

UN number:

1791

Classification according to the Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising of certain products and chemicals (DSD/DPD)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 59/10) (in accordance with EU Directive 67/548/EEZ i

99/45/EZ-DSD/DPD) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.2. - CLP)

Classification and labeling according to Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

advertising chemicals and certain products in accordance with Global harmonized system for

classification and labeling UN (GHS) (GHS)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 64/10) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008,

Anex VI, Table 3.1. -GHS)

Classification

C; R34

R31

N; R50

Skin Corr. 1B

Aquatic Acute 1

Labeling elements

Symbol of

danger C N

GHShazardous

pictogram GHS05 GHS09

Sign of

danger

(C) Corrosive substances

(N) Substances dangerous

for the area

Word of warning Danger

Signs of risk:

R-signs

R31: In contact with acids it

releases with the poisonous

gas

R34: It causes burns

R50: Very toxic for water

organisms

Information on

danger:

H-signs

H314:Causes hard burns of

skin and eye damages

H400: Very toxic for living

world in water

Safety signs:

S-signs

(S1/2): Keep away locked

from children

S28: After touch with skin,

immediately wash out the

skin with a lot of... (specified

by producer)

S45: In case of accident or if

you do not feel well,

immediately find medical

help (show label if possible)

S50: Do not mix with ...

(specified by the producer)

Information on

precautious

measures:

P-signs

Prevention:,P280,P264, P260,

273

Reaction: P301+ P330+

P331,P303+ P361+ P353,

P363,PP304+ P340,P310,

P321,P305+ P351+ P338,

P391

Storage: P405

Disposal: P501

Limit C ≥ 5 %; R31 Specific limit of C ≥ 5 %; EUH031

201

concentratio

n

concentration,

M-factors

Note B Note B

Seveso information

Seveso

substance

Main seveso category/

Other seveso categories

Seveso

concentration

Category

Yes 9i-Very toxic for organisms

in water

C > 10 % (*)

5 % ≥ C ≥ 10 %

(*)

-

-

Important characteristics from the point of possible consequences on health of

people and the environment are:

Eco-toxicity

Corrosion- Caustic burns

Physical and Chemical Properties

Unstable in air unless mixed with sodium hydroxide. Strong oxidant, usually stored and used

in the solution, an unpleasant odor, dissolves in cold water and warm it decomposes. There is

a danger of fire in contact with organic material.

Molecular weight 75,5 g/mol

Melting temperature (0C) -20

Boiling temperature (0C) 102

Combustion temperature (0C) Not applicable. Non- flammable

Density 1,22-1,25 g/cm3 on 20(

0C)

Aggregate state Green- yellow liquid

Evaporation (n-butyl acetate =1) > 1 (Еtar = 1)

Solubility Soluble in water on 20(0C)

Chemical stability

Stable in normal conditions. Sodium hypochlorite

becomes less toxic. Unstable on high

temperature (decomposition), at earthquakes,

beatings and friction (explosive decomposition).

Emission of toxic vapours of chlorine

decomposed by heating. Creates sodium- oxide

on high temperatures.

pH value 12-13 on 20(0C)

Eco-toxicological properties

Very toxic to aquatic organisms. Harmful effect due to pH.

Due to the high pH of the product is expected to be significant ecotoxicity occurrence during

exposure of wildlife in the water and aquatic ecosystems.

Accute toxicity for plants and animals Very toxic for living beings in water.

Chronic toxicity for plants and animals Information not available

Biodegradibility Not biodegradable

202

Chemical degradation

Easily decomposed in the contact with air.

Decomposition grows with the concentration and

temperature. Exposure to the Sun accelerates

decomposition.

Bioaccumulation Biological accumulation in the organisms is not

expected.

Mobility

Immediately absorbed in the soil. Soluble in the

water. Chemically degrades in water, products of

decomposition are chlorides. Decomposition of

products depends very much on the conditions of

the environment: pH, temperature, redox

potentials, content of the minerals and organic

substances of the medium.

Aquatic toxicity

Fish(mg/l) LC50 (fish): 0,08 mg/l/96h

Daphnia (mg/l) EC50:0,04mg/l//48h

Bacteries (mg/l) EC50: 100mg/l/15 min

Corrosion-Erosion

Causes burns.

Forms corrosive mixtures with water even if diluted

Effect on the organic substances, including

human skin and mucosal

After contact with skin, burns. After contact with

eye, burns, danger from blidness. After

swallowing, burns in the mouth, throat,

esophagus and gastrointenstinal tract. Danger of

perforation of esophagus and stomach.

Effect on inorganic substances In contact with acids releases the toxic gases

Effect on material of the equipment for production

and storage

Keep in a tightly closed container in the dark, in

a cool, without contact with air. Protect from

physical damage. Isolate from incompatible

material. Containers of this material may be

hazardous when they are empty since they

contain product residues (vapors, liquid); apply

all warnings and precautions listed for the

product.

Incompatible materials:

Nitrogen compounds, amines, ammonium salts,

aziridi, methanol, fenilacetonitril, cellulose,

etilenamin, oxides of metals, acids, soaps, and

bisulfate.

Mercury characteristics

General information on mercury

IUPAC name: mercury

Index number:

080-001-00-0

EC number:

231-106-7

CAS number:

7439-97-6

UN number:

2809

Classification according to the Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and

Classification and labeling according to Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and advertising

203

advertising of certain products and chemicals (DSD/DPD)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 59/10) (in accordance with EU Directive 67/548/EEZ

i 99/45/EZ-DSD/DPD) (in accordance with EU Regulative

1272/2008, Anex VI, Table 3.2. - CLP)

chemicals and certain products in accordance with Global harmonized system for classification and

labeling UN (GHS) (GHS)

(“Official gazette RS“, number 64/10) (in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008, Anex

VI, Table 3.1. -GHS)

Classification

Repr. Cat. 2; R61

T+; R26

T; R48/23

N; R50-53

Tox. per repr. 1B

Acc. tox. 2 *

Spec. tox.−VI 1

Wat. env..- ac. 1

Wat. env.-chron. 1

Labeling elements

Symbol of

danger T+ N

GHS hazardous

pictogram GHS06 GHS08 GHS09

Sign of

danger

T+ (Very toxic substance)

(N) Substance dangerous

for area

Word of

warning Danger

Signs of risk:

R-signs

R61: Can have teratogenic

effects

R26: Very toxic when

inhalated

R48/23: Toxic: dangerous

or serious threat of health

during longer inhalation

R50/53: Very toxic for

water organisms, can

cause long term bad effects

on water ecosystems

Information on

danger:

H-signs

H360D***- Can badly affect

fertility and fetus- Toxic on

reproduction, category 1A

H330:Fatal if inhalated

H372**-Lead to organ damage

(name all organs which the

substance damage, if it is

known) by the long term or

repeatedly exposure

H410-Very toxic for living beings

in water with long term

consequences

Safety signs:

S-signs

S53: Avoid exposure-use

special instructions before

usage

S45: In case of accident or

if you do not feel fine

immediately loof for

medical help (show the

label where possible)

S60: This material and its

content must be delayed on

the safe place

S61: Avoid release of the

content in the environment.

Use information from

special safety list

Information on

precautious

measures:

P-signs

Prevention: P201,P202,P281,

P264,P270,P260, P273

Reaction: P308+P313,

P301+P310,P321,P330,P314,

P391

Storage: P403

Disposal: P501

Limit / Specific limit /

204

concentration concentration,

M-factors

Note / Note E

Seveso information

Seveso

substance

Main seveso category/

Other seveso categories

Seveso

concentration

Category

Yes

(1-very toxic)*

2-toxic

9i- Very toxic for organisms

in water

/ /

Important characteristics from the point of possible consequences on health of

people and the environment are:

Toxicity

Eco- toxicity

Physical and chemical characteristics

Molecular weight 200,59

Melting temperature (0C) -3 8.8 7

Boiling temperature (0C) 35 6.7 2

Combustion temperature (0C) Information not available

Density 13 .5 9 39 g/cm3

Aggregate state Liquid

Evaporation (n-butyl acetate =1) Not determined

Solubility Insoluble in water

Chemical stability Stable

Toxic characteristics Fatal if inhalated

Fatal dose: LD50 (mg/kg) Information not available

Fatal concentration: LC50 (mg/l) Inhalation rat: 1 mg/m3/24 h

Effective concentration: EC50 (mg/l) Information not available

Concentration currently dangerous for life: IDLH (mg/m3)

10

Concentration that irritates skin and mucous (mg/m3)

Can irritate the skin

Chronic toxicity Comes to organs damage by the long term or repeatedly exposure

Cummulative and delayed reactions Information not available

Sinergizam, antagonizam i aditivno delovanje Information not available

Carcirogenicity It is not carcirogen

Mutagenicity It is not mutagen

205

Embryo and geno-toxicity Can badly affect fertility and fetus- Toxic on reproduction, category 1A

Eco-toxical characteristics Can be harmful or fatal for plants and animals

Accute toxicity for plants and animals Very toxic for the water environment

Chronic toxicity for plants and animals Very toxic for water environment with long term consequences

Biodegradility Information not available

Chemical degradation Information not available

Bioaccumulation BCF for freshwater fish 63.000 i 10.000 for salt water fish

Mobility Information not available

Aquatic toxicity Fish (mg/l) 0.16-0.90 mg/l; 96h

Daphnia (mg/l) 0.01 mg/l; 48 h

Algae (mg/l) Information not available

Characteristics of chromium- trioxide

General information for Chromium trioxide IUPAC name: chromium (VI) trioxide

Indeks broj:

024-001-00-0

EC broj:

215-607-8

CAS broj:

1333-82-0

UN broj:

1463

Classification according to the Regulation on classification, packaging, labeling and advertising of certain products and chemicals (DSD/DPD) - CLP system

(“Official gazette RS“, number 59/10) (in accordance with EU Directive 67/548/EEZ i 99/45/EZ-DSD/DPD)

(in accordance with EU Regulative 1272/2008, Anex VI, Table 3.2. - CLP)

CLP Classification

Classification Labeling Limit concentration Note

O; R9

Karc. kat.1; R45

Muta. kat. 2; R46

Toks. po repr.kat.

3;R62

T+; R26

T; R24/25-48/23

C; R35-R42/43

N; R50-53

O; T+; N

R: 45-46-9-24/25-26-

35-42/43-48/23-62-

50/53

S: 53-45-60-61

C: R35: C ≥ 10 %

C; R34: 5 % ≤ C <

10 %

Xi; R36/37/38: 1 % ≤ C

< 5 %

Е

Signs and symbols of danger

Signs of risk: Safety signs:

T+ N O

R9: Explosive when mixed with combustible material R45: May cause cancer R46: May cause genetic mutations

S53: Avoid exposure to-use special instructions before use S45: In case of accident or if you do not feel well find medical advice immediately (show the

206

T+ (very toxic substances)- Substances and preparations which in very low quantities cause death or acute or chronic damage to health when inhaled, swallowed or absorbed through the skin N (danger for surrounding)- Substances and preparations which may present immediate or delayed danger for one or more components of the environment. In some cases, a substance need not be marked with a symbol of danger in this category. O (oxidizing substance)-

Substances and compounds

that lead to highly exothermic

reaction in contact with other

substances, particularly

flammable substances.

R24/25: Toxic in contact with skin and if swallowed R26: Very toxic if swallowed R35: Causes burns a higher level R42/43: May cause sensitization by inhalation or by skin contact R48/23: Toxic: danger or serious threat to health by prolonged inhalation R62: Possible risk of reduced fertility R50/53: Very toxic to aquatic

organisms, may cause long-

term ill effects on aquatic

ecosystems

label where possible) S60: This material and its contents must be disposed in a safe place S61: Avoid release of the

contents into the environment.

Use information from the list of

special security

Classification and labeling according to the Regulation on classification, packaging, labelling and advertizing of a chemical and certain product in accordance with Globally harmonized system for classification and labelling of chemicals UN (GHS) (“Official Gazette of RS“, no. 64/10) (coordinated with EU Regulation 1272/2008, Anex VI, Table 3.1. -GHS)

GHS Classification

Class and category of danger

Notification on danger:

Oxid. solid. 1 H271: May cause fire or explosion; strong oxidizing agent

Carc. 1A H350: May lead to cancer occurence

Mut. germ. 1B H340: May lead to genetic defects

Tox. on repr. 2 H361f *** : Suspected that it may have harmful effect on fertility or fetus

Ac. tox. 2 * H330: Lethal if inhaled (Acute toxicity (inhalational)),

Ac. tox. 3 * H311: Toxic in contact with skin (Acute toxicity (dermal)),

Ac. tox. 3 * H301: Toxic if swallowed (Acute toxicity (peroral)),

Spec. tox.−VI 1 H372 ** : Leads to organ damage

Cor. skin 1A H314: Causes heavy skin burns and eye damage

Sensib. resp. 1 H334: If inhaled, it may lead to the occurence of allergic reactions, asthma and breathing problems

Sensib. skin 1 H317: May cause allergic reactions on skin

Wat. env.- ac. 1 H400: Very toxic for the wildlife in the water

Wat. env.-chron. 1 H410: Very toxic to wildlife in the water with long-term consequences

207

Notifications on precautionary measures

Notifications on precautionary measures – prevention

R201; R202; R221; R260; R264; R273; R272; R280; R281; R285;

Notifications on precautionary measures –responding

P321; P322; P353; P361; P362;P363;P371;P375 ;P391; P301+P310;

P301+P312;P301+P330+P331;

P302+P334;P302+P350;P302+P352;

P304+P340;P304+P341;P305+P351+P338;

P306+P360;P308+P313;P332+P313;P333+P313;P342+P311;P370+P3

78;P371+P380+P375.

Notifications on precautionary measures – storage

P405

Notifications on precautionary measures- disposal

P501

Labelling

GHS pictogram of danger/word of

warning Notificaton on danger Additional notificaton on danger

GHS03

Danger

H271

EUH032

GHS05

Danger

H350

H340

H361f ***

GHS06

Danger

H311

H301

H372 **

H334

H317

GHS08

Danger

H314

GHS09

Danger

H410

208

Specific concentration limits, M-factors

Notes

Spec. toks.−JI 3; H335:

C ≥1 % /

Seveso data

Seveso substance

Main seveso category/ Other seveso categories

Seveso concentration

Category

Yes

1- Very toxic 2- Toxic 3- Oxidizing 9i-Very toxic for water organisms

/ /

Physical and chemical features for Chromium trioxide – CrO3

IUPAC name: Chromium (VI) trioxide

(In accordance with Chapter 9. (Art. 18 of the Regulation on safety data sheet content)

General information

a) Appearance-physical state and colour Solid substance, of deep red, purple in the shape

of flake

b) Smell No smell

Information relating to the health, safety of people and protection of the environment

a) pH-value cca 1 at 10 g/l H2O (20 °C)

b) Boiling point (0C) 251, decomposition

c) Burning point(0C) Irrelevant

d) Combustion Unflammable. Supports burning

e) Explosive features (explosion limits)

Explosive when mixed with flammable

substances: organic flammable subspances (e.g.

alcohols, amines, ethers, ketones, carboxylic

acids), alkali metals, ammonia, non-metals,

halogen-halogen compounds, hydrazine and

derivatives,nitrates, reducing agents, nitric acid.

f) Oxidizing features Strong oxidizing agent

g) Steam pressure Irrelevant

h) Relative density (Water=1) 2,7

i) Solubility Soluble in sulfuric and nitric acid, acetone

j) Solubility in water

61.7 g/100 mL (0 °C)

63 g/100 mL (25 °C)

67 g/100 mL (100 °C

k) Distribution coeficient octanol/H2O (log

Pow) Bioconcentric factor: 125-192 (HSDB)

l) Viscosity Irrelevant

m) Relative steam density (air = 1) Irrelevant

n) Volatility (n-butyl acetate =1) Irrelevant

209

5.4. Measures of prevention

HIP-Petrohemija complex, as an important complex in wider urban surroundings,

represents important unit whose use and making are of public interest.

Concept of spatial plan was made with respect of acquired plan obligations, existing

physical structure, infrastructural network and planned road infrastructure. It is based

on functional and technical-technological principle and principle of establishing urban

units and regime of space usage according to planned purposes.

By rules of arrangement, way, conditions and limitations and construction in the

complex was determined as well as general and special conditions that require to be

fulfilled in order to build objects on the location, and also general conditions of

environmental protection.

Within the formed units inside the border of the complex, dispositions of objects

were determined, based on the dimensions of the existing and planned objects. The

purpose of objects was defined according to the existing technical-technological

documentation. All the interventions within the urbanistic units in the complex are in

accordance with construction rules of this plan.

In technological sense, HIP-Petrohemija constitutes certain units that contribute to

environmental pollution and which represent a risk of chemical accident and which

consist of the following production units:

Other information relevant to safety

a) Capacity of mixing with other substances Irrelevant

b) Solubility in fats and oils (specify solvent

or oil); Irrelevant

c) Conductivity Irrelevant

d) Melting point (0C), that is, range of melting

point; 197

e)

Group of equipment systems of protection

intended for usage in potentially explosive

atmospheres in accordance with

regulations and standards theat arrange

this field;

*

f) Auto-ignition point (0C) Irrelevant

g) Maximum allowed concentration (MAC)r.s. 0,01 mg/m3

h)

Dangerous substances that will be

produced due to loss of control over

chemical process

Information not available

210

Ethylene Plant

All the equipment in the Ethylene Plant is equipped with PSVs which are connected

to the torch system. There are over 300 safety valves which are regularly calibrated

in accordance with legal regulation of that field and for which there is record in WU

Control.

Electrolysis Plant

Of the devices for limitation of the size of accidental discharge, the Electrolysis plant

has the section of HYPOCHLORITE which is, at any moment, ready (through HIC 13

valve) to accept all the chlorine from the process and to absorb it in water solution of

Na-hydroxide, making hypochlorite.

Stored reservoirs of HCL have concrete emergency container, and stored reservoirs

for NaOH, NaOCl, H2SO4 have plates so that when reservoir breaks discharged

chemical is directed by collecting channels, and further by pumps to the section of

pre-treatment of waste water of Electrolysis plant.

Ventilation openings exist on cells hall, vent on section of synthesis HCI, vent on

section HIPO, lug vent, as well as safety vents on the hydrogen system, which are

supplied with low pressure steam in order to avoid auto-ignition of hydrogen.

Utilities Plant

Of the devices for limitation of the size of accidental discharge, Utilities Plant has one

spare, ready reservoir for HCI (60-I-101) and NaOH (60-I-102), for accepting

chemicals in case equipment fails.

On the reservior for fuel oil there is a stop valve LV 97, in case of high level in the

reservoir. Of receiving vessels, around reservoir for fuel oil, there is a concrete

emergency container, there is a separation pit for separation of fuel oil from water

and there is a neutralization pit, in which complete quantities of all chemicals used in

thermo-energetic units in Utilities plant can be put.

HDPE Plant and LDPE Plant

Of the devices for limitation of the size of accidental discharge the HDPE Plant has

design solution by which there are safety valves connected to the torch system on all

reservoirs and vessels under pressure

5.4.1. Systems of protection in HIP-Petrohemija

HIP-Petrohemija represents complex technological unit so there are special

conditions set for the protection of people, flora, fauna and material goods. High

pressures, temperature, flows, then operating with hazardous, toxic, corrosive and

other substances have conditioned the use and conducting of more protection

systems.

211

The first system of protection

Because of the irregularities in the work of a plant or part of a plant, which means

change and deviation of values of parametres of process, it comes to the registering

through indicators and then passing on the information (alarms) to command room

where manipulants and operators, warned by the alarm (souns and visual) act

according to the instructions.

The second system of protection

If it comes to the irregularities of parametres in the very process, relays react and by

closing or opening the instrumental equipment those relays eliminate the occured

irregularities.

All the valves have safety position. Along the regulation valves, there are manual

block valves imbedded. After every general overhaul or intervention on a part of

technological equipment, safety valves are calibrated in an authorised institution.

The third system of protection

Complete conditions of certain technological phases, as complete units are

monitored on control panel. In case of uncontrolled increase of some physical

parametres of process that are monitored (pressure, flow, temperature), indicated

size is checked by instrumentals and the visual condition of that section is controlled.

After the conducted control, smaller interventions are performed or, along the

necessary consultations, the process is stopped in that phase and the content is, by

necessity, directed to the torch.

Continual training of the employees for safe work and appropriate response in case

of deviations from normal leading of the process is provided. All operators know in

detail the procedure of stopping in case of danger at any production technological

unit.

5.4.2. Prevention measures of fire protection

In technological processes, that is, in objects of HIP-Petrohemija a.d., inflamable

substances are used, in the form of easily inflammable liquids, easily inflammable

gases, solid inflammable substances in compact form, as well in the form of dusts, in

quantities and in a way that they represent extreme danger from fire and explosions.

HIP-Petrohemija a.d. Pančevo is, due to technological process and kinds and

quantities of inflammable substances that are used, classified into the first (I)

category of fire and explosion risk.

212

Systems of fire protection

In HIP-Petrohemija Pančevo, the system for activation, notification and distinguishing

of fire was installed. The notifying system of Petrohemija includes:

system for fire notification and

system for notification of dangerous concentration of gases and steams

system for notification of temperature changes (thermal)

Ethylene plant

The system for fire notification in Petrohemija’s Ethylene plant consists of notifying

vehicle with manual notifiers (buttons in glass boxes that are smashed and in that

way the notifier is activated) and automatic fire notifiers (ionization) which are lead to

local centrals for fire signalization through distribution cabinets. Every of local

centrals covers certain group of objects. Central of Ethylene plant has the capacity of

coverage of 17 notifying (fire) zones. Local centrals are connected to the main

central in Petrohemija, which is further connected to fire station in Pančevo.

In Ethylene plant, there are two systems for notification of explosive steams and

gases:

system for notification of explosive mixtures in storage of raw materials and

final products

system for notification of explosive mixtures in the production part of the plant

System for signal transfer consists of:

substation

telephone line

communication unit

control centre equipment

computer

semigraphic

command table

System for notification of explosive mixtures in storage of raw materials and final

products consists of feeding central with feeding module, which is placed in

command room and of notifiers - gas detectors distributed on places that are

endangered by the possibility of explosive steams and gases occurence. Central has

the possibility of installing of total of 32 (20+12) notification zones, that is, 32 gas

detectors – sensors. Currently, there are 29 gas detectors installed in Ethylene

storage. Central is of AUKSEG-80 type, and the detectors are of GD 81 S type.

Detectors are designed and made to alarm the concentration of 20 % of low limit of

explosive mixture, (DEG) gases which are controlled and the warning signal

“YELLOW SIGNAL“ is given, as well as 50% of DEG which gives “RED SIGNAL“ of

danger.

213

System for notification of explosive mixtures and steams in the production part of the

plant consists of central with control measuring module of the firm „Control

Instruments USA“. Gas detectors are from the same manufacturer. Central is placed

in command room of the Ethylene plant and notifiers of gas detectors are distributed

in places where risk of gas and steams of explosive substances is possible. In the

production part of the plant, there are 31 notifiers.

System of detection functions in the identical way as the system placed in the

Ethylene storage.

Electrolysis Plant

System for fire notification in the Electrolysis Plant consists of notifying vehicle with

manual notifiers (buttons in glass boxes that are smashed and in that way the notifier

is activated) and automatic fire notifiers (ionization, thermal) which are lead to local

centrals for fire signalization through distribution cabinets. Every of local centrals

covers certain group of objects and it is connected to main central in fire department

of HIP-Petrohemija Pančevo.

On the entire space of Electrolysis there are MANUAL FIRE NOTIFIERS, 30 of

them, 7 automatic notifiers and one telephone for direct link to fire department of

HIPP.

Besides the central, in the plant, there is a telephone for direct link to fire

department.

HDPE Plant

System for fire notification in HDPE plant consists of notification vehicle with manual

notifiers (buttons in glass boxes that are smashed and in that way the notifier is

activated) and automatic fire notifiers (ionization) which are lead to local centrals for

fire signalization through distribution cabinets. Every of local centrals covers certain

group of objects. Central of HDPE plant has the capacity of coverage of 17 notifying

(fire) zones. Local centrals are connected to the main central in Petrohemija, which

is further connected to fire station in Pančevo.

Besides notification of fire by manual notifiers, the informing of fire department on a

fire or an outflow of fire dangerous fluids is possible by direct telephone line. HDPE

central is placed in HDPE command room. HDPE plant has 49 manual notifiers and

55 automatic notifiers, batteries for work in case of power cut in the electrical

network as well as one direct telephone with fire unit of Petrohemija. Of 49 notifiers,

39 of them are manufactured in the so called “S“ execution (anti-explosion

protection).

System for notification explosive mixtures in HDPE is designed according to the

demands of this production. In the rooms of silos, 13 gas detectors are installed.

Detectors are designed to alarm the concentration of isobutane of 20 % od low limit

214

of explosive mixture, (DEG) and 50 % DEG. After the determination of these

concentrations, sound and light signalization “WARNING“ occurs and after that

blowing of the silo with nitrogen is obligatory or the signal “ALARM“ occurs when the

process of silo loading must be stopped.

LDPE Plant

System for fire notification in LDPE plant, as well as in whole Petrohemija, consists

of notification vehicle with manual notifiers (buttons in glass boxes that are smashed

and in that way the notifier is activated) and automatic fire notifiers (ionization,

thermal) which are lead to local centrals for fire signalization through distribution

cabinets. Every of local centrals covers certain group of objects and is connected to

the main central in fire unit of Petrohemija.

Centrals are of Iskra Cerberus PC-3 type with possibility of installing 17 notification

zones. Notification central is placed in LDPE command room as well as all other

notifiers and batteries for the work without power supply.

LDPE Central is equipped with sound and light alarm for local alarming and the

signal of fire occurence is transferred through cable line to fire central of Azotara and

fire central of Petrohemija fire department.

In the entire factory and storage, MANUAL FIRE NOTIFIERS are used and in the

“final products storage“, “packaging“ objects and on “reactor wall“, automatic fire

notifiers are used (ionization and thermal).

Beside central, in the plant, there is a telephone for direct connection with fire

department. LDPE central is placed in LDPE command room. LDPE has 30 manual

notifiers of which 21are in anti-explosive execution (S execution). There are 47

automatic notifiers and all of them are in “S2 execution, of which 32 are ionizational

and 12 are thermal.. thermal fire notifiers are placed in reactor wall (set at 70-100

ºC), and distributed in such manner that they cover critical reactor areas.

System for notification of explosive mixtures consists of central with feeding module

placed in command room and notifiers of gas detectors distributed in places

estimated as endagered by occurence of explosive steams and gases. Central is

relay bucket which has the possibility of observing 20 notifying zones, that is, 20 gas

detectors. Currently, there are 21 gas detectors connected (detector 17 represents a

pair of detectors).

System is constituted in such manner that, when steams and gases occur in

concentrations of 20% of low limit od explosiveness (DGE), warning signal occurs

(yellow signal) and when 50% of concentration DGE is reached, alarm occurs (red

signal).

215

5.4.3. Techical means for preventive acting and response to an accident

Table 64. Fire unit equpment

ord. no.

Equipment name Pieces

FIRE TRUCKS

1

Fire truck HIP II FAP 13/14 S, year 1980 - water 2000 l - foams 2000 l - powder 1000 kg

1

2 Command vehicle HIP III Mercedes – BENZ sprinter 314 DOKA, year 2005

1

3 Fire truck HIP IV, TAM 260 T 26B, year 1990 - water 3000 l - foams 6000 l

1

4 ambulance, DUCATO 1,9 TD AMBULANCE, year 1997 1

PUMPS

1 Pump for transfer of hazardous substances DEPA/ELRO GP3-1,5 i pg 20/10

1

2 High pressure pump OERTZEN HDL 250 WS 1

3 Water pump HONDA WB 30 XT –GX 160- P-4KW 1

APPARATUS

1 ARIMAKS 8

2 ADA ĐĐ. 1,2 7

3 ADA ĐĐ. 2.0 1

4 DA 58/1600 1

STOCKS OF FIRE

1 dry powder 2550 kg, 1999

2 MONNEX powder 5000 kg, 1984

3 HAZMAT NF 6% foam 450 kg, 1989

3 STHAMEX AFFF 6% foam 1400 kg, 2002

AGGREGATE

1 5 kw 1

RADIO STANICE

1 Motorola 8

PENOGENERATOR

1 PG-2006 1

TURBOVENT

1 HONDA GX 120 1

216

Table 65. Mobile equipment

S-1

00

S-5

0

S-5

0A

S- 9

S- 9

A

S-6

S- 2

A

CO

2-2

х 3

0

CO

2-3

0

CO

2-1

0

CO

2-5

CO

2- 3

HL

-50

HL

-25

HL

-6

HL

-3

HL

-2

TO

TA

L

Ethylene 5 44 495 1 11 9 1 9 575

WWT 1 58 2 1 3 65

HDPE 18 177 1 9 25 5 235

LDPE 20 125 3 2 2 1 10 1 164

Utility plant 5 78 3 32 1 4 123

Electrolysis 6 84 1 1 2 4 1 1 1 101

Electricity supply 5 6 3 7 12 33

LOGISTIC 3 1 61 6 1 1 5 1 79

LOGIST. VEHICLE 46 46

SSHL 6 54 6 2 1 69

LABORATORY 1 7 41 1 5 8 4 67

Mechanical maintenance

1 29 1 31

INS. maintenance 8 2 2 12

Transport 12 1 1 14

Administrative and technical building

10 5 3 4 22

Finance Building 4 10 2 16

IT center 3 2 3 4 1 3 16

SHACK 17 17

217

Fire escapes in HIP-Petrohemija a.d.

218

Hidrant network in HIP Petrohemija a.d.

219

Stable instalations foe cooling and distinguishing

Instalations for cooling in Ethylene Plant:

For reservoirs TK - 1101 A, B and C

For reservoir TK - 1104

For reservoir Q – 2002

For reservoirs - 1103 A and B

For reservoirs TK –1105 A and B

For reservoirs TK –1102 A and B

For reservoir TK – 1106

For reservoir TK – 1107

For reservoir Q – 1

For reservoir TK – 1111

For making water curtain and furnace protection

For reloading ramps for petrol and propylene

Instalations for fire distinguishing by foam in Ethylene plant:

For reservoirs TK -1101 A , B and C

For reservoir TK - 1104

For reservoir Q – 2002

For reservoirs TK – 1103 A and B

For reservoirs TK – 1105 A and B

For reloading ramps for petrol and propylene and reservoirs TK – 1101 A, B

and C

Instalations for cooling in HDPE Plant:

For reservoir of hexene V–102

For reservoir of soltrol V-103 (out of function)

For pumps P– 202 A and B and pumps P– 201 A, B, C and D

Instalations for cooling in LDPE Plant:

For reservoirs V– 401 and V- 410

For reservoirs V– 408/1, V-408/2 V– 409/1 V- 409/2 and RS– 1

Instalations for fire distinguishing by water in LDPE plant:

For storage of final products B – 303

For storage of catalysts B – 312 A (automatic “GRINNEL” device)

For catalyst preparation objectB – 311(automatic “GRINNEL” device)

For extrusion object B – 301

For reactor wall object

220

Instalations for fire distinguishing by foam in LDPE plant:

For Za rezervoare RS –1

Instalations for cooling in SSHL:

For reservoirs T– 411 A and B (out of function)

For reservoirs T– 450 , T– 451 A and B and T– 452 (out of function)

Instalation for fire distinguishing by water spray in Electrolysis plant:

for fire distinguishing by water spray on transformers of voltage of 12,325

MVA, 35KV

221

6. MANAGEMENT OF CHEMICALS

The EU regulation in the field of chemicals management is regulated by REACH

directive. For the purpose of REACH implementation, the European Agency for

Chemicals – ECHA was established, as central body of the EU. Also, in REACH was

given the recommendation that member states should develop capacities for

chemical management so they could provide support to ECHA and so they could

conduct ECHA decisions in the right way. Acting in accordance with that

recommendation, and for the purpose of managing chemicals in a more adequate

manner, the EU member states established their agencies for chemicals, i.e. expert

bodies for management of chemicals, e.g. Slovenia (Office for Chemical

Management), Poland (Bureau for Chemicals), Slovakia (Centre for Substances and

Preparations), Sweden (Swedish Agency for Chemicals) and others. The Republic of

Serbia started, in 2009, regulating the field of chemical management in accordance

with the EU regulation and practice, and as a key step, Agency for Chemicals was

founded, as independent, developing, expert and regulatory organization performing

public functions in the field of chemical management.

Agency for chemicals, besides developing function, performs regulatory function in

the field of chemical management. By Article 6. of the Law on Chemicals (“Official

Gazette of RS“, no. 36/09 and 88/10) and article 9. of Agency’s Bylaw (“Official

Gazette of RS“, no. 106/09), it was determined that the Agency for Chemicals,

among other, has the authority to make subordinate regulations for enforcement of

Law on Chemicals and Law on Biocidal products in order to establish, maintain and

improve the unique system of managing chemicals and biocidal products on the

teritory of the Republic of Serbia.

One of the goals of adoption of these regulations is arrangement of the field of

management of chemicals and biocidal products in accordance with the EU

regulations. Regarding that, by subordinate acts adopted by the Agency for

Chemicals, relevant EU regulations are transposed.

Production and import of chemicals have important role in total industrial production

and foreign trade of Serbia because wide range of products is produced and

imported, starting from primary base chemicals such as products of naphtha and

gas, industrial chemicals (non-organic and organic), intermediate products and final

chemical products whose number keeps increasing. Also, chemicals are used for the

production of the majority of products (automobiles, furniture, textile products and so

on), nevertheless they are included in their constitution or they are used for

maintaning the hygiene of production space or for other purposes. Besides that,

chemicals are part of our everyday life because they are used in every household for

various needs.

222

Bearing in mind diversity of products on our market, it is necessary to arrange this

field which will provide chemicals to be produced, imported and used in a way that is

safe for people’s health and the environment. This kind of arrangement is achieved

by Law on Chemicals, Law on Biocidal Products and other laws that regulate putting

chemical products on the market. By the Law on Chemicals, which is agreed with the

EU regulations, modern regulation frame based on the precautionary principle is

created. The goal of this regulation is to ensure that the producer and importer, and

later on, the distributor, places on the market chemicals that do not represent

unacceptable risk for people’s health and the environment, as well as to ensure the

communication in the supply chain in order to transfer the notification on danger and

risk which some chemicals represent. This aim is realized through:

estimation of danger and estimation of risk of chemicals;

classifying and marking dangerous chemicals, distribution of safety sheet for

those chemicals and marking the space in retail stores where dangerous

chemicals are sold;

limitations and prohibitions of production, placing on the market and use of

chemicals

informing on features and receiving consent for import and export of certain

dangerous chemicals;

control of distribution of chemicals as well as usage by private entities

especially dangerous chemicals;

systematic monitoring of chemicals and biocidal products.

Safe managing of chemicals is necessary to provide in all phases of life cycle of

chemicals. Different phases of life cycle of safe managing of chemicals are regulated

by regulations regulating the transport of dangerous chemicals, risk control and

protection of workers when using chemicals on their workplace, regulations in the

field of environmental protection that arrange safe discharging of chemicals out of

some plants and allowed concentrations of chemicals in the air, water and ground,

protection from chemical accident, chemical disposal and their packaging as waste

and other. Having in mind that certain phases of chemical managing are arranged by

other regulations, it is necessary to provide that chemicals are managed on

integrated manner, i.e. in a way that will provide adequate horizontal connection of

regulations and their conducting. In that way, the obligation of forming of Common

body for integrated chemical managing was prescribed and it will be constuted out of

representatives of authorised state bodies, Agency for Chemicals, industry, scientific

and research organizations and non-governmental organizations. The task of

Common body is to prepare integrated programme of chemical management and

action plans for conducting that programme, as well as to monitor the realization of

the programme and action plans and coordinate operations related to safe chemical

management in all phases of life cycle of chemicals.

223

Servise of environmental protection performs the chemical management in the

following way:

makes documentation for registration of chemicals in the Chemical Register

(File on chemical);

classifies and marks chemicals;

makes safety data sheets for chemicals that are placed on market;

conducts procedures necessary for import and export of certain dangerous

chemicals;

informs on and cooperates in implementation of prohibitions and limitations of

production, placing on market and use od certain dangerous chemicals, as

well as other regulations defined by Law on chemicals;

conducts the obligation of safe handling, i.e. of storage of biocidal products as

well as the obligation of keeping records.

Safety data sheets for products of HIP-Petrohemija can be downloaded from the

website www.hip-petrohemija.com.

In 2011, 95 Files on chemicals produced and imported were made and reported for

the purpose of registering in Chemical Registar.

Table 66. Chemicals enlisted in Chemical Registar

Serial

number Chemical trade name Chemicals producer

Registration number of

chemicals

1. ETHYLENE HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800010000

2. HYDROCHLORIC ACID HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800020000

3. SODIUM HYDROXIDE HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800030000

4. SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE

HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800040000

5. HIPTEN N 00026 OFF HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800050000

6. HIPTEN 21010 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800064000

HIPTEN F 21018 A6 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800064001

HIPTEN F 22003 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800064002

HIPTEN F 22007 A17 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800064003

HIPTEN M 21015 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800064004

HIPTEN H 00023 OFF HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800064005

HIPTEN H 00024 OFF HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800064006

224

HIPTEN H 00031 OFF HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800064007

HIPTEN H 00032 OFF HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800064008

HIPTEN P 22006 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800064009

7. HIPLEX HHM 5502 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800074000

HIPLEX TR 130 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800074001

HIPLEX TR 144 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800074002

HIPLEX V 00041 OFF HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800074003

HIPLEX V 00042 OFF HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800074004

HIPLEX V 00043 OFF HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800074005

HIPLEX V 00044 OFF HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800074006

HIPLEX V 00045 OFF HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800074007

HIPLEX V 00047 OFF HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800074008

HIPLEX V 00048 OFF HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800074009

HIPLEX TR 455 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800074010

HIPLEX TR 418 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800074011

8. HIPOLEN MA-21 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800084000

HIPOLEN-P EH-71 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800084001

HIPOLEN-P FY-5 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800084002

HIPOLEN- P FY-6 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800084003

9. PROPYLENE HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800090000

10. HYDROGEN HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800100000

11. VIRGIN NAPHTA

LUKOIL NEFTOHIM BURGAS JSC./DAXIN PETOLEUM PTE LTD, Bulgaria

029800112000

VIRGIN NAPHTA AD RAFINERIJA NAFTE, Bosnia and Herzegovina

029800112001

12. STRAIGHT RUN GASOLINE (NAPHTA or VIRGIN NAPHTA)

OPEN JOINT-STOCK COMPANY "NOVOSHAHTINSKIY ZAVOD

029800120000

225

NEFTEPRODUCTOV

13. VIRGIN NAPHTA INA-INDUSTRIJA NAFTE, Croatia

029800130000

14. VIRGIN NAPHTHA 2 ROMPETROL RAFINARE SA, Romania

029800140000

15. MAGNAFLOC 110L BASF SE/ ALLIED SOLUTION

029800150000

16. MAGNASOL 5156 BASF SE/ ALLIED SOLUTION

029800160000

17. ZETAG 8165 BASF SE/ ALLIED SOLUTION

029800170000

18. LUPEROX 11M75 ARKEMA , France 029800180000

19. LUPEROX 26 ARKEMA, France 029800190000

20. FINAWAX-O FINE ORGANIC INDUSTRIES PVT. LTD./AMEX doo, India

029800200000

21. LUPEROX DI ARKEMA, France 029800210000

22. INERT ALUMINA BALLS AXENS, France 029800220000

23. IRGANOX B 225 BASF SE 029800230000

24. IRGANOX CB 36120 FD BASF SE, Germany 029800240000

25. IRGANOX 1010 BASF SE 029800250000

26. IRGANOX 1076 FD BASF SE 029800260000

27. MORPHOLINE BASF SE, Germany 029800270000

28. BORSAFE HE3490-LS BOREALIS AG, Austria 029800284000

BORSAFE HE3498-LS BOREALIS AG, Austria 029800284001

BORSAFE HE3492-LS BOREALIS AG, Austria 029800284002

29. BORECO BA415E BOREALIS AG/PRO PLUS SWISS AG

029800290000

30. HEXENE-1 QATAR CHEMICAL COMPANY LTD, Qatar

029800302000

HEXENE-1 INEOS EUROPE Ltd, Great Britain

029800302001

31. CHIMEC 1237 CHIMEC S.P.A, Italy 029800310000

32. CHIMEC 1730 CHIMEC S.P.A, Italy 029800320000

33. CHIMEC 1731 CHIMEC S.P.A, Italy 029800330000

34. CHIMEC 4031 CHIMEC S.P.A, Italy 029800340000

35. CHIMEC 5130 CHIMEC S.P.A, Italy 029800350000

226

36. CHIMEC PRO 162 CHIMEC S.P.A, Italy 029800360000

37. RAVEN R PFEB CHIMEC S.P.A, Italy 029800370000

38. CALCIUM STEARATE FACI S.P.A., Italy 029800380000

39. MAGNAPORE R 963 HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800390000

40. P.O. CATALYST XPO 7437

GRACE GMBH & CO. KG,Germany

029800400000

41. SILICA GRACE GMBH & CO. KG, Germany

029800410000

42. SODIUM SULFITE ANHYDROUS A NON FOOD GRADE

HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800420000

43. ISODODECANE INEOS EUROPE LIMITED, Great Britain

029800440000

44. STATSAFE [TM] 3000 INNOSPEC LIMITED 029800450000

45. ISOPAR H EXXONMOBIL CHEMICAL BELGIUM/ JOLI & CO. WIEN

029800460000

46. LEVOXIN 15

LANXESS DEUTCCHLAND GMBH, INDUSTRIAL & ENVIROMENTAL AFFAIRS, Germany

029800470000

47. ISO-BUTANE 97 OP P

MOL PLC. EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION DIVISION, Hungary

029800483000

ISOBUTANE SCHARR CPC GmbH, Germany

029800483001

48. FORTIS EC3071B NALCO OSTERREICH GES.M.B.H., Austria

029800490000

49. NALCOOL R 2000 NALCO OSTERREICH GES.M.B.H., Austria

029800500000

50. 3D TRASAR R 3DT149 NALCO OSTERREICH GES.M.B.H., Austria

029800510000

51. 3D TRASAR R 3DT180 NALCO OSTERREICH GES.M.B.H., Austria

029800520000

52. 3D TRASAR R 3DT199 NALCO OSTERREICH GES.M.B.H., Austrija

029800530000

53. NALCO R 72310 NALCO OSTERREICH GES.M.B.H., Austria

029800540000

54. NALCO R 73550 NALCO OSTERREICH GES.M.B.H., Austria

029800550000

55. ULTIMER R 1454 NALCO OSTERREICH GES.M.B.H., Austria

029800560000

56. PEROXAN DB NALCO OSTERREICH GES.M.B.H., Austria

029800570000

57. PEROXAN PO PERGAN GMBH, Germany

029800580000

227

58. PEROXAN PPV PERGAN GMBH, Germany

029800590000

59. NATRIUM CHLORIDE - NaCl

S.N.S. BUCURESTI S.A.-SUCURSALA SALINA OCNA DEJ, Romania

029800600000

60. COMPRESSOR LUBRICANT CL 350 LA

SONNEBORN REFINED PRODUCTS B.V., Holland

029800610000

61. COMPRESSOR LUBRICANT CL 1200 PHLA-3

SONNEBORN REFINED PRODUCTS B.V., Holland

029800620000

62. T162 BASF SE / WARWICK ITALIA S.R.L.

029800630000

63. MOLECULAR SIEVE ZEOCHEM 029800640000

64. HIPREN EM 1500T HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800650000

65. HIPREN EM 1502 T HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800660000

66. HIPREN EM 1712T HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800670000

67. HIPREN EM 1723T HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800680000

68. MTBE, METIL TERTIARY-BUTYL ETHER

HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800690000

69.

RAFINATTE 2 HYDROCARBONS, C4, 1,3-BUTADIENE AND ISOBUTENE-FREE, PETROLEUM GAS

HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800700000

70. FURFURAL HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800710000

71. DIMETHYL FORMAMIDE

HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800720000

72. FORTIS R EC3062B HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800730000

73. NALCO R EC 3336 A HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800740000

74. FORTIS R EC 3376 A HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800750000

75. AMBERLYST TM CSP2 RESIN

HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800760000

76. STYREN MONOMER DIOKI PLASTICS, Spain 029800772000

STYREN MONOMER POLIMERI EUROPA SPA, Italy

029800772001

STYREN MONOMER HELM AG, Germany 029800772002

77. RADIACID 0432 OLEON NV, Belgium 029800780000

78. BUREZ DRS S70 E BULK

HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800790000

228

79. GRESINOX 578 M GRANEL S.A., France 029800803000

SYLVAROS DS 731 ARIZONA CHEMICAL GmbH, Germany

029800803001

80. PEROXAN PAM PERGAN GMBH, Germany

029800810000

81. KALIJUM HLORID 99% KCl

K+S KALI CMBH, Nemačka

029800820000

82. TRILON* B POWDER BASF SE, Nemačka 029800830000

83. TAMOL* NN 9104 BASF SE, Nemačka 029800840000

84. ROLITE HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800850000

85. DEHA 85% HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800860000

86. EC 9140 A NALCO OESTERREICH GMBH, Nemačka

029800870000

87. TBC 100% PULVER HIP PETROHEMIJA AD, PANCEVO

029800880000

88. IRGANOX 1520 L BASF SE 029800890000

89. SANTOFLEX 6PPD LIQ FLEXSYS SA/NV 029800900000

90. EC 6130A NALCO OESTERREICH GMBH, Nemačka

029800910000

91. EDENOR TI 05 CALDIC DEURSCHLAND CHEMIE B.V., Nemačka

029800920000

92. 3D TRASAR R 3DT190 NALCO OESTERREICH GMBH, Austrija

029800930000

93. NALCO R 73190 NALCO OESTERREICH GMBH, Austrija

029800940000

94. NALSPERSE R 7348 NALCO OESTERREICH GMBH, Austrija

029800950000

95. NALCO R 7385 NALCO OESTERREICH GMBH, Austrija

029800960000